Page 1

TRAVEL CATALOG

2018


N AT I O N A L G E O G R A P H I C E X P E D I T I O N S 2018

ON SAFARI: TANZANIA'S GREAT MIGR ATION

VIETNAM, L AOS, AND CAMBODIA ADVENTURE

EUROPE

ASIA

74 Isles, Atolls, and Pristine Corals: Southern

20 Italy: Renaissance Cities

48 China: Imperial Treasures and Natural

76 Azure Seas from Tahiti to the Marquesas

and Tuscan Life

Wonders

NEW

22 Swiss Trains and the Italian Lake District 25 Norway’s Trains and Fjords

Himalaya

28 Greece: Wonders of an Ancient Empire NEW

32 Sailing the Greek Isles 33 Under Sail: Greece to the Dalmatian Coast 34 Human Origins: Southwest France and Northern Spain

55 Mongolia: Land of the Nomad 58 Japan: Winter Festivals and Snow Monkeys 59 Japan: Hiking and Cultural Adventure

64 Vietnam, Laos, and Cambodia Adventure

Highlands to Islands

of the Emerald Isle

NEW

NEW

EURASIA

72 Easter Island to Tahiti: Tales of the

46 Trans-Siberian Rail Expedition

Pacific

NEW

88 Canadian Rockies by Rail and Trail 90 Baja California and the Sea of Cortez:

94 Costa Rica Private Expedition

96 Reefs and Ruins: Belize to Tikal, Guatemala

NEW

99 Sailing the Caribbean 100 Cuba: Discovering Its People and Culture 102 Cuba by Land and Sea: Cultural Heritage and Natural Wonders

Front cover: Dappled shades of green set off the spots of a cheetah at rest. 2

I

NEW

98 Mysteries of the Maya

NEW

71 French Polynesia: Beyond the Postcard

87 Exploring British Columbia and the San

Among the Great Whales

68 Australia: Tasmania to the Great Barrier Reef 70 Australia Private Expedition

86 Columbia and Snake Rivers Voyage

92 Costa Rica and the Panama Canal

67 New Zealand Adventure

45 Iceland Adventure

82 Yellowstone and Grand Teton National Parks

Juan Islands

66 New Zealand from North to South

42 A Circumnavigation of Iceland

NEW

85 Glacier National Park

Mekong River

A U S T R A L I A & S O U T H PAC I F I C

40 Ireland: Tales and Treasures

81 Alaska: Denali to Kenai Fjords

National Parks

37 Hiking England Coast to Coast 39 Scotland Hiking Adventure: From the

78 Alaska’s Inside Passage

84 Grand Canyon, Bryce Canyon, and Zion

Pagodas

65 Borneo Private Expedition

NORTH AMERICA

83 Winter Wildlife in Yellowstone

61 Myanmar (Burma): Land of the Golden 62 Vietnam and Cambodia: Along the

38 Scotland’s Highlands and Islands

NEW

NEW

80 Wild Alaska Escape

56 Inside Japan

36 Remembering D-Day: London to the Normandy Beaches

NEW

77 Epic Polynesia: Cook Islands to Fiji

50 India’s Fabled Rajasthan by Rail 54 Tibet and Nepal: Expedition to the Highest

NEW

31 Greek Isles Private Expedition

NEW

52 Bhutan: Kingdom in the Clouds

26 Scandinavia: Great Capitals of the Baltic Sea

Line Islands

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I


JOURNEY TO ANTARCTICA

BHUTAN: KINGDOM IN THE CLOUDS

SOUTH AMERICA

138 Land of the Polar Bears

104 Galápagos

141 Hot Springs and Icebergs: Iceland to West

140 Norway’s Fjords and Arctic Svalbard Greenland

106 Upper Amazon 108 Peru: Amazon, Machu Picchu, and the Sacred Valley

110 Peru: Land of the Inca 112 Peru: Machu Picchu Inn to Inn Trek 114 Exploring Patagonia

P R I VAT E J E T T R I P S 142 Around the World by Private Jet 144 Around the World by Private Jet: The Northern Route

116 Patagonia Hiking Adventure 117 Patagonia Private Expedition

NEW

146 Asia by Private Jet PHOTOGRAPHY EXPEDITIONS

AFRICA

121 Tanzania Photo Safari 130 Morocco Photography Expedition F A M I LY E X P E D I T I O N S 24 Italy Family Expedition 30 Greece Family Expedition 44 Iceland Family Expedition 60 Japan Family Expedition 78 Alaska’s Inside Passage 81 Alaska: Denali to Kenai Fjords Family Expedition

NEW

82 Yellowstone and Grand Teton National Parks Family Expedition

118 Madagascar Wildlife Expedition 120 On Safari: Tanzania’s Great Migration 123 Tanzania Private Expedition

NEW

124 Southern Africa Safari by Private Air 126 Namibia and Botswana by Private Air 128 The Great Apes of Uganda and Rwanda 129 Morocco Private Expedition

NEW

130 Morocco: Legendary Cities and the Sahara

51 India by Rail Photography Expedition 53 Bhutan Photography Expedition 54 Tibet and Nepal Photography Expedition 55 Mongolia Photography Expedition 57 Japan Photography Expedition

61 Myanmar (Burma) Photography

RESOURCES AND MORE

83 Winter in Yellowstone Photography

6

Expedition

NEW

Exploration

103 Cuba by Land and Sea Photography 105 Galápagos Photography Expeditions 106 Upper Amazon Photography Expedition

134 Journey to Antarctica

113 Peru Family Expedition 122 Tanzania Family Expedition

Expedition

POLAR REGIONS

104 Galápagos

Photography Expedition

101 Cuba and Its People: A Photographic

132 The Holy Land: Past, Present, and Future

National Parks Family Expedition

95 Costa Rica Family Expedition

58 Japan: Winter Festivals and Snow Monkeys

Expedition

MIDDLE EAST

84 Grand Canyon, Bryce Canyon, and Zion

Discover the National Geographic Difference

10 Our Experts 12 Our Accommodations 14 How to Use This Catalog 148 Deck Plans 155 Terms and Conditions 156 Expeditions Calendar

136 Antarctica, South Georgia, and the Falklands

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I

3


DEAR T R AV E L E R In County Mayo, Ireland, Ashford Castle has been a sentinel on the shores of Lake Corrib for 800 years. On our new expedition, Ireland: Tales and Treasures of the Emerald Isle, we’ll stay in this magnificent place, now a member of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection. We’ll sleep among period furniture, enjoy meals in the dungeon and high tea in the parlor, and go boating or hiking in the lovely countryside that surrounds it. Just to the south of the castle, a conservationist joins us in the Burren and Cliffs of Moher GeoPark, where efforts to preserve the wild landscapes recently earned the park a World Legacy Award from National Geographic. We’ll stop in a littleknown village in County Cork to hear about a National Geographicsponsored project that’s investigating Ireland’s ancient spiritual tradition of holy wells. You’ll find these special elements throughout our new trips. On a new expedition to Italy, we’ll see a treasure trove of Renaissance art and artifacts during a private visit to Venice’s Scuola

4

I

Grande di San Rocco, and our trip to Scandinavia will have us tracing the legendary voyage of the Kon-tiki raft with the son of the man who sailed it.

F O L LO W U S AT @ N ATG E O E X P E D I T I O N S

Across the world, we’ll wander among the enigmatic statues of Easter Island with an archaeologist on one of five new South Pacific voyages aboard the National Geographic Orion. In China, step behind the scenes at an archaeological institute in Xi’an to learn about recent excavations, and then head to Sichuan to help care for pandas at a breeding center. As you browse this catalog, you’ll notice some of our active adventures and private expeditions for independent travelers interspersed with our signature National Geographic Expeditions. We’ve also introduced a new system to help you find the trip type (e.g. photography, family, small ship, etc.) and activity level you seek. Take a look at pages 14 and 15 to learn more. Whether you travel with us by train or by hiking trail, remember that you’re supporting the groundbreaking work of the National Geographic Society’s explorers and researchers. We hope you will join us.

Sincerely,

Lynn Cutter Executive Vice President National Geographic Travel

When you travel with us, you make a difference. We return 27% of our proceeds to the National Geographic Society, whose explorers and researchers are furthering our understanding of the planet.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I


NEW SOUTH PACIFIC VOYAGES

ABOARD THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC ORION

NEW L AND EXPEDITIONS

TO CHINA , ITALY, IREL AND, AND MORE

NEW WAYS TO EXPLORE AL ASK A T WO NEW NATIONAL GEOGR APHIC SHIPS

I

NEW PRIVATE EXPEDITIONS FOR INDEPENDENT TR AVELERS

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I

5


DISCOVER THE N AT I O N A L G EO

JAPAN: WINTER FESTIVALS AND SNOW MONKEYS PHOTOGR APHY EXPEDITION—PAGE 58

T R AV E L FURTHER

6

I

T R AV E L W I T H T H E P I O N E E R S I N E X P LO R AT I O N The National Geographic Society was founded upon a passion for discovery and a desire to understand our world on a deeper level. We’ve spent more than a century sending scientists, journalists, and explorers all over the globe to investigate and share the spectacular diversity of our planet. Our expeditions carry on that same spirit—they bring you up close to incredible places with the people who know them best.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I


GR APHIC DIFFERENCE

EXPERIENCE THE WORLD A U T H E N T I C A L LY When crafting our itineraries, we take our cues from National Geographic’s explorers—people like Jane Goodall and Jared Diamond—who like to dig in; immerse themselves in new places; and get to know the local people and their traditions, cuisine, and everyday lives. Whether you're immersed in a winter festival in Japan or swimming with sea lions in the Galápagos, every trip is a celebration of a remarkable destination and a genuine interaction with its culture.

I

EXPLORE WITH OUR EXPERTS Whether you’re traveling with a wildlife biologist or a National Geographic photographer—or meeting local experts along the way—you’ll enjoy a personal, “insider” perspective on the places you’re exploring. And our experts are involved long before you’re on the road; we consult them when we’re crafting our trips to ensure we make the most out of every day.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

G E T C LO S E R T H A N YO U EVER IMAGINED National Geographic opens doors around the globe: Our relationships with scientists, storytellers, museums, and active research sites allow us special access to places and people, including our own grantees, whose field sites we visit wherever we can. Traveling with us, you get a close-up view of work that’s helping illuminate and protect the world’s cultural and natural treasures, from archaeological excavations in Italy to big cats conservation projects in East Africa.

I

7


WHEN YOU TR AVEL WITH US

YOU MAKE A D I F F E R E N Background image: Photographer Justin Hofman captured this stunning image on a trip aboard the National Geographic Explorer, while diving and photographing southern right whales off the coast of Patagonia.

8

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I


YOU SUPPORT THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

NCE

When you travel with us, you support the National Geographic Society’s nonprofit mission to explore and protect the planet. We return 27% of our proceeds to the Society, which funds researchers and explorers around the globe who are working to preserve species and ecosystems, protect cultures, and advance understanding of our planet and its inhabitants. As you thumb through this catalog, look for the National Geographic seal to learn more about the National Geographic Society’s work in the regions that we visit.

YOU SUPPORT LOCAL ECONOMIES AND HABITATS National Geographic Expeditions is committed to sustaining the character and integrity of each place we visit: its environment, culture, and heritage, as well as the well-being of its residents. In providing authentic travel experiences, we strive to support local economies in our choice of services. At the same time, we believe that the powerful positive effects of sustainable travel go beyond the long-term economic benefits, inspiring passionate stewards committed to protecting the places we visit.

The National Geographic Society is supporting hundreds of projects around the world, including: A study of endangered penguins in the Galápagos—page 105 An excavation of Inca religious sites in Peru—page 111 An investigation into human origins in Tanzania—page 121 The National Geographic Society receives funds from National Geographic Partners LLC (d/b/a National Geographic Expeditions), funded in part by your purchase. To learn more, visit natgeo.com/info.

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I

9


LET OUR EXPERTS GUIDE YOU National Geographic researchers, explorers, writers, and photographers have brought the world to our members for nearly 130 years. On many of our expeditions, these same experts bring you to the planet’s most intriguing places. We’d like to introduce you to a few of them.

DON GEORGE

T R AV E L W R I T E R A N D E D I TO R Travel writer Don George is an editor-at-large and columnist for National Geographic Traveler magazine, as well as host of the National Geographic Live series of conversations with notable authors. Don has edited eight literary travel anthologies and received dozens of writing awards, including the Lowell Thomas Travel Journalist of the Year Award. Don lived and taught in Japan for two years, and his National Geographic Traveler article “Japan’s Past Perfect” inspired our expedition Inside Japan. He will join the September 2018 departure of this trip (page 56).

PAT R I C I A W R I G H T

P R I M ATO LO G I S T A N D A N T H R O P O LO G I S T

National Geographic grantee Patricia (Pat) Wright is a primatologist and anthropologist who has served on National Geographic’s Committee for Research and Exploration and its Conservation Trust. One of the world’s foremost experts on lemurs, she has spent some 30 years studying the lemurs of Madagascar’s Ranomafana National Park—a park she helped establish and where she discovered a previously unknown lemur species. We will visit Pat’s research center on our Madagascar Wildlife Expedition, and she will accompany the entire November 2018 departure of this trip (page 118).

K E N N E DY WA R N E

AU T H O R A N D P H OTO G R A P H E R Kennedy Warne co-founded New Zealand Geographic magazine in 1988 and served as its editor until 2004, when he stepped down to pursue his own writing and photography career. He has written 14 stories for National Geographic since 2000, including four on New Zealand. He lives in New Zealand’s largest city, Auckland, but prefers to spend his time in the overlooked and undiscovered parts of his country, especially its forests, mountains, and multitude of islands. Kennedy will join the February 2018 departure of our expedition New Zealand from North to South (page 66).

10

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I


Q: WHAT MOTIVATED YOU TO SPEND AN ENTIRE YEAR IN THE NATIONAL PARKS? When I knew the centennial was coming up, I wanted to do something special to give back to the places I love so much. Incredible, visionary people had the wisdom to conserve the land rather than spoil it, to save it for future generations. Today, the concept of national parks is perhaps our country’s greatest export to the rest of the world.

Q: NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC BRINGS VISITORS TO MANY OF AMERICA’S NATIONAL PARKS. WHAT ARE SOME HIGHLIGHTS OF THE PARKS WE VISIT? Of all 59 parks I visited, Grand Teton is right near the top of the list. The sheer beauty of this park is spellbinding, and it is beautifully photogenic. Yellowstone is the world’s first national park, where it all started. And it’s an amazing wildlife destination, too. Seeing the varied wildlife in its natural habitat—like bison that congregate the roadways at every turn—it’s a magical experience.

C ATC H I N G U P W I T H J O N AT H A N I R I S H Jonathan Irish has devoted his career to both photography and travel. As a member of the National Geographic Expeditions team, he oversaw the development of dozens of our active trips. Throughout 2016, he traveled the country in an Airstream celebrating the U.S. National Park Service’s centennial by photographing all 59 of America’s national parks. His photographs have appeared in National Geographic Traveler and his work is represented by National Geographic Creative. Jonathan will be sharing photography tips with travelers on our new voyage to French Polynesia (page 71), as well as on voyages to Alaska and British Columbia, Patagonia, and Antarctica (see our website for details). We asked Jonathan a few questions about his recent travels. Read the full interview on our website.

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

Q: YOU’RE JOINING LOTS OF UPCOMING SMALL-SHIP EXPEDITIONS WITH NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC. WHAT ARE SOME OF THE HIGHLIGHTS OF BEING ABOARD OUR SHIPS? One thing I love about our small-ship expeditions is the Zodiac rides—getting into rafts and skiffs to explore the scenery. You travel to some remote waters on our expedition ships, then get on these smaller boats to make close-up inspections of what you’re seeing. I also love the variety of our ships, from the National Geographic Explorer—such a magnificent adventure to be aboard—to intimate ships like the Delfin II in the Peruvian Amazon. The Delfin II evokes local architecture, with wood paneling everywhere, and it allows us to get into the more remote areas, with skiff rides into tributaries that larger boats can’t get into. That’s where you find the wildlife, deep in the heart of the forest—places no one else gets to.

I

11


EXPERIENCE OUR LODGES A LO N G T H E WAY National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World is a collection of handpicked lodges that invite guests to experience the world’s most treasured places while helping to protect them for generations to come. Each lodge has made the choice to tread lightly, to celebrate nature rather than conquer it, to support cultural heritage, and to engage with local communities. From remarkable architecture to fine cuisine, these lodges are inspired by and complement their surroundings. The experience they offer is intimate and extraordinary, connecting guests with their destination in an authentic and meaningful way. Take a look at some of the lodges featured on our expeditions here, and visit natgeolodges.com to see all the properties in our growing collection.

LONGITUDE 131°

AUSTR ALIA: TASMANIA TO THE GREAT BARRIER REEF EXTENSION—PAGE 68 AUSTR ALIA PRIVATE EXPEDITION—PAGE 70

12

I

THREE CAMEL LODGE

MONGOLIA: L AND OF THE NOMAD—PAGE 55

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I


SAYARI CAMP

ON SAFARI: TANZANIA'S GREAT MIGR ATION—PAGE 120 TANZANIA PRIVATE EXPEDITION—PAGE 123

MATETSI RIVER LODGE

NAMBIA AND BOTSWANA BY PRIVATE AIR EXTENSION—PAGE 126

K ASBAH DU TOUBK AL

MOROCCO: LEGENDARY CITIES AND THE SAHAR A—PAGE 130

TIERR A PATAGONIA HOTEL & SPA EXPLORING PATAGONIA—PAGE 114 PATAGONIA PRIVATE EXPEDITION—PAGE 117

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I

13


H O W TO U S E T H I S C ATA LO G A N D D I S C O V E R A L L T H E WAY S YO U C A N T R AV E L W I T H N AT I O N A L G E O G R A P H I C

With many different types of trips—from active hiking adventures to photographyfocused expeditions—National Geographic Expeditions offers experiences for every kind of traveler. To help you find the itinerary that’s right for you, we’ve introduced a few new elements that make it easier to identify the nature of each of our trips. You’ll find them throughout this catalog and our website. We’ve assigned the icons below to each of our trip types so that you can quickly discern if the itinerary you’re looking at is one that would interest you. And, we’ve denoted an activity level for each expedition to help you make an informed decision. Look for the information key in the pages that follow and start building your expeditions bucket list!

TRIP TYPE

Small Ship Land

Travel independently—with all Our land trips are designed the benefits of traveling with to immerse you in fascinatNational Geographic—on a ing cultures and draw out the private trip curated by us and uniqueness of each destination Land Small Train Private Private Train Private Jet Small Ship Train Private Jet Ship geared for you and the traveling through enriching and authentic companions of your choice. Exexperiences. Led by a National Land and plore with seasoned guides Geographic expert, these trips stay in top accommodations, celebrate the history, culture, including National Geographic and natural heritage of a destiPrivate Unique Lodges of the World. Train Private Jet nation.

Small Ship PhotoFamily *G-Adventures Photo

Family *G-Adventures Student ActiveStudentPhoto

*G-Adventures Active

Experience fascinating places as far-flung as Easter Island and Marrakech on one epic journey, traveling with a team of Private Private Jet National Geographic experts in the comfort of a VIP-configured Small Ship private jet. Train Private Jet

Student

Improve your photography skills with the guidance of a National Activephotographer— Geographic whether you’re traveling through *G-Adventures Japan or framing wildlife Student on the Galápagos Islands.

Explore by foot, by kayak, or Take to the sea aboard one of Family Photo even by dogsled on an active the eight ships of the National expedition. Led by dynamic Geographic–Lindblad fleet and adventure guides, these trips explore the Galápagos, Alaska, Privatecombine spectacular places, Small Ship*G-Adventures Trainwith a team Private Jet Student Active Photo and beyond of Light / Moderate Moderate Maximum Moderate / Strenuous Strenuous te Moderate Moderate /Moderate Strenuous Light Strenuous MaximumStrenuous Light / Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Light physical challenge, and cultural naturalists, historians, interaction. Land Small Ship Train Private Jet photographers, and more.

Light

Light / Moderate

Introduce your family to the Traveling by classic train magic of travel on trips designed evokes a sense of nostalgia and ate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Student Strenuous Maximum *G-Adventures Photo Active for travelers of all ages that adventure. With a National combine learning, discovery, Geographic expert on board, Private p Train Private Jetthat you pass *G-Adventures and fun. On many trips, kids are Family Photo the landscapes matched with pen pals whom through take on a whole new they’ll meet along the way. depth and meaning. These expeditions are led by a oderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Strenuous Maximum knowledgeable expedition guide and a Young Explorer Leader.

*G-Adventures 14

Student I

Light Active

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Moderate

Private Moderate / Strenuous

Student

Moderate / Strenuous

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

Maximum

Strenuous

Active

Maximum I

Strenuou


Land

Small Ship

Train

SAILING THE GREEK ISLES

I N F O R M AT I O N

THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Sail aboard an elegant four-masted tall ship, the Sea Cloud, once owned by Marjorie Merriweather Post. • A team of experts explores with us and delves into Greek culture and history during educational presentations. • Anchor at some of the lesser-known Cyclades, visiting pilgrimage sites, typical villages, and archaeological sites.

Land

ITINER ARY

|

9

every year to pray at one of Greece’s holiest shrines. MEALS: B, L, D

D AY S

DAY 5

I

MEALS: B, L, D

I

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

U.S./ATHENS, GREECE/ PIRAEUS

Arrive in Athens after an overnight flight and visit the New Acropolis Museum. Travel to Piraeus and settle into your cabin. SEA CLOUD FOR ENTIRE VOYAGE I MEALS: DAY 2: L, D

DAY 3

I

AT SEA/SÍFNOS

Find a spot on deck to watch the crew hoist the Sea Cloud’s sails by hand as we set sail among the Cyclades. After a morning at sea, drop anchor at Sífnos, a rugged island featuring a harbor lined with waterfront tavernas and a beautiful upper chora (village). MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

I

DAY 8

Land

Dotted with green marble quarries and villages steeped in Venetian history, Tinos has long been a haven for artists. Explore the picturesque village of Pyrgos, and visit the church of Panagia Evangelistria, where thousands of pilgrims come

I

Family

Trip Type

Photo

Activity Level

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

*G-Adventures

Student

Active

Land

Small Ship

Moderate / Strenuous Private JetModeratePrivate LightTrainLight / Moderate

Strenuous

Maximum

DATES 2018: June 17–25 • Aug. 31–Sept. 8Student • Sept. 7–15 *G-Adventures Family Photo Active

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

Strenuous

Maximum

Land

$9,490 $10,680

Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate Light Private Train Private Jet

Small Ship

$12,750

Category 4

SANTORINI

$13,500

Original/Deluxe Category B

$14,990

Original/Deluxe Category A

$15,950

Owner's Suites

$18,250

See the Sea Cloud description and deck plan on page 152. Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single cabin, add $4,750 in Category 1. International airfare to/from Athens is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum ship capacity: 58

SPECIAL OFFER

AT SEA

Enjoy a glorious day of sailing among the idyllic isles of the Cyclades. Relax on deck and attend presentations by our experts on the area’s history and ecology. MEALS: B, L, D

I

Private

If departing from outside the U.S., plan to arrive on the morning of Day 2.

AMORGÓS

Incomparable Santorini is an island archipelago formed from a single volcanic cone that erupted in the second millennium B.C., burying the island’s Minoan culture in ash. Sail into the caldera, and drive to the beautiful town of Oia, which affords unrivaled views of the volcanic island. After lunch, visit the archaeological site of Akrotiri. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 9

TINOS

I

Private Jet

I N F O R M AT I O N

Step ashore on the isle of Amorgós. Visit the Light / Moderate Light COST main village, perched in the mountains, and see Category 1 its beautiful domed churches and windmills. Category 2 Explore the monastery of Panagia Hozoviótissa, clinging to a cliff face above the sea. MEALS: B, L, D Category 3

DAY 7

Train

DELOS

Delos is the mythological birthplace of the ancient Greek twin gods Artemis and Apollo. Discover the island’s ruins, including the Terrace of the Lions and the Temple of Apollo.

DAY 6

Small Ship

Family

Trip Type

• Spend a day in beautiful Santorini, and see the extraordinary site of Akrotiri, destroyed in a volcanic eruption in 1627 b.c.

Travel on the Sea Cloud in 2018 and we will cover your bar tab on board and all tips for the crew.

PIRAEUS/ATHENS/U.S.

Disembark this morning and transfer to the airport for your return flight. MEALS: B

Small Ship

OPTIONAL EXTENSION

Add a two-day extension in Athens and/or a threeday extension in Crete. Visit our website or call for details.

Family

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. Producer and director Chad Cohen will join the August 31 departure. Read his bio on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

Train

Photo

*G-Adventures

Student

Active

Private

Private Jet

Above: The famed Santorini sunset casts a peachy glow on the whitewashed town of Oia. 32

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/GREECE

I

Light

A C T I V I TFamily Y LEVEL

Light

Light / Moderate

Photo

Moderate

*G-Adventures

Light / Moderate Student

Moderate / Strenuous

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

Strenuous

Maximum

Active

Strenuous

Maximum

LIGHT

M O D E R AT E

STRENUOUS

Travelers should be in good health and comfortable walking or standing for extended periods of time. Daily activities may include city walking tours, visits to sites, game drives on bumpy roads, or easy hikes.

Travelers should be physically fit and prepared for multiple hours of activity (e.g. hiking, kayaking, biking) each day.

Designed for experienced active travelers in excellent physical condition, these itineraries may include full-day hikes (sometimes at high altitude) or full-day kayaking excursions. Trails often include steep ascents/descents on mountainous terrain, with some exposed sections.

L I G H T/ M O D E R AT E Travelers should be in good health and comfortable walking or standing for extended periods of time. Daily activities may include city walking tours, visits to sites, game drives, or easy hikes, with options for more physical activities such as hiking, kayaking, snorkeling and biking.

I

M O D E R AT E / S T R E N U O U S Travelers should be physically fit and prepared for multiple hours of activity (e.g. hiking, kayaking, biking) each day. Certain days may have more challenging physical activity, such as ascents/descents on steep mountainous terrain.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

MAXIMUM The ultimate challenge for serious hikers who are very fit and have experience hiking or trekking at high elevations. These itineraries include numerous challenging, full-day hikes.

I

15


T H E R E I S A W O R L D TO E X P LO R E •

GET INSPIRED BY PHOTO GALLERIES OF THE PL ACES WE GO

WAT C H V I D E O S F R O M O U R T R I P S A N D S E E W H AT I T ' S L I K E TO T R AV E L W I T H U S

R E A D I N T E R V I E W S W I T H T H E N AT I O N A L G E O G R A P H I C EXPERTS WHO LEAD OUR TRIPS

S E E P H OTO S A N D V I D E O S S H A R E D B Y O U R T R AV E L E R S

R E A D A R T I C L E S A B O U T O U R D E S T I N AT I O N S F R O M N AT I O N A L G E O G R A P H I C

FIND SPECIAL OFFERS ON SELECT EXPEDITIONS

NAMIBIA AND BOTSWANA BY PRIVATE AIR—PAGE 126 16

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I


ON OUR WEBSITE

E X P L O R E F U R T H E R B Y V I S I T I N G N AT G E O E X P E D I T I O N S .C O M

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I

17


ON EXPEDITION: IMAGES FROM O U R S TA FF A N D TR AV EL

@ckeegan_foodandfoto

@garethtate

@kennethgarrettphotography

@erickruszewski

@lonerucksack

18

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I


FOLLOW US @NATGEOEXPEDITIONS FOR MORE INSPIR ATION

ER S

POST YOUR OWN PHOTOS THROUGH

OR UPLOAD THEM ON OUR WEBSITE.

@jonathan_irish

@luke.dollar

@jaxbarn

@sazamunz

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

@evan.thornton

I

19


ITALY: RENAISSANCE CITIES AND TUSCAN LIFE

NEW T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • M arvel at the works of Italian masters during afterhours visits to the Vatican museums and Venice’s Scuola Grande di San Rocco, and tour Florence’s iconic Uffizi Gallery with an art historian. • Learn the secrets of Tuscan cuisine while enjoying meals and excellent Italian wines at local restaurants, wineries, and family homes. • E xplore the Roman Forum and the ruins underneath the Colosseum in the company of a renowned archaeologist. • Stay three nights in the Tuscan countryside at a family-owned and operated 13th-century castello, and get to know members of the family.

ITINER ARY

|

10

D AY S

World Heritage city. Stroll through Piazza San Marco and its golden mosaic-filled basilica. Admire the Gothic arches of the Doge’s Palace, and see the 16th-century Sansovinian Library and the iconic Rialto Bridge. After lunch at a wine bar, meet a local artisan to learn the science of traditional gondola construction. Later, view paintings by such masters as Tintoretto and Titian during an afterhours visit to Scuola Grande di San Rocco and access impressive collections of ancient jewelry and coins that are closed to the public. VENEZIA PALAZZO BAROCCI I MEALS: B, L

DAY 3

DAY 1

I

VENICE, ITALY

Arrive in Venice and transfer by motorboat to our hotel overlooking the famous Grand Canal. Spend the afternoon on a guided stroll through the “floating city.” Enjoy a welcome reception and dinner at a Venetian restaurant. VENEZIA PALAZZO BAROCCI I MEALS: D

DAY 2

I

VENICE

Set out on foot for a guided tour of this UNESCO

I

FLORENCE

Hop aboard a high-speed train to Florence, and after lunch set out on a walking tour of its historic center. In Piazza della Repubblica, discover the city’s beginnings as a Roman settlement. Wander through narrow streets past the fortified houses and towers that marked the medieval town, and emerge onto the open Piazza della Signoria, the political center of the city since the Middle Ages. See the Duomo, the Ponte Vecchio and encounter Michelangelo’s peerless “David” and the evocative “Prisoners” at the Accademia. Cap off your day with a special dinner in the home of a Florentine family. GALLERY HOTEL ART I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

I

FLORENCE

This morning an art historian will guide us through the iconic Uffizi Gallery. Commissioned in 1560 by Cosimo I de’ Medici and designed by the great architect Giorgio Vasari, the Uffizi has drawn visitors to view the masterpieces within for centuries. Spend the afternoon exploring the city at your own pace; perhaps take a short walk to the Basicilia di Santa Croce or wander across the river Arno to stroll the lovely Boboli Gardens. GALLERY HOTEL ART I MEALS: B

DAY 5

I

TUSCAN COUNTRYSIDE

Travel south into the Chianti region. Visit the renowned Badia a Coltibuono winery and fortified former abbey for a wine tasting and lunch. Then continue to Gargonza, a medieval hamlet superbly situated in the Tuscan countryside. This afternoon, settle into the privately owned 13th-century castello of the Guicciardini family—our home for the next three nights. Take the rest of the day to read, relax, and enjoy the swimming pool, set in an olive grove with a glorious view. CASTELLO DI GARGONZA I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 6

I

SIENA

A short drive brings us to the Tuscan gem of Siena. Soak up the medieval flavor of the city

Above: A gondolier oars past the Basilica di Santa Maria della Salute on Venice’s Grand Canal. 20

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ITALY

I


Land

Small Ship

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Photo

Activity Level

Small Ship Light

Light / Moderate Train PrivateModera Jet

DATES 2018: Apr. 9–18 •Family Apr. 16–25Photo • May 14–23 *G-Adventures June 4–13 • Sept. 3–12 • Oct. 15–24

COST

Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Student

$6,995

Moderate / Strenuous

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,750. Airfare to Venice and return from Rome is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 24

Fragments of ancient temples frame the Arch of Septimus Severus in the Roman Forum.

on a walking tour that includes the Piazza del Campo; the Palazzo Pubblico; and the colorful, marble-clad cathedral. Stop for lunch on your own in one of Siena's many trattorias, and spend the afternoon exploring at leisure. CASTELLO DI GARGONZA I MEALS: B, D

DAY 7

I

TUSCAN COUNTRYSIDE

Venture into the Tuscan countryside on a morning hike through the scenic landscape near Gargonza. During a free afternoon at the castello, stroll the gardens, relax by the pool, or try your hand at a game of bocce. Later, you may join the castello’s chef for a cooking lesson and a tasting of several fine local vintages. CASTELLO DI GARGONZA I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

ROME

Travel further south to eternal Rome and enjoy lunch at a local restaurant. Venture into the Colosseum and discover subterranean ruins where gladiators prepared for battle. Stroll the ruins of the Roman Forum, and enjoy a specially arranged visit inside the Chiesa di San Lorenzo

in Miranda, formerly the Temple of Antoninus and Faustina erected in A.D. 141. Here, meet archaeologist Dr. Valerie Higgins of the American University in Rome, a top expert in the field of Roman archaeology who recently appeared in the popular National Geographic documentary series The Story of God. ROSE GARDEN PALACE I MEALS: B, L

DAY 9

I

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Writer, traveler, and broadcaster Tim Jepson will join the October departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION

ROME

Take in the sacred grandeur of Vatican City with an early morning visit to its museums and the breathtaking Sistine Chapel before they open to the public. Visit St. Peter’s Square and its soaring basilica before enjoying some free time to explore on your own. Later this afternoon, gather for a walking tour including the Trevi Fountain, the Pantheon, and the Piazza Navona. Toast our Italian sojourn at a festive farewell dinner tonight. ROSE GARDEN PALACE I MEALS: B, D

DAY 10

I

ROME

Transfer to the airport for your flight home. MEALS: B

O T H E R I TA LY E X P E D I T I O N S T H I S F A L L On our nine-day expedition Southern Italy and the Amalfi Coast, venture into southern Italy on an expedition inspired by National Geographic Traveler’s article “The Towns Italy Forgot.” Both departures in September and October 2017 are accompanied by Massimo Bassano, the photographer for the magazine article. Or immerse yourself in the lively rhythms of life in Italy on our ten-day Inside Italy expedition. On departures in September and October 2017, explore some of Italy’s lesser-known treasures from Pienza to Lucca, and explore the Cinque Terre (pictured left). Visit our website for details.

I

O U R

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ITALY

Add a four-day extension to the stunning Amalfi Coast. Visit our website or call for details

I

21

Strenu


SWISS TR AINS AND T H E I TA L I A N L A K E D I S T R I C T T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • J ourney along three of Switzerland’s most iconic railways—the Glacier Express, Gornergrat Bahn, and Bernina Express—with a National Geographic expert. • B oard a private ferry for a scenic ride across Lake Como, and take a behindthe-scenes tour of the Como Cathedral. • M eet an Italian chef for a cooking lesson in picturesque Varenna, and try your hand at preparing some of the Lombardy region’s rich specialties. • D uring a special visit to the Matterhorn Museum, hear a local mountaineer and an Alpine historian recount stories of the earliest attempts to conquer Switzerland’s most iconic peak.

ITINER ARY

|

10

D AY S

DAY 2

I

ZERMATT/ZMUTT VALLEY

Start the day with a walk through the village of Zermatt. This afternoon, ride the gondola up to Schwarzsee or Furi for a walk through the spectacular Zmutt Glacier Valley. Later, return to Zermatt by gondola. Ambitious hikers can also hike to Zmutt, a hamlet of weathered chalets, and continue to Zermatt on foot. HOTEL NATIONAL ZERMATT I MEALS: B

DAY 3

DAY 1

I

Z  ÜRICH, SWITZERLAND/ ZERMATT

Arrive in Zürich this morning and board a train to the charming Alpine village of Zermatt, offlimits to cars. Check in to our hotel and gather for a welcome dinner tonight. HOTEL NATIONAL ZERMATT I MEALS: D

I

ZERMATT/GORNER GLACIER

Climb aboard the Gornergrat Bahn cogwheel railway, the highest train in Europe, and ascend to a summit far above Zermatt to experience one of the best viewpoints in the Alps. Admire a gorgeous vista that includes Monte Rosa, the Matterhorn, and the Gorner Glacier. Hike down past Alpine lakes to Riffelberg, where we will catch the train back to Zermatt. Pay a visit to the Matterhorn Museum, where a local mountaineer and Alpine historian will recount stories of early attempts to conquer the Matterhorn and other climbing adventures. HOTEL NATIONAL ZERMATT I MEALS: B, D

DAY 4

I

GLACIER EXPRESS/PONTRESINA

Take your first-class seat on the world-famous Glacier Express and set off on a breathtaking

journey across three high-mountain passes, over 291 bridges, and through 91 tunnels. Enjoy the elegant atmosphere of the train as we soak up magnificent vistas of skyscraping, glacier-glazed peaks on our way to the Upper Engadin Valley. Disembark in St. Moritz and take a short drive to our hotel in Pontresina. SPORTHOTEL PONTRESINA I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

I

PONTRESINA/ST. MORITZ

Set out on a walking tour of Pontresina and discover local lore that dates back to prehistory. Later this morning, travel to St. Moritz by local train, and visit the Segantini Museum, dedicated to the Alpine artist Giovanni Segantini. After lunch on your own, take the rest of the afternoon to explore the picturesque valley of St. Moritz before returning to Pontresina. SPORTHOTEL PONTRESINA I MEALS: B

DAY 6

I

BERNINA PASS/POSCHIAVO

Today, board the legendary Bernina Express, the highest mountain railway in the Alps, to the heart of Italian-speaking Switzerland. Take in extraordinary views of the Morteratsch Glacier from the train’s panoramic windows as we climb to the highest point at Ospizio Bernina, 7,578 feet above sea level. Descend to the town

Above: The Glacier Express rounds the curve of the Landwasser Viaduct, some 200 feet above the valley floor.

22

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SWITZERLAND

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

Train

*G-Adventur

Photo

Activity Level

Private Moderate PrivateLight Jet / Moderate Light

DATES Family

Light

2018:Photo June 17–26 • July 15–24 • July 29–Aug. 7 *G-Adventures Student Active Aug. 19–28 • Aug. 28–Sept. 6 • Sept. 9–18 Sept. 16–25

COSTModerate

Light / Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

Strenuous

$7,995

Maximum

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,350. Airfare to Zürich and return from Milan is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 25 Pastel-hued villages and fishing skiffs line the shores of Lake Como.

of Poschiavo, where we meet a local guide for a tour of its charming historic center. Return to Pontresina via the Bernina Express late this afternoon. SPORTHOTEL PONTRESINA I MEALS: B, D

DAY 7

I

PONTRESINA/MOLTRASIO, ITALY

A spectacular drive through Alpine valleys brings us into the Italian Lake District today. The countryside is dotted with villas in hues of terra-cotta, pink, ochre, and gold, and strewn with tropical vegetation and lush gardens. Our destination is the lovely village of Moltrasio, perched on the western shore of the vast and beautiful Lake Como. Settle into an art nouveau resort and spa overlooking Lake Como. GRAND HOTEL IMPERIALE I MEALS: B, L

DAY 8

I

O U R

panorama of colorful waterside villages and elegant estates, fringed by palms and pines and backed by soaring mountains. Learn secrets of Italian cooking during a lesson with a local chef, followed by a lunch of the dishes you’ve made, washed down with local wine. Visit the grand gardens of Villa Monastero, first founded in the 12th century as a Cistercian monastery.

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Travel writer Teresa Fisher is the author of several books on Switzerland and Italy. She will join the July 15 and September 9 departures. Read her bio and find more experts on our website.

GRAND HOTEL IMPERIALE I MEALS: B, L

DAY 9

I

LAKE COMO

Soak in the beauty of Lake Como’s lakeside towns. Discover Como’s historic center, its sunny piazzas, and the Como Cathedral on a private tour. Continue to the delightful town of Bellagio and explore at leisure. Later, relax on the hotel’s terrace, taking in the view before we meet to celebrate our journey at a lakeside farewell dinner. GRAND HOTEL IMPERIALE I MEALS: B, D

LAKE COMO

Spend the day exploring the treasures of Lake Como. Board a private ferry for a picturesque ride across the lake to Varenna. Behold a

DAY 10

I

MILAN

After breakfast, transfer to Milan’s Malpensa Airport for your flight home. MEALS: B

A blacknose sheep stands in contrast with the sun-dappled Alpine landscape.

The dramatic Matterhorn is reflected in the waters of a lake near Zermatt.

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SWITZERLAND

I

23

Moderate


I TA LY FA M I LY E X P E D I T I O N THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Explore a prehistoric cave in the Veneto region, where National Geographic-funded excavations have uncovered fascinating clues about the lives of Neanderthals. • Kids meet up with their Italian pen pals for a treasure hunt in Venice. • Try your hand at making pasta at a family-run farm; and sample gelato, focaccia, and other local delicacies. • Walk in the footsteps of ancient Romans in the Colosseum and visit a mask-making workshop in Venice. Land

|

ITINER ARY

1 0 D AY S

century Duomo, then hear a poet recount colorful tales of the past in hilltop Chiusdino. Once in Florence, gaze up at the iconic Duomo, and watch a reenactment of Medici court life at Palazzo Vecchio. Stroll the Boboli Gardens and view Michelangelo’s “David” at the Accademia. PALAZZO CASTRI 1874 MEALS: DAY 4: B, L; DAY 5: B, D

DAY 6

I

PISA/LUCCA/LEVANTO

Climb Pisa’s leaning tower and explore the Tuscan town of Lucca. Arrive in Levanto on the Ligurian coast. PARK HOTEL ARGENTO I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

DAY 1

I

ROME, ITALY

Benvenuti in Italia! Check in to our hotel and enjoy a typical snack at a local café. Later, gather for a welcome dinner. HOTEL DELLA CONCILIAZIONE I MEALS: D

DAY 2

I

ROME

Glimpse ancient Roman life at the Colosseum, the Roman Forum, and subterranean Stadium of Domitian. After searching for ingredients in medieval Trastevere, head to a pizzamaking party.

HOTEL DELLA CONCILIAZIONE I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

ROME

Join an art historian on a tour of the Trevi Fountain, Spanish Steps, and Pantheon. Visit St. Peter’s Basilica and the Vatican Museums, and peer up at the Sistine Chapel ceiling. HOTEL DELLA CONCILIAZIONE I MEALS: B, L

DAYS 4 AND 5

I

SIENA/FLORENCE

I

CINQUE TERRE

Take a short train ride to Riomaggiore, part of the Cinque Terre (five lands). Visit Manarola, then cruise to Vernazza. In Monterosso al Mare, savor gelato and focaccia. PARK HOTEL ARGENTO I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

EMILIA ROMAGNA/GROTTA DI FUMANE/VENICE

Make pasta at a family farm near Parma. Explore the important prehistoric site of Grotta di Fumane and learn about National Geographic-sponsored excavations here. In Venice, venture into the crypt on an after-hours tour of Basilica di San Marco.

I N F O R M AT I O N Land

Trip Type

Family

Small Ship

Train Family

Activity Level

Photo

I

DATES Light /2Moderate Moderate• July Moderate / Strenuous 2018: JuneLight 23–July • July 14–23 28–Aug. 6

COST Adults

$6,590

Children (ages 7–17)

$6,390

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,200. Airfare to Rome and return from Venice is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 25 Expedition Team: A knowledgable expedition guide and a Young Explorer Leader will lead this trip, often accompanied by local guides.

KID to KID CONNECTION On this family expedition, kids will meet their pen pals in Venice, where the city’s narrow lanes, canals, and bridges provide a backdrop for a fun treasure hunt through the city. Families will team up with their new friends and follow clues in Italian and English— learning about local legends, famous artists, and other historic highlights of the city.

VENICE

Meet our Italian pen pals for a city treasure hunt. Try mask-making at an artisan studio and visit a gondola boatyard. Enjoy a farewell dinner. VENICE PALAZZO GIOVANELLI I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 10

I

VENICE

Transfer to the airport for your flight home. MEALS: B

Explore Siena’s Piazza del Campo and 13thAbove: A young traveler playfully props up the tower of Pisa with his hands. 24

I

Private Jet Photo

*G-Adventures Student Light / Moderate Modera Light

VENICE PALAZZO GIOVANELLI I MEALS: B, L

DAY 9

Small Ship

The setting sun illuminates the Duomo in Florence.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/FAMILY

I

Strenu


N O R W AY ’ S T R A I N S A N D FJ O R D S THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Travel on five scenic trains, including the Flåm, named by National Geographic Traveler as one of the top ten train trips in Europe. • Discover three UNESCO World Heritage sites: Geirangerfjorden, the mining town of Røros, and Bergen’s old wharf. • Attend a lecture by a paleontologist who has done field research for National Geographic and hear about his work in Norway’s far north (his schedule permitting). • Sample Norway’s culinary delights during a tasting at a cider house and on a visit to a farm in the heart of the fjordlands. Land

|

ITINER ARY

1 0 D AY S

DAY 5

I

RAUMA RAILWAY/GEIRANGER

Catch a train to Dombås and board the scenic Rauma Railway. Cross the historic Kylling Bridge and marvel at the 3,300-foot Trollveggen, Europe’s tallest vertical rock face. Continue by Land coach to Geiranger along the famed Trollstigen— the Troll’s Footpath. Wind through the mountains, stopping en route to taste fresh produce at a local farm. HOTEL UNION I MEALS: B, L, D Family

DAYS 6 AND 7

I

GEIRANGERFJORDEN/ BALESTRAND Light

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

OSLO, NORWAY

Arrive in Oslo, and spend the next day exploring the city. Wander Vigeland Park and the Munch Museum. Attend a lecture by a paleontologist who will share stories about the discovery of a primate fossil in Norway’s far north. Venture to the Bygdøy Peninsula to visit the open-air Norsk Folkemuseum, and see well-preserved longships at the Viking Ship Museum. HOTEL CONTINENTAL I MEALS: DAY 1: D; DAY 2: B, L

DAYS 3 AND 4

I

RØROS/TRONDHEIM

Climb aboard the Røros Railway and travel to the mining town of Røros—one of the oldest wooden towns in Europe. Later, catch a train to Trondheim. Visit the Nidaros Cathedral, and take a musical tour at the Ringve Music Museum that includes a mini-concert performed on antique instruments. Set out on an optional urban kayaking excursion. SCANDIC NIDELVEN

DAYS 8, 9, AND 10

I

I N F O R M AT I O N

FLÅM RAILWAY/ BERGEN

Cruise Sognefjorden and Aurlandsfjorden to the village of Flåm, and board the world-famous Flåm Railway. Change trains at the mountain town of Myrdal and continue to Bergen. Spend the following morning discovering Bergen’s maritime history on a tour of the old wharf. Then visit the former home of composer Edvard Grieg and enjoy a private piano recital of Grieg’s music. The next day, transfer to the airport for your flight home.

Family

Trip Type

Small Ship

Train

Photo

Activity Level

Light / Moderate Private Jet Light Private

DATES 2018:Photo June 17–26 • July 1–10 • July 15–24 *G-Adventures Student Active July 29–Aug. 7

COST

Light / Moderate

Cruise the spectacular Geirangerfjorden, lined with sheer rock walls and punctuated with waterfalls. Disembark at Hellesylt and drive to our hotel in Balestrand, located on the Sognefjorden—the longest and deepest fjord in Norway. The next day, ferry across the fjord to visit the medieval Hopperstad Stave Church. Return to Balestrand for a tasting at a cider house. KVIKNES HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

Small Ship

Moderate

$9,495 Moderate / Strenuous

Strenuous

Maximum

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $975. Airfare to Oslo and return from Bergen is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 25

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Geographer, conservationist, and explorer David Scott Silverberg will join all of the July departures. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

W H AT T O E X P E C T Guests should be able to explore on foot for up to several hours at a time. There is no porter service at train stations or aboard express boats, though larger luggage can be sent ahead. Guests will manage their own overnight bags on days when travel is by train or ferry. This expedition is not suitable for anyone with limited mobility.

HOTEL HAVENKONTORET I MEALS: DAY 8: B, L; DAY 9: B, L, D; DAY 10: B

MEALS: DAY 3: B, L, D; DAY 4: B, L

Above: Snow-frosted hills set off a summery scene on Norway’s Sognefjorden.

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/NORWAY

I

25

Moderat


S C A N D I N AV I A : G R E AT C A P I TA L S O F T H E B A LT I C S E A N E W T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • M eet a National Geographic-sponsored archaeologist to learn about his efforts to study and digitally reconstruct the wreckage of a 16th-century warship near Stockholm. • E xplore three UNESCO World Heritage sites, including Finland’s Suomenlinna sea fortress and Drottningholm Palace in Sweden. • S et out on a castle tour across the Danish countryside that includes Kronborg Castle, the setting for Hamlet. • J oin adventurer Thor Heyerdahl, Jr. at the Kon-Tiki Museum, and hear about his family’s history-making seafaring expeditions, some of which were chronicled in National Geographic articles and documentaries.

ITINER ARY

|

10

D AY S

DAY 2

I

COPENHAGEN

Set off on a castle tour through the Danish countryside. At Frederiksborg Castle, a Renaissance landmark surrounded by stunning gardens, examine royal art and an impressive collection of shields. Continue on to the Baroque Fredensborg Palace for a photo op. Then immerse yourself in the setting of William Shakespeare’s Hamlet at Kronborg Castle, a World Heritage site. Follow the Danish Riviera back to Copenhagen. Tonight, discover whimsical Tivoli Gardens— one of the world’s oldest amusement parks—at your own pace. SCANDIC PALACE HOTEL I MEALS: B, L

DAY 3

DAY 1

I

COPENHAGEN, DENMARK

Arrive in Copenhagen and enjoy a tour of the city sites, including the Old Stock Exchange; the Naval Church; and the Little Mermaid Statue, based on Hans Christian Andersen’s famous fairy tale. Get to know your fellow travelers during a welcome dinner this evening. SCANDIC PALACE HOTEL I MEALS: D

I

COPENHAGEN/ HELSINKI, FINLAND

See Copenhagen from a different angle on a canal cruise, and then enjoy a traditional Danish lunch on the Nyhavn waterfront, lined with colorful houses and boats bobbing in the harbor. Fly to Helsinki and enjoy dinner at a local restaurant. HOTEL HAVEN I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

I

HELSINKI

Set out on an architectural tour of Helsinki, named the World Design Capital for 2012. Stroll

past Alvar Aalto’s marble-clad Finlandia Hall, and step into the Temppeliaukio church, hewn into solid rock. Sample Finnish specialties at Market Hall, then board a boat bound for the island of Suomenlinna, home to an inhabited sea fortress. Built beginning in 1748 across six islands, this World Heritage site has at turns protected the Kingdom of Sweden, the Russian Empire, and Finland. HOTEL HAVEN I MEALS: B, L

DAY 5

I

STOCKHOLM, SWEDEN

Fly to Stockholm and transfer to our hotel. This afternoon, step back in time on a walking tour amid the narrow alleys and medieval buildings of Gamla Stan, Stockholm’s old town. Visit the cathedral and Royal Palace before a group dinner in the historic center. FIRST HOTEL REISEN I MEALS: B, D

DAY 6

I

STOCKHOLM

Learn about the country’s deep maritime traditions this morning. Hear from a local archaeologist about his National Geographic-funded exploration of the undersea wreckage of Swedish King Erik XIV’s legendary 2,000-ton flagship Mars. Using 3-D scanning technology to study the wreck and create virtual reconstructions, he

Above: The 17th-century waterfront of Nyhavn casts a rippling reflection in Copenhagen, Denmark. 26

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SCANDINAVIA

I


Land

Small Ship

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Photo

Activity Level

Small Ship Light

Light / Moderate Train PrivateModera Jet

DATES 2018: May 2–11 •Family June 27–July 6 • July 11–20 *G-Adventures Photo July 25–Aug. 3 • Aug. 22–31 • Sept. 12–21

COST

Student

$7,995

Light / Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Light Price is per person, double occupancy. For aModerate single room,

add $1,400. Airfare to Copenhagen and return from Oslo, and airfare within Europe, are not included in the expedition cost. The group flights within Europe are $275 per person (subject to change).

Maximum group size: 25 French and Chinese influence abounds at Stockholm’s Drottningholm Palace, a UNESCO World Heritage site built in the 16th century.

is revealing history while preserving an important maritime battlefield on the bottom of the Baltic Sea. Then visit the Vasa Museum, which holds the only preserved 17th-century war ship in the world. After indulging in a traditional smorgasbord lunch on the tranquil island of Djurgården, trace five centuries of Swedish history at Skansen, the world’s oldest open-air museum. Enjoy the rest of the afternoon at leisure to explore more of the city. FIRST HOTEL REISEN I MEALS: B, L

DAY 7

I

STOCKHOLM

Visit City Hall and take in its glowing spire, as well as the rich mosaics and artwork of its ceremonial halls. Glide across the harbor to the meticulously preserved Drottningholm Palace,

home to the Swedish royal family. Enjoy lunch, then amble through the 16th-century salons and Baroque gardens of this World Heritage site. FIRST HOTEL REISEN I MEALS: B, L

DAY 8

I

OSLO, NORWAY

Ride the train to Oslo, and check in to our historic city-center hotel. Head to the Holmenkollen Ski Jump, which hosted events for the 1952 Winter Olympics. Take in 4,000 years of Nordic and downhill skiing history at the Ski Museum; and, from the observation deck on top, enjoy a spectacular vantage of Oslo and its fjord.

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Geographer, conservationist, and explorer David Scott Silverberg will join the August 22 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION

GRAND HOTEL OSLO I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 9

I

OSLO

Spend the day discovering Oslo, beginning at the medieval Akershus Fortress. Walk amid the brilliant white marble angles of the Opera House, and stroll Vigeland Sculpture Park, populated with 200 works by Norwegian artist Gustav Vigeland. After lunch, head to the Viking Ship Museum to examine three of the world’s best-preserved wooden longships. Then enjoy a specially arranged meeting with Thor Heyerdahl, Jr. at the Kon-Tiki Museum. Hear about his family’s scientific seafaring adventures, some of which were chronicled in the pages of National Geographic magazine, before viewing the famed Kon-Tiki raft, the papyrus boat Ra II, and other artifacts of seafaring history. Toast our Scandinavian sojourn at a farewell dinner tonight.

Add a four-day post-trip extension in Norway that includes Bergen, Flåm, and the fjords. Visit our website or call for details.

GRAND HOTEL OSLO I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 10

I

OSLO

After a morning at leisure, transfer to the airport for your flight home. MEALS: B Oslo’s Viking Ship Museum houses the Oseberg ship and other Viking artifacts. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SCANDINAVIA

I

27

Strenuo


GREECE: WONDERS OF AN ANCIENT EMPIRE T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • This expedition was inspired by the National Geographic television series The Greeks, the July 2016 National Geographic magazine photo-essay, and the 2016 National Geographic Museum exhibition The Greeks: From Agamemnon to Alexander the Great. • I n Athens, meet a classics professor for a tour of the ancient Agora, and then step behind the scenes of a nearby archaeology lab and restoration workshop. • Enjoy lunch at a family home on Aegina Island, and learn about olive oil production at a working olive oil press. • E xplore the Temple of Apollo with an archaeologist who works at this active excavation site.

ITINER ARY

|

11

examining panels of the famous Parthenon frieze along with many other ancient works. Visit the Acropolis, crowned by the magnificent Parthenon. Venture back into the Plaka for a delicious lunch. At the ancient Agora, once frequented by Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle, explore the origins of democracy with a professor of classical archaeology. In the evening, meet with a local expert to discuss the political and economic landscape of contemporary Greece.

D AY S

HERODION HOTEL I MEALS: B, L

DAY 3

DAY 1

I

ATHENS, GREECE

Arrive in Athens and transfer to our hotel near the charming Plaka neighborhood. Gather for a welcome reception and dinner on the hotel’s rooftop, which offers breathtaking views of the Acropolis. HERODION HOTEL I MEALS: D

DAY 2

I

Begin the day at the New Acropolis Museum,

ATHENS/NÁFPLIO

Visit the National Archaeological Museum, home to countless treasures, including Mycenean gold masks, thousands of Greek vases, and evocative marble sculptures. Travel south over the Isthmus of Corinth to see the Temple of Apollo and the Roman Forum with an American archaeologist who excavates the site. Continue to Náfplio and cap off the day with a walking tour of this beautifully preserved Byzantine town, which was the first capital of Greece. AMALIA HOTEL NAUPLIA I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

ATHENS

I

I

MYCENAE/EPIDAURUS/NÁFPLIO

Explore the fortified city of Mycenae, the center of the powerful Mycenaean civilization that

The sanctuary of Athena Pronaia once served as the gateway to ancient Delphi.

flourished in the second millennium b.c. Enter the citadel through the Lion Gate, discovering an ancient grave circle, the royal palace, and the Tomb of Agamemnon—the largest of the tholos (beehive) tombs found here. Journey into the renowned wine region of Nemea for lunch and a wine tasting. Visit an olive oil press in the village of Lygourio, where we’ll learn about the process

Above: Perched atop a sandstone pinnacle, the Roussanou Monastery of Meteora appears to float among the clouds. 28

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/GREECE

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

*G-Adventur

Photo

Activity Level

Small Ship Train ModeratePrivate Jet Light / Moderate Moderate Light

DATES 2017: Oct. 8–18 Family • Oct. 22–Nov. Photo 1

*G-Adventures

Student

2018: May 6–16 • June 17–27 • Sep. 23–Oct. 3 Oct. 14–24

COST

Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

2017

$6,495

2018

$6,695

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,195 in 2017 and $1,295 in 2018. Airfare to/from Athens is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 25

O U R The legendary Parthenon has stood sentinel over Athens for nearly 2,500 years.

of harvesting and pressing olives, then enjoy an olive oil tasting. Later, stop at the theater of Epidaurus, renowned for its exceptional acoustics. Return to Náfplio for a festive evening of dinner and Greek dancing. AMALIA HOTEL DELPHI I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

I

OLYMPIA

Discover the picturesque mountain villages of Arcadia on our way to Olympia, birthplace of the Olympic Games and a UNESCO World Heritage site. Explore this evocative collection of ancient temples, altars, and a stadium. Visit the archaeological museum to learn about Olympia’s origins as a sanctuary honoring Zeus. HOTEL EUROPA I MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 6 AND 7

I

DELPHI

AMALIA HOTEL DELPHI I MEALS: DAY 6: B, L, D; DAY 7; B, L

I

A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Producer, writer, and director Chad Cohen oversaw the development of National Geographic’s PBS series The Greeks. He will join the October 8, 2017 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION

GRAND METEORA HOTEL; ST. GEORGE LYCABETTUS OR ELECTRA PALACE ATHENS MEALS: DAY 8: B, D; DAY 9: B, L

Depart the Peloponnese for mainland Greece. Arrive at the sanctuary of Delphi, considered by ancient Greeks to be the center of the world. Walk the sacred way to the Temple of Apollo and explore Delphi’s awe-inspiring ruins, including the theatre, a stadium, treasuries, and altars. Enjoy a weaving demonstration in the hilltop village of Aráhova, and stop in at the 11thcentury monastery of Hosios Loukas, a masterpiece of Byzantine architecture.

DAYS 8 AND 9

where Persian and Greek armies clashed in 480 B.C. Continue through the fertile plain of Thessaly to Kalambáka, our base for exploring the extraordinary monasteries of Meteora. Built atop sandstone megaliths that rise some 1,200 feet from the valley floor, these monasteries offered refuge from hostile attacks during the waning days of the Byzantine Empire. Venture into chapels and courtyards adorned with beautiful frescoes. Take in panoramic views of the surrounding countryside, where, on a clear day, you can see as far as Mount Olympus. Upon return to Athens, enjoy a private visit to the archaeological research laboratory and restoration workshop at the American School of Classical Studies.

E X P ER T

KALAMBÁKA/ METEORA/ATHENS

DAYS 10 AND 11

I

AEGINA/ATHENS

Travel to the port city of Piraeus, stopping to view a striking mural by the Greek visual artist iNO, whose artistic process was captured in the National Geographic television series The Greeks. Take a ferry to the island of Aegina, once an important maritime power. Explore the fifthcentury B.C. Temple of Aphaia and have lunch at a family home, dining among pistachio and olive trees. Return by ferry to Athens, and depart for the airport the next day.

Extend your trip to the island of Santorini, with a stay at Kapari Natural Resort, a member of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection. Visit our website or call for details.

ST. GEORGE LYCABETTUS OR ELECTRA PALACE ATHENS I MEALS: DAY 10: B, L, D; DAY 11: B

Journey to the mountain pass of Thermopylae,

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/GREECE

I

29

Strenuo


G R E E C E FA M I LY E X P E D I T I O N THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Delve into the history, mythology, and masterpieces of ancient Greece as we explore amazing Athens, the mythical sites of the Peloponnese, and the whitewashed villages of Santorini. • Experience Greek culture through hands-on activities with dancers, chefs, and more. • Discover how the ancients lived while exploring the archaeological sites of the Acropolis, Mycenae, Delphi, and Akrotiri. • Kids meet up with their Greek pen pals in Santorini and go sailing on a catamaran. Land

|

ITINER ARY

1 0 D AY S

DAY 5

I

OLYMPIA/NÁFPLIO

Explore Olympia’s ruins, a UNESCO World Heritage site and the original site of the Olympic games. Travel to the seaport town of Náfplio and venture down its narrow lanes. Stroll past traditional medieval architecture and visit the hilltop fortress-castle called Palamidi. AMPHYTRION HOTEL I MEALS: B, D

DAY 6

I

NÁFPLIO

Discover Mycenae with a local archaeologist. Walk through the magnificent Lions Gate, and learn about a civilization once thought to be mythical. Head to the Sanctuary of Asklepios at Epidaurus, a World Heritage site, and take in its theater’s impressive proportions and acoustics. AMPHYTRION HOTEL I MEALS: B, L

DAY 7 DAYS 1 AND 2

I

ATHENS

Transfer to our hotel and join a guided storytelling walk, before gathering for a welcome dinner. The next day, tour the Acropolis and visit the New Acropolis Museum. At the Athens Olympic Stadium, participate in Olympic-themed activities. ATHENS HILTON HOTEL MEALS: DAY 1: D; DAY 2: B, L

DAY 3

I

DELPHI

Travel to Delphi on Mount Parnassos and explore the sanctuary ruins, including the fabled Castalian Spring and the Temple of Apollo. Discover a treasure trove of ancient artifacts at the Archaeological Museum. AMALIA DELPHI HOTEL I MEALS: B, L

DAY 4

I

OLYMPIA

Drive across the Rion/Antirion Bridge to Olympia. Check in to our hotel and enjoy lunch and time to relax before our Greek cooking and dance lessons this evening.

I

NÁFPLIO/ATHENS/SANTORINI

En route to Athens, stop to view the Corinth Canal. Then fly to Santorini. Explore Fira, famous for its whitewashed houses and bluedomed churches built into the hillsides. SANTORINI PALACE HOTEL I MEALS: B, L

DAY 8

I

SANTORINI

Ancient volcanic eruptions collapsed Santorini into a fractured caldera. Learn about ongoing archaeological work at Akrotiri, a Minoan Bronze Age settlement buried by ash.

I

Family

Small Ship

Train Family

Activity Level

Photo

DATES Light• /July Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Light 2018: June 16–25 7–16Moderate • July 21–30 Aug. 4–13

COST Adults

$6,190

Children (ages 7–17)

$5,990

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,100. Airfare to/from Athens and airfare within Greece are not included in the expedition cost. The group flight within Greece is $500 per person (subject to change).

Maximum group size: 25 Expedition Team: A knowledgeable expedition

guide and a Young Explorer Leader will lead this trip, often accompanied by local guides.

KID to KID CONNECTION Meet your pen pals and their families on Santorini for a sailing adventure. Enjoy the day with your new friends playing games on the beach and swimming in the warm waters of the Aegean.

SANTORINI PALACE HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 10

I

Private Jet Photo

*G-Adventures Light / Moderate Moderat Student Light

SANTORINI

SANTORINI/ATHENS

Fly to Athens and connect with your flight home. MEALS: B

Above: The mountaintop sanctuary of Delphi was the spiritual center of ancient Greece. I

Land

Trip Type

Kids meet their pen pals at the beach and go sailing on a catamaran. After a picnic, sail the waters of the caldera and return to Fira. Enjoy a farewell dinner in picturesque Ammoúdi.

EUROPA HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

30

I N F O R M AT I O N

SANTORINI PALACE HOTEL I MEALS: B, L

DAY 9

Small Ship

A young traveler encounters the Parthenon at the Acropolis in Athens.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/FAMILY

I

Strenuo


G R E E K I S L E S P R I VAT E E X P E D I T I O N

NEW

THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Explore ancient Athenian ruins and Cape Sóunio’s Temple of Poseidon with private guides. • Stay in stunning cave dwellings at Kapari Natural Resort, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World perched above Santorini’s caldera. • Alongside a private guide, visit the Palace of Knossos, the ancient capital of Minoan Crete. • Set sail on the Aegean, seeing Santorini’s sugar-cube villages and an epic sunset from the shimmering sea. Land

9 D AY S

|

ITINER ARY

DAYS 6–9

I

SANTORINI

Light / Moderate

OPTIONAL EXTENSION

I N F O R M AT I O N

Moderate

ATHENS, GREECE

Arrive in Athens and take a private tour that includes the Temple of Zeus, the Panathenaic Stadium, and the Acropolis. Then visit the New Acropolis Museum, home to nearly 4,000 artifacts. After a free morning, explore the ancient ruins of Cape Sóunio’s Temple of Poseidon with a private guide. ELECTRA

COST

Moderate / Strenuous

Extend your trip in Greece with a stay at Aristi Mountain Resort & Villas, a National Geographic Unique Lodge set amid the dramatic gorges of the Pindos Mountains. Visit our website or call for details.

I

Train

Take the ferry to Santorini, and settle into Kapari Family Photo Trip Type Activity Level Natural Resort. As a National Geographic guest, you’ll enjoy a private outing to a local farm and meet its owner. The next day, take a guided tour Light / Moderate Moderate Private Light Land Small Ship Train Private Jet of the island, with stops in Akrotiri, Pyrgos, and Oia. Spend the next morning at leisure, and then DATES join a sailing excursion on the Aegean. Transfer *G-AdventuresThis Student Family Photo Active is a private expedition, so you may select any to the airport and fly home. dates that are convenient for you. This private KAPARI NATURAL RESORT I MEALS: DAY 6: expedition is offered May through October. B; DAY 7: B, L; DAY 8: B, D; DAY 9: B Light

DAYS 1 AND 2

Small Ship

F E AT U R E D LO D G E

Strenuous

*G-Adventu

Maximum

$6,795 $6,995 $7,495

6+ people 4 people 2 people

Prices are per person, double occupancy and are subject to availability. Single-traveler prices are available upon request. A holiday surcharge may apply to certain travel dates. Airfare to Athens and return from Santorini, and airfare within Greece, are not included in the expedition cost. Airfare within Greece is $180–$200 per person (subject to change), depending on the departure date. For the detailed itinerary, please visit our website.

Expedition Team: Top local guides will accompany you throughout the trip, and you will meet other local experts as described in the itinerary.

PALACE HOTEL ATHENS I MEALS: DAY 2: B

DAYS 3, 4, AND 5

I

CRETE

Fly to Crete and join a private guide for a visit to the Minoan Palace of Knossos. Take a private tour of Heraklion, and explore the Archaeological Museum. Settle into your seaside resort near Agios Nikolaos, and opt to take a private Cretan cooking class in a nearby village. Travel to the island of Spinalonga, and tour this fascinating former leper colony with a private guide. ST. NICOLAS BAY RESORT HOTEL &

At Kapari Natural Resort on Santorini, settle into an age-old cave dwelling with extraordinary views. During your three-night stay, experience fine Cycladic cuisine and hospitality, and enjoy a specially arranged visit to a local farm.

VILLAS I MEALS: B DAILY

A lone swim mer drifts in a tableau of blues in Santorini. Above: A windmill tops a whitewashed village on the cliffs of Santorini. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PRIVATE

I

31

Moderate


SAILING THE GREEK ISLES THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Sail aboard an elegant four-masted tall ship, the Sea Cloud, once owned by Marjorie Merriweather Post. • Soak up the lively culture and mythology of the islands, exploring with a team of experts. • Anchor at some of the lesser known Cyclades, visiting pilgrimage sites, traditional villages, and legendary ruins. • Spend a day in beautiful Santorini, and see the extraordinary site of Akrotiri, destroyed in a volcanic eruption in 1627 B.C. Land

ITINER ARY

|

9

D AY S

every year to pray at one of Greece’s holiest shrines. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

I

MEALS: B, L, D

I

AMORGÓS

Step ashore on the isle of Amorgós. Visit the main village, perched in the mountains, and see its beautiful domed churches and windmills. Explore the monastery of Panagia Hozoviótissa, clinging to a cliff face above the sea. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7 DAYS 1 AND 2

I

U.S./ATHENS, GREECE/ PIRAEUS

Arrive in Athens after an overnight flight and visit the New Acropolis Museum. Travel to Piraeus and settle into your cabin. SEA CLOUD

FOR THE ENTIRE VOYAGE I MEALS: DAY 2: L, D

DAY 3

I

AT SEA/SÍFNOS

Find a spot on deck to watch the crew hoist the Sea Cloud’s sails by hand as we set off among the Cyclades. After a morning at sea, drop anchor at Sífnos, a rugged island featuring a harbor lined with waterfront tavernas and a beautiful upper chora (village). MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

I

TINOS

Dotted with green marble quarries and villages steeped in Venetian history, Tinos has long been a haven for artists. Explore the picturesque village of Pyrgos, and visit the church of Panagia Evangelistria, where thousands of pilgrims come

I

SANTORINI

Incomparable Santorini is an island archipelago formed from a single volcanic cone that erupted in the second millennium B.C., burying the island’s Minoan culture in ash. Sail into the caldera, then drive to the beautiful town of Oia, which affords unrivaled views of the volcanic island. After lunch, visit the archaeological site of Akrotiri. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

AT SEA

Enjoy a glorious day of sailing among the idyllic isles of the Cyclades. Relax on deck and attend presentations by our experts on the area’s history and ecology. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 9

I

I N F O R M AT I O N

I

Family

Trip Type

Land

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Small Ship

Moderate Private JetModeratePrivate LightTrainLight / Moderate

DATES June 17–25 • Aug.*G-Adventures 31–Sept. 8 • Student Sept. 7–15 2018:Family Photo

Active

If departing from outside the U.S., plan to arrive on the morning of Day 2. Light / Moderate COST

Light

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

Strenuous

Category 1

$9,490

Category 2

$10,680

Category 3

$12,750

Category 4

$13,500

Original/Deluxe B

$14,990

Original/Deluxe A

$15,950

Owner’s Suites

$18,250

Maximum

See the Sea Cloud description, photo, and deck plan on page 152. Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single cabin, add $4,750 in Category 1. International airfare to/from Athens is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum ship capacity: 58

SPECIAL OFFER Travel on the Sea Cloud in 2018 and we will cover your bar tab on board and all tips for the crew.

PIRAEUS/ATHENS/U.S.

Disembark this morning and transfer to the airport for your return flight. MEALS: B

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Add a two-day pre-trip extension in Athens and/ or a three-day post-trip extension in Crete. Visit our website or call for details.

Above: The famed Santorini sunset casts a peachy glow on the whitewashed town of Oia. 32

Train

DELOS

Delos is the mythological birthplace of the ancient Greek twin gods Artemis and Apollo. Discover the island’s ruins, including the Terrace of the Lions and the Temple of Apollo.

DAY 6

Small Ship

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/GREECE

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. Filmmaker Chad Cohen, who directed and produced the National Geographic series The Greeks, will join the August 31 departure. Read his bio on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions. I


U N DER SA I L : G R EECE TO T H E DA L M AT I O N COA S T THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Sail aboard the legendary Sea Cloud, an elegant four-masted tall ship built by E.F. Hutton for his wife, Marjorie Merriweather Post. • Venture to four fascinating countries with our team of experts, who offer their insights into history and culture. • Explore numerous UNESCO World Heritage sites including Olympia, Greece and the seldom-visited archaeological ruins of Butrint. • Enjoy a private performance of traditional Croatian klapa music at a monastery courtyard in enchanting Dubrovnik. Land

ITINER ARY

|

12

D AY S

DAYS 6 AND 7

I

SARANDË/BUTRINT/ KRUJË, ALBANIA

Albania is a little-known place of mountain landscapes and stunning coasts. Discover the World Heritage site of Butrint, and then return to Sarandë for refreshments at Lekursi Castle. The next day, dock in Durrës and drive to the ancient capital of Krujë to visit the medieval market; the Ethnographic Museum; and a museum devoted to Albania’s national hero, Skanderbeg. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 8

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

U.S./ATHENS, GREECE/ PIRAEUS

VOYAGE I MEALS: DAY 2: L, D

I

AT SEA/OLYMPIA

After a day of sailing, dock in Katákolon and travel to Olympia. Visit the legendary ruins of this World Heritage site, including the Olympic Stadium, and tour the Archaeological Museum. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 5

I

PERAST AND KOTOR, MONTENEGRO

Sail into Montenegro via the magnificent Gulf of Kotor. Take a local boat to the islet of Gospa od Škrpjela, or Our Lady of the Rocks—created by fishermen dropping rocks from their rowboats. Visit Kotor this afternoon. MEALS: B, L, D

Arrive in Athens after an overnight flight and visit the New Acropolis Museum. In the afternoon, travel to Piraeus and set sail aboard our historic ship. SEA CLOUD FOR THE ENTIRE

DAYS 3 AND 4

I

Discover gem-like villages nestled along the coast of Itháki. View the sites that some claim link the island to Homer’s Ithaca, and swim in a stunning bay. MEALS: B, L, D

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Private Jet Moderate Private Moderate Light TrainLight / Moderate

DATES 2018:Family May 28–June 8 • June 7–18* *G-Adventures Photo Aug. 21–Sept. 1* • Sept. 14–25

Student

Active

If departing from outside the U.S., plan to arrive on the morning of Day 2. Light / Moderate follow Moderate Moderate shown / Strenuous Light *These departures the itinerary but inStrenuous the reverse order.

COST $12,690

Category 2

$14,350

Category 3

$17,350

Category 4

$18,260

DUBROVNIK, CROATIA

Original/Deluxe B

$19,870

Known as the “pearl of the Adriatic,” Dubrovnik is regarded as one of the best preserved medieval towns in the world. Spend the day exploring the Old Town, and enjoy a performance of traditional Croatian klapa music. MEALS: B, L, D

Original/Deluxe A

$21,500

Owner’s Suites

$24,230

DAY 9

I

DAYS 10 AND 11

I

KORČULA/HVAR

Anchor at the island port of Korčula, and see the house believed to be Marco Polo’s birthplace. Explore Hvar the next day, taking a tour inside the delightful walled city. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

I

DUBROVNIK/U.S.

Disembark this morning and transfer to the airport for your return flight. MEALS: B

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Add a two-day extension in Athens and/or a threeday extension in Mostar, Trogir, and Split. Visit our website or call for details.

Above: Encircled by medieval battlements, the terra-cotta roofs of Dubrovnik glow in the Adriatic light. I

Train

Category 1

DAY 12

ITHÁKI

Small Ship

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/GREECE

See the Sea Cloud description, photo, and deck plan on page 152. Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single cabin, add $6,300 in Category 1. International airfare to Athens and return from Dubrovnik, or vice versa, is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum ship capacity: 58

SPECIAL OFFER Travel on the Sea Cloud in 2018 and we will cover your bar tab on board and all tips for the crew.

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. Historian Grace Fielder will join the June 7 departure. Read her bio on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions. I

33

Maximum


HUMAN ORIGINS: SOUTHWEST F R A N C E A N D N O R T H E R N S PA I N T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • J oin Christine Desdemaines-Hugon, one of the world’s leading experts on Paleolithic art, for a guided tour of the National Museum of Prehistory and the Rouffignac Cave in the Vézère Valley. • O n a specially arranged visit to the International Center for Cave Art, meet Lascaux expert Sandrine Géraud, a research technician and conservationist at the site. • A longside a prehistory specialist, explore Isturitz and Oxocelhaya, caves that have yielded tens of thousands of ancient artifacts. • M eet National Geographic grantee Dr. Ana Cristina Pinto-Llona for a guided tour of Atapuerca, where Europe’s oldest known hominin fossils were unearthed.

ITINER ARY

|

9

your country hotel in the Vézère Valley, and gather this evening for a welcome reception and dinner. LA ROSERAIE I MEALS: D

D AY S

DAY 2

DAY 1

I

B  ORDEAUX, FRANCE/ VÉZÈRE VALLEY

Arrive in Bordeaux and journey to the beautiful Dordogne region—still commonly known by its pre-Revolutionary name, Périgord. Here, rivers have carved up the limestone landscape, leaving cliffs and caves where humans have built their homes for tens of thousands of years. Settle into

I

PREHISTORIC SITES OF THE VÉZÈRE VALLEY/LASCAUX IV

Set out with Christine Desdemaines-Hugon, one of the world’s leading experts on Paleolithic art and author of Stepping Stones: A Journey Through the Ice Age Caves of the Dordogne, for a guided tour of the National Museum of Prehistory. After lunch on your own in the nearby town of Les Eyzies-de-Tayac, continue with a visit to Font-de-Gaume, home to more than 200 polychrome paintings. On a specially arranged visit to the International Center for Cave Art, meet Lascaux expert Sandrine Géraud, a research technician and conservationist at the site. The Center was opened in December 2016 and houses Lascaux IV, the most complete reproduction of the original Lascaux Cave system, whose famous paintings have been off-limits to visitors since 1963 to prevent deterioration. A team of scientists, technicians, and artists have painstakingly recreated hundreds of paintings and engravings in great detail utilizing state of LA ROSERAIE I MEALS: B, D

Carved into the shape of a lion, a reindeer horn found at Isturitz displays symbols thought to be magical.

DAY 3

I

ROUFFIGNAC/CASTEL-MERLE/ SARLAT-LA-CANÉDA

Depart for Rouffignac Cave, known as the “cave of a hundred mammoths.” Then join archaeologist Isabelle Castanet for a visit to Castel-Merle, a complex of prehistoric stone shelters more than 300 feet long, excavated and preserved by several generations of the Castanet family. Gather for a unique “prehistoric” meal made with ingredients once used by Neanderthals. End the day in picturesque Sarlat-la-Canéda, whose original half-timbered, golden-stone buildings and narrow, cobblestoned streets make it one of the best preserved medieval towns in France. LA ROSERAIE I MEALS: B, L, D

Above: At the Altamira Museum in northern Spain, visitors get an up close view of the breathtaking images found at the Cave of Altamira. 34

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/HUMANORIGINS

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Light / Moderate Moderate Small Ship Train ModeratePrivate Jet Light

DATES 2017: Sept. 23–Oct. 30–Oct. 8 *G-Adventures Family1 • Sept. Photo

Student

2018: Apr. 14–22 • May 5–13 • June 2–10 Sept. 8–16 • Sept. 22–30 • Oct. 6–14

COST

I

PECH MERLE/TOULOUSE

This morning, venture into the spectacular natural galleries of Pech Merle, an enormous cave system filled with prehistoric art and artifacts dating back 25,000 years. See rare representations of human figures, engraved and spotted animals, and a mammoth drawn using the natural contours of the rock. The cave floor displays children’s footprints set in the ancient clay more than 12,000 years ago. Following lunch on your own, continue to the lively university town of Toulouse. GRAND HÔTEL DE L’OPÉRA I MEALS: B

DAY 5

I

BASQUE COUNTRY/ SANTILLANA DEL MAR, SPAIN

Drive southwest into France’s Basque region, stopping in a picturesque village for lunch. In the afternoon, enter the Isturitz and Oxocelhaya caves with a prehistory specialist. Used by humans for more than 80,000 years, these superimposed caves have yielded tens of thousands of artifacts, including flutes, sculpted reindeer horns, and whalebone tools. Cross into Spain this afternoon and trace the Bay of Biscay to the Cantabria region. Check in to our charming hotel, a manor house situated in the heart of the medieval village of Santillana del Mar. PARADOR DE SANTILLANA GIL BLAS MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 6

I

HORNOS DE LA PEÑA CAVE

Delve into the prehistory of the region on a

visit to the Altamira Museum. Continue exploring Cantabria’s World Heritage-listed caves at Hornos de la Peña. Here, large-scale naturalistic engravings depict horses, bison, aurochs, goats, and other animals, as well as an unusual anthropomorphic figure with a humanlike arm and a tail. Enjoy lunch at a local restaurant and free time to explore the town of Comillas.

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

$6,995

Maximum group size: 25

O U R

I

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Paleoanthropologist and National Geographic grantee Chris Stringer will join the October 2018 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

PARADOR DE SANTILLANA GIL BLAS MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

Light / Moderate

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,280. Airfare to Bordeaux and return from Bilbao is not included in the expedition cost.

Sheets of twisting titanium cloak the Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao.

DAY 4

Light

PUENTE VIESGO CAVES/BILBAO

Come face-to-face with some of the oldest artistic representations in human history on a visit to the caves at Puente Viesgo, part of the Paleolithic Cave Art of Northern Spain World Heritage site. Recently identified as the oldest cave artwork in the world, the paintings in El Castillo Cave date back at least 40,800 years. Explore the nearby Las Monedas Cave—the longest in Puente Viesgo. After lunch at a local restaurant, transfer to Bilbao, the largest city in Spain’s autonomous Basque country. Explore the city on your own this afternoon; and if you wish, stop in at the world-famous Guggenheim Museum, designed by Frank Gehry and located just a short walk from our hotel. HOTEL MIRÓ I MEALS: B, L

DAY 8

I

ATAPUERCA/BILBAO

Today we are joined by renowned archaeologist Dr. Ana Cristina Pinto-Llona, an expert on the origins of modern humans. Ana is a two-time National Geographic grant recipient for her work in the Asturias region of northern Spain, and she spent several years excavating at the Atapuerca archaeological site. Visit Atapuerca, near the town of Burgos, where the oldest known hominin fossil remains in Europe have been unearthed. Return to Bilbao and celebrate your prehistoric adventure at a festive farewell dinner.

Known for its buildings of ochre-colored stone, Sarlat has retained much of its medieval character.

HOTEL MIRÓ I MEALS: B, L, D

The iconic Dappled Horses of Pech Merle feature hand stencils—rare instances of the human body depicted in prehistoric art. I

DAY 9

I

BILBAO

After breakfast, transfer to Bilbao Airport for your flight home. MEALS: B

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/HUMANORIGINS

I

35

Strenuo


R E M E M B E R I N G D - DAY: LO N D O N TO T H E N O R M A N DY B E AC H E S THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Walk along the infamous Utah and Omaha beaches with a local historian, and get an in-depth perspective on the historic coastal landings and air invasion by American and Allied forces. • A military historian joins our expedition, providing expert insight on the logistics of the Allied assault on Normandy. • Get a behind-the-scenes look at Normandy’s artillery batteries, and stand inside the German gun pits on Pointe du Hoc. • Pay your respects to fallen heroes by laying a wreath during a private ceremony at the American Military Cemetery in Colleville-sur-Mer. Land

|

ITINER ARY

8 * D AY S

on the night of June 5, then visit the Airbourne Museum. Continue to Utah Beach, site of an American amphibious landing on D-Day. Pay a visit to the German war cemetery at La Cambe.

I N F O R M AT I O N Trip Type

HÔTEL LE MANOIR DE MATHAN OR HÔTEL RIVA BELLA I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 5

I

D-DAY ANNIVERSARY/BAYEUX

On the anniversary of D-Day, wander along Omaha Beach, site of the bloodiest fighting of the invasion day, and then visit the Overlord Museum. This afternoon, visit the Bayeux Tapestry Museum. HÔTEL LE MANOIR DE MATHAN OR HÔTEL RIVA BELLA I MEALS: B, D

DAYS 6 AND 7

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

LONDON, ENGLAND

Arrive in London and visit the Churchill War Rooms, an underground bunker from which Winston Churchill directed the British war effort. The next day, travel to Bletchley Park and discover the story behind the Enigma code breakers, who successfully deciphered the encryption used by the Wehrmacht. Return to central London to explore the H.M.S. Belfast, now part of the Imperial War Museum. KENSINGTON HOTEL OR BLOOMSBURY HOTEL MEALS: DAY 1: D; DAY 2: B, L

DAYS 3 AND 4

I

PORTSMOUTH/ NORMANDY, FRANCE

Travel to Portsmouth to explore the D-Day Museum, then cross the English Channel to Normandy by ferry. The next day, explore the village of Sainte-Mère-Église, where paratroopers dropped from the sky in a hail of gunfire

I

POINTE DU HOC/ ARROMANCHES/PARIS

Explore the dramatic Pointe du Hoc, where U.S. Rangers scaled cliffs some 100 feet high in order to destroy key German gun positions. Walk along cliff-top pathways, still cratered by mortar blasts, and venture into concrete bunkers used by the Germans. Travel to Arromanches, where the Mulberry Harbor still rises out of the surf. Visit the Arromanches Landing Museum, and the Pegasus Memorial Bridge and Museum. The following day, at the American Military Cemetery in Colleville-sur-Mer, pay your respects to the fallen heroes by laying a wreath. In the afternoon, drive to Paris and gather for a farewell dinner. HÔTEL LE MANOIR DE

Land

I

Family

Small Ship Light

I

Light / Moderate Train PrivateModera Jet

2018: June 2–9*Family • June 16–22 1–7 *G-Adventures Photo • Sept. Sept. 15–21

Student

*There are two June 2 departures, which coincide with the anniversary of D-Day on June 6. The itinerary shown deLight / Moderatewhich Moderate / Strenuous scribes the June are oneModerate day longer than Light 2 departures, the other departures in order to include special remembrance ceremonies on Day 5.

COST

$6,995 $6,495

June 2* June 16 and September

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,650 on the June 2 departures and $1,300 on the June 16 and September departures. Airfare to London and return from Paris is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 25

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Author and historian Tim Mulligan will join one of the June 2 anniversary departures as well as the September 15 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

PARIS

After breakfast, transfer to Paris’ Charles de Gaulle Airport for your flight home. MEALS: B

Above: Remnants of the Mulberry harbor known as Port Winston, built to transport supplies to Allied forces, can still be seen on the shores of Arromanches, Normandy. 36

Photo

Activity Level

DATES

MATHAN OR HÔTEL RIVA BELLA; HÔTEL EDOUARD 7 OR HOTEL ROYAL SAINE-HONORÉ MEALS: DAY 6: B, D; DAY 7: B, L, D

DAY 8

Small Ship

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/DDAY

I

Strenuo


H I K I N G E N G L A N D COA S T TO COA S T THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Set out on one of the ten best long-distance hikes in the world, trekking through three national parks: Lake District, Yorkshire Dales, and North York Moors. • Step back into England’s fascinating history as we explore sites from prehistory to the Roman era to the Tudors and beyond. • Visit the home of poet William Wordsworth in the enchanting Lakeland village of Grasmere. • Stay in picturesque inns that exemplify the character and charm of the region. Land

|

ITINER ARY

1 3 D AY S

Lake Ullswater, and hike to the 12th-century Shap Abbey. ENNERDALE COUNTRY HOUSE Land Small Ship

HOTEL; INN ON THE LAKE; THE BLACK SWAN MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 6–9

I

YORKSHIRE DALES Photo Family NATIONAL PARK

Small Ship

Train

Private Jet

Private

I N F O R M AT I O N Train Family

Private Jet Photo

Private *G-Adventures

Trip Type

Light / Moderate Moderate *G-Adventures Light Student

Student

Active

Activity Level

Moderate / Strenuous Active

Strenuous

Maximum

DATES Trek across a limestone plateau dotted with prehistoric stone circles and burial mounds, enterMayStrenuous 27–June 8 • June 17–29 Maximum Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate /2018: Strenuous Light ing Yorkshire Dales National Park near charming June 24–July 6 • July 1–13 • July 15–27 Orton. Hike along the River Swale, discovering Aug. 5–17 • Aug. 19–31 • Sept. 2–14 waterfalls and enchanting hamlets tucked COST $5,995 among the dales. Stops along this leg of the journey include the market town of Kirkby Stephen Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $800. Airfare to/from London or Manchester and the as well as the ruins of Easby Abbey, Mount Grace transfers to Penrith on Day 1 and from York on Day 13 are not Priory, and an 11th-century Norman castle. THE BLACK SWAN; THE KINGS HEAD HOTEL MEALS: DAYS 6, 7, AND 8: B, L, D DAILY; DAY 9: B, L

DAY 1

I

PENRITH, ENGLAND/ ENNERDALE

Meet our guide at Penrith train station for the transfer to our hotel in Cleator. Gather for a welcome dinner. ENNERDALE COUNTRY HOUSE HOTEL I MEALS: D

DAYS 2–5

I

LAKE DISTRICT NATIONAL PARK

Our journey kicks off with a Coast to Coast tradition: dipping a toe in the Irish Sea. Then set off along the sandstone cliffs of St. Bee’s Head before turning inland toward Ennerdale Bridge at the foot of the Lake District mountains. Spend the next three days hiking amid the glassy waters and craggy mountains of Lake District National Park. Along the way, visit William Wordsworth’s home at Grasmere, cruise scenic

DAYS 10–12

I

NORTH YORK MOORS NATIONAL PARK

Enter North York Moors National Park and begin hiking across the dramatic landscape of the moors. Descend to Great Fryup Head, an important region during the 19th-century iron ore boom, and continue along an old trade route to Grosmont. On our final day of hiking, walk through Scarry Wood up to the gorgeous waterfall of Falling Foss. Trace the clifftop to the picturesque fishing village of Robin Hood’s Bay, and bathe your feet in the North Sea.

Maximum group size: 16 Expedition Team: One or two top adventure guides, often accompanied by local guides, will lead this trip.

W H AT T O E X P E C T We will be hiking 4–9 hours per day (7–15 miles) on moderate to steep grades at low elevations. During hikes, vehicle support is provided at various points along the way. We will stay 12 nights in English hotels and inns. Our accommodations range from comfortable hotels to simple family-run inns.

MALLYAN SPOUT HOTEL; VICTORIA HOTEL MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 13

I

YORK

After breakfast, depart from York for your return flight home. MEALS: B

Above: Travelers take in majestic views of the North Sea as they walk along the cliff-lined coast.

I

included in the expedition cost.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ENGLAND

A cobblestoned street in the quaint fishing village of Robin Hood’s Bay. I

37


S COT L A N D ' S H I G H L A N D S A N D I S L A N D S THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Navigate a variety of waterways aboard the nimble Lord of the Glens, including the narrow locks of the Caledonian Canal, inland lakes, and the waters surrounding Hebridean isles. • Our team of experts offer insights on Scottish history and culture during whisky tastings, live music performances, and more. • See Scotland’s stunning landscapes while kayaking across the famous Loch Ness and hiking on the Isle of Skye. • Attend the Royal Edinburgh Military Tattoo on an optional extension on select departures. Land

ITINER ARY

|

9

D AY S

of Great Britain's highest mountain. Enjoy an afternoon walk in Glenfinnan. Return to the ship for an evening of local music. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

I

DAY 6

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

U.S./INVERNESS, SCOTLAND

Arrive in Inverness after an overnight flight and board our ship. MV LORD OF THE GLENS FOR THE ENTIRE VOYAGE I MEALS: DAY 2: D

DAY 3

I

CULLODEN/CLAVA CAIRNS/ LOCH NESS

Visit Culloden, where Bonnie Prince Charlie’s Jacobite forces were defeated in 1746. See the standing stones of Clava Cairns. Later, set sail on the Caledonian Canal. Enter Loch Ness and learn about its legendary monster. Moor at Fort Augustus for a kayaking or hiking excursion. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

I

LAGGAN LOCKS/BANAVIE/ GLENFINNAN

Ascend a flight of locks that runs through Fort Augustus. Glide down the tree-lined canal known as Laggan Avenue, or hike or bike along the towpath. Continue to Banavie, at the base

I

ISLE OF MULL/IONA/ TOBERMORY

Continue to the Isle of Mull in the Inner Hebrides. Explore Duart Castle, then take a ferry to the island of Iona. Visit the medieval abbey ruins and the rebuilt abbey church, and stroll St. Oran’s Chapel and the royal graveyard. Continue to charming Tobermory. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

I

TOBERMORY/EIGG OR ISLE OF RUM/INVERIE

Sail to the isle of Eigg and get a sense for daily life on this tiny island community. Look for Atlantic seals, minke whales, and a variety of seabirds. Alternatively, visit the Isle of Rum, home of the lavish Kinloch Castle. Sail to the town of Inverie, and enjoy a drink at the most remote pub in the British Isles. MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 8 AND 9 I ISLE OF SKYE/KYLE OF LOCHALSH/INVERNESS/U.S Continue to the Isle of Skye. Take a guided walk in the Cuillin Hills, or explore Eilean Donan Castle. Disembark in Kyle of Lochalsh and transfer to the airport for your return flight home. MEALS: DAY 8: B, L, D; DAY 9: B

SPECIAL OFFER Travel on the Lord of the Glens in 2018 and we will cover your bar tab on board and all tips for the crew.

Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

I

*G-Adventur

Photo

Activity Level

Private Jet Moderate Private Moderate Light TrainLight / Moderate

DATES 2018:Family June 10–18 • June*G-Adventures 17–25* • JulyStudent 22–30 Photo July 29–Aug. 6* • Aug. 5–13 • Aug. 12–20* Aug. 19–27 • Aug. 26–Sept. 3*

Active

If departing from outside the U.S., plan to arrive on the Light /of Moderate Light morning Day 2. Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

Strenuous

Maximum

*These departures follow the itinerary shown but in the reverse order.

COST Category 1

$7,880

Category 2

$9,000

See the Lord of the Glens description, photo, and deck plan on page 154. Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single cabin, add $3,940 in Category 1 and $4,480 in Category 2. International airfare to/from Inverness is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum ship capacity: 48

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. National Geographic photographer Jim Richardson will join the June 17 departure. Read his bio on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Add a two-day extension in Edinburgh. The extensions on the July 29 and all August departures include the Military Tattoo, while the other extensions include a special evening celebrating Scottish music and culture. Visit our website or call for details.

Above: The nimble Lord of the Glens glides by Urquhart Castle on the shores of Loch Ness. 38

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N

LOCH LINNHE/OBAN

Today, we descend Neptune’s Staircase—a set of eight interconnected locks—en route to the town of Oban. Explore Oban on foot, visiting a whisky distillery and McCaig’s Tower, inspired by the Roman Colosseum. MEALS: B, L, D

Small Ship

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SCOTLAND

I


S COT L A N D H I K I N G A DV E N T U R E : F R O M T H E H I G H L A N D S TO I S L A N D S THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Join a conservationist and historian from the John Muir Trust for a hike beneath the hulking peak of Ben Nevis. • Explore two islands, two national parks, and the UNESCO World Heritage site of Edinburgh on a variety of hikes and walks. • Set out on a private catamaran cruise along the coast of Jura, seeking out minke whales, basking sharks, and dolphins. • Discover Highland culture in remote villages, and tour a local whisky distillery on the isle of Kerrera. Land

|

ITINER ARY

8 D AY S

Small Ship

into the hills for views of the Isle of Mull. Return I N F O R M AT I O N to Oban and tour the local whisky distillery. Private Land Small Ship Train Private Jet

DAY 4

I

*G-Adventures

Family Trip Type

LOCH MELFORT HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

Train

Photo Activity Level

Private

Studen

JURA/KILMARTIN GLEN

*G-Adventures Family Student Photo ActiveLight / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Light Take a private catamaran cruise on Loch Craignish and along the coast of Jura, searching DATES for minke whales, basking sharks, and dolphins, Maximum Light / Moderate Moderate StrenuousMay Strenuous Light as well as a variety of seabirds. Witness the Moderate / 2018: 26–June 2 • June 2–9 • June 9–16 June 16–23 • June 23–30 • July 21–28 swirling surf of the Corryvreckan Whirlpool, July 28–Aug. 4 • Aug. 4–11 • Aug. 25–Sept. 1 the third largest whirlpool in the world. Walk Sept. 1–8 • Sept. 8–15 through Kilmartin Glen, stopping at the ruins of

Dun Add, an Iron Age fort.

LOCH MELFORT HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 5 AND 6

DAY 1

I

EDINBURGH, SCOTLAND

Arrive in Edinburgh and transfer to our hotel. Walk the Royal Mile, and hike up Arthur’s Seat. BRUNTSFIELD HOTEL I MEALS: D

DAY 2

I

LOCH LOMOND NATIONAL PARK TO THE WEST COAST

Set out on a warm-up hike in Loch Lomond and the Trossachs National Park. Follow part of the famous West Highland Way trail, diverting to Conic Hill for views across Loch Lomond. Continue to the West Highlands. LOCH MELFORT HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

KERRERA: THE GREEN ISLE

On the isle of Kerrera, take an intriguing hike through history. Pass Horseshoe Bay, where King Alexander II of Scotland died in 1249 while preparing to drive the Norwegian army out of western Scotland. Explore Gylen Castle, and climb

I

GLEN NEVIS/ ISLE OF SKYE

Trace the shores of Loch Linnhe and pass Glen Coe, scene of the historic massacre of the MacDonald clan in 1692. Join a conservationist and John Muir historian for a guided hike beneath the summit of Ben Nevis, the highest peak in the United Kingdom. Travel to Skye, stopping en route at the iconic Eilean Donan Castle. The next day, hike the mystical landscapes of northern Skye. CUILLIN HILLS HOTEL MEALS: DAY 5: B, L, D; DAY 6; B, L

DAY 7

I

CUILLIN HILLS/PERTHSHIRE

COST

$5,595

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $900. Airfare to/from Edinburgh is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 16 Expedition Team: One or two top adventure guides, often accompanied by local guides, will lead this trip.

W H AT T O E X P E C T We will be hiking 3–5 hours per day (3–7 miles) on moderate to steep grades at low elevations. During hikes, vehicle support is provided at various points while in the Highlands, but will be limited while on the islands. We will stay seven nights in hotels and smaller inns offering authentic Scottish hospitality.

Hike from “coast to coast” today as we journey from Red Cuillin to Black Cuillin. Circumnavigate the loch on foot, taking in magnificent views of the surrounding peaks. Continue to our castle hotel in Perthshire. FONAB HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

PITLOCHRY/EDINBURGH

Enjoy a free morning to explore Pitlochry. Return to Edinburgh and transfer to the airport for your flight home. MEALS: B, L A cow roams the grassy highlands.

Above: Pausing amid the cairns, a hiker looks out over Scotland’s emerald coast.

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SCOTLAND

I

39

S


I R E L A N D : TA L E S A N D T R E A S U R E S NEW OF THE EMER ALD ISLE T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • Wake up amid the regal splendor of Ashford Castle—a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World—and take an exclusive tour of this medieval retreat with the on-site historian. • V isit ancient sacred sites known as holy wells with a medievalist historian who worked on a National Geographicsponsored project to preserve them. • J oin an archaeologist at the Irish National Museum in Dublin to examine prehistoric artifacts and fascinating “bog bodies.” • W itness traditional Irish farming practices in Connemara, and hear about conservation efforts that earned the Burren and Cliffs of Moher Geopark a National Geographic World Legacy Award.

ITINER ARY

|

10

D AY S

Pharmacy, featured in James Joyce’s novel Ulysses. THE DYLAN HOTEL I MEALS: D

DAY 2

I

DUBLIN/KILKENNY

Begin the day in the Old Library at Trinity College, home to the illuminated manuscript known as the Book of Kells. Then drive to Kilkenny, a charming medieval town with narrow, winding streets, a 12th-century castle, and many well-preserved churches and monasteries. Check in to our hotel and enjoy dinner on your own this evening. PEMBROKE KILKENNY I MEALS: B, L

DAY 3

DAY 1

I

DUBLIN, IRELAND

Arrive in Dublin and transfer to our hotel. This afternoon, set out on a walking tour to see Dublin’s charming historic center. Then visit the archaeology branch of the National Museum of Ireland. Join an archaeology expert here for an in-depth look at Early Bronze Age gold and jewelry, prehistoric weaponry, and Iron Age “bog bodies.” Cap off the tour with a visit to Sweny’s

I

KILKENNY

Join a local guide for a tour of Kilkenny. Explore Kilkenny Castle, and visit the former stables, converted into a design center that houses the National Craft Gallery. Enjoy lunch at the historic Kyteler’s Inn, sip a pint at the Smithwick’s Experience, and climb the ninth-century tower of St. Canice’s Cathedral. PEMBROKE KILKENNY I MEALS: B, L

DAY 4

I

ROCK OF CASHEL/BLARNEY

Head west to the Rock of Cashel, an imposing fortress atop a shamrock-green hill. Step inside the age-old ramparts to discover a Gothic cathedral, high crosses, and a beautifully preserved

Backlit by the setting sun, the Poulnabrone portal tomb balances in the Burren as it has for millennia.

Romanesque chapel. Then drive to Blarney Castle, home to the legendary Blarney Stone which is said to confer the “gift of gab” on those who kiss it. Continue to Killarney after lunch, stopping in the Gaeltacht town of Ballyvourney to meet with a local medievalist and learn about his work on a National Geographic-sponsored project to preserve Ireland’s holy wells. KILLARNEY PARK HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

I

DINGLE PENINSULA

Trace the rocky, wave-beaten coastline of the Dingle Peninsula on one of Ireland’s most scenic

Above: A fixture in County Mayo for more than 800 years, Ashford Castle was once owned by the Guinness family of stout fame. 40

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/IRELAND

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Light / Moderate Moderate Light Small Ship Train ModeratePrivate Jet

DATES *G-Adventures 2018: Apr. 20–29Family • May 18–27 22–July 1 Photo• June Aug. 31–Sept. 9 • Sept. 28–Oct. 7

COST

Student

$6,995 Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $2,100. Airfare to/from Dublin is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 25 Clouds and sunlight dapple the village of Dingle.

drives. Peek into ancient beehive huts that dot steep hillsides, and walk through the seemingly endless shallows at Inch beach. Stop at a local pottery shop, and then tour the colorful seaside town of Dingle, where traditional Irish language and lifestyle still flourish. Later this afternoon, take an optional hike in Killarney National Park. KILLARNEY PARK HOTEL I MEALS: B, L

DAY 6

I

CLIFFS OF MOHER/THE BURREN NATIONAL PARK

Walk along the spectacular Cliffs of Moher, which rise more than 700 feet above the crashing North Atlantic. Drive through the Burren National Park, an otherworldly limestone landscape strewn with megalithic markings, and marvel at the ancient portal tomb of Poulnabrone Dolmen. Travel to our hotel, nestled in the heart of the Burren. Enjoy a talk about local conservation efforts that led to the Burren and Cliffs of Moher Geopark receiving a 2016 National Geographic World Legacy Award. GREGAN’S CASTLE HOTEL I MEALS: B, D

DAY 7

I

THE BURREN/GALWAY/ COUNTY MAYO

Meet the chocolatiers at the award-winning Hazel Mountain Chocolate factory, and sample

their artisanal bean-to-bar creations. Travel to the coastal city of Galway and tour this vibrant center for Irish art, music, and theater. Our next destination is the majestic Ashford Castle, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World that serves as a gateway to the georgeous landscapes of County Mayo. As National Geographic guests, we’ll have the exclusive opportunity to step back in time with the on-site historian, who will share tales from the long and colorful history of this meticulously restored 800-yearold castle. Tonight, dine in the hotel’s elegant George V Dining Room.

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Archaeologist and National Geographic grantee Killian Driscoll will join the April, August, and September departures. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

ASHFORD CASTLE I MEALS: B, D

DAY 8

I

CONNEMARA/COUNTY MAYO

Get a feel for traditional farm life in the Connemara region during a private tour of the Dan O’Hara Homestead. Then take a scenic drive along the Sky Road, which follows the spectacular Irish coast over sheep-dotted hills, past vertical cliffs and long beaches, and through lively towns. Stop for a sheep-herding demonstration before returning to the castle. This afternoon, set off on a self-guided nature walk around the property’s parklands or simply relax and enjoy the castle’s amenities. ASHFORD CASTLE I MEALS: B, L

DAY 9

I

A horse and buggy transports guests on the grounds of Ashford Castle.

COUNTY MAYO/DUBLIN

Take the morning to go on an optional excursion from the castle by kayak, bike, or horseback, before returning to Dublin for an afternoon at leisure. Enjoy a private tasting with a local whiskey expert, followed by a farewell dinner. THE DYLAN HOTEL I MEALS: B, D

DAY 10

I

DUBLIN

Transfer to the airport for your flight home. MEALS: B

The towering Cliffs of Moher line the coast of County Clare. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/IRELAND

I

41

Strenu


A C I R C U M N AV I G AT I O N O F I C E L A N D T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • R each Iceland’s most remote landscapes and venture to the Arctic Circle aboard the National Geographic Explorer. • Capture images of gushing geysers, cascading waterfalls, and sea birds in flight with hands-on instruction from a National Geographic photographer. • G lide into the spectacular fjords of the Snæfellsnes Peninsula and the hidden coves of the rugged eastern coast, exploring by Zodiac or kayak. • E xplore geothermally active Mývatn, the Jökulsárlón glacial lagoon, and coastal waters populated by whales with our team of naturalists.

ITINER ARY

|

11

features Viking treasures and whalebone carvings. Embark our ship.

D AY S

NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC EXPLORER FOR THE ENTIRE VOYAGE I MEALS: DAY 2: L, D

DAY 3

I

LÁTRABJARG/FLATEY ISLAND

Navigate Iceland’s wild western frontier, sailing past the soaring Látrabjarg cliffs, home to a huge population of razorbills. Continue to Flatey Island, a trading post for many centuries, and take walks or explore the coast by Zodiac.

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

U.S./REYKJAVÍK, ICELAND

Fly overnight to Reykjavík and take a guided tour of the old town, including the imposing and modern Hallgrímskirkja church. Learn about Norse culture at the National Museum, which

MEALS: B, L, D

In spring, the beaks and feet of Atlantic puffins turn a vibrant orange in preparation for the breeding season.

DAYS 4 AND 5 I EXPLORING NORTHWESTERN ICELAND/ÍSAFJÖRDUR

DAY 6

Explore the beautiful Westfjords region of Iceland over two days. Take a hike to a remote waterfall or a Zodiac cruise alongside birdcovered cliffs. At Vigur Island, visit an eider farm and watch the down-cleaning process. Explore Ísafjördur, a town set dramatically on a narrow spit of land, and soak up the tranquil beauty of Iceland’s northernmost peninsula. Watch for seabirds such as puffins, guillemots, razorbills, and kittiwakes. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

I

SIGLUFJÖRDUR AND AKUREYRI

At Siglufjördur, once the center of Iceland’s herring industry, visit the Herring Museum for a talk and a tasting. In picturesque Akureyri, framed by snowcapped mountains, explore the old town, strolling past its beautifully maintained period houses; or visit the botanical garden. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

I

LAKE MÝVATN AND HÚSAVÍK

Drive to Mývatn, the most geologically active area in Iceland. See the boiling mud pools at

Above: Amid myriad shades of blue and gray, travelers stroll the ice-cluttered shores of Jökulsárlón.

42

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ICELAND

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N

Land

Small Ship

*G-Adventu

Family

Activity LevelPhoto

Trip Type

Private Jet Moderate Private Moderate Light TrainLight / Moderate

DATES 2018: June 28–July 8 • July 7–17 • JulyStudent 16–26 *G-Adventures Family Photo

Active

If departing from outside the U.S., plan to arrive on the morning of Day 2. Light / Moderate COST

Moderate

Light

The steaming geothermal waters of the Blue Lagoon are known for their healing properties.

Hverarönd; and at the Krafla geothermal area, visit the explosion crater at Viti. Continue to an unforgettable sight: Goðafoss, the waterfall of the gods. Meet the ship in Húsavík, and watch for whales as we sail north to the land of the midnight sun. Take Zodiacs ashore to the tiny island of Grímsey on the Arctic Circle, and celebrate being officially in the Arctic. Keep your camera handy for photo opportunities of Arctic terns, fulmars, and puffins as they bathe, court, fish, and otherwise enjoy their natural surroundings. MEALS: B, L, D

I

DAYS 8

EXPLORING NORTHEAST ICELAND

Iceland’s rugged east coast is an unspoiled stretch of rocky outcrops, hidden coves, and hills that beckon hikers. Today is left open to explore this beautiful landscape with our naturalists on foot or by Zodiac, which affords up-close views of the unique sea stacks at the end of the Langanes Peninsula. Conditions permitting, set out by kayak under the steep cliffs. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 9

I

DJÚPIVOGUR

Dock in Djúpivogur to explore the vast Vatnajökull ice cap in an all-terrain vehicle or snowmobile. Take a smaller boat ride through Jökulsárlón, a lagoon strewn with spectacular deep blue icebergs. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 10

I

WESTMAN ISLANDS

Cruise by the Westman Islands, which are among the youngest of the world’s archipelagos. Catch sight of the UNESCO World Heritage site of Surtsey, a new island formed by a series of volcanic eruptions in the 1960s. In 1973, Heimaey was threatened by lava flows that nearly closed off its harbor. Visit the island’s crater, where the earth is still hot, and take in stunning vistas. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 11

I

REYKJAVÍK/U.S

Disembark in Reykjavík and soak in the geothermal waters of the Blue Lagoon before your flight home. MEALS: B, L

Moderate / Strenuous

Strenuous

Category 1

$10,270

Category 2

$11,890

Category 3

$12,360

Category 4

$14,130

Category 5

$15,410

Category 6

$18,420

Category 7

$21,350

Category A Solo

$14,860

Category A Solo

$15,450

See the National Geographic Explorer description, photo and deck plan on page 148. Prices are per person, double occupancy, except those marked solo, which are based on single occupancy. International airfare to/from Reykjavík is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum ship capacity: 148

SPECIAL OFFER Travel on the National Geographic Explorer in 2018 and we will cover your bar tab on board and all tips for the crew.

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. Photojournalist Tyrone Turner will join the June 28 and July 7 departures. Read his bio and find more experts on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Add a one-day pre-trip extension to Reykjavík’s Golden Circle. Visit our website or call for details.

Icelandic horses nuzzle in the hills near Húsavík.

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ICELAND

I

43

Maximum


I C E L A N D FA M I LY E X P E D I T I O N THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Kids correspond with Icelandic pen pals prior to the trip, and then meet up with them in person to play traditional Icelandic games. • Explore waterfalls, fjords, caves, volcanoes, and rocky islands in the geological wonderland of Iceland. • Go spelunking in a massive cave system, and meet a volcanologist and National Geographic grantee to learn about Iceland’s geology. • Hear riveting tales of elves, ghosts, and sea monsters from Iceland’s rich folklore tradition. Land

ITINER ARY

|

8 D AY S

Take a guided walk through Ísafjörður and visit the Westfjörds Heritage Museum. Cruise to the island of Vigur and taste traditional treats at a 19th-century farmstead before returning to Ísafjörður. HOTEL HORN I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

I

ARNARFJÖRÐUR/ PATREKSFJÖRÐUR

Travel to Hrafnseyri, birthplace of Iceland’s national hero, Jón Sigurðsson. Hike to the top of stunning waterfalls, and slip behind the water at Göngufoss falls. Continue to Patreksfjörður and enjoy the afternoon exploring the city. FOSSHOTEL WESTFJORDS I MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 5 AND 6

DAY 1

I

REYKJAVÍK, ICELAND

Arrive in Iceland and take a dip in the Blue Lagoon. Check in to our Reykjavík hotel and go on an afternoon walking tour, including a visit to the Reykjavík City Museum. Meet our pen pals for an afternoon of fun activities. ICELANDAIR HOTEL REYKJAVÍK MARINA I MEALS: B, D

DAY 2

I

GOLDEN CIRCLE

Travel to Thingvellir National Park, birthplace of the Althing, the world’s oldest legislative assembly. Here, adults tour the old parliament grounds while kids participate in a project with a park ranger. Continue to Great Geysir, which shoots water 90 feet into the air. At Gullfoss, or “Golden Falls,” take a ridge-top hike to witness the force of its cascades. ICELANDAIR HOTEL REYKJAVÍK MARINA I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

WESTFJÖRDS PENINSULA

Fly to the Westfjörds Peninsula and discover a pristine landscape of fjords and fishing villages.

I

LÁTRABJARG CLIFFS/ STYKKISHÓLMUR

Visit the Látrabjarg cliffs to spot resident seabirds, then ferry to Stykkishólmur. The next day, go on a private tour of the Eldfjallasafn Volcano Museum, listening to the insights of your guide, National Geographic grantee Haraldur Sigurðsson. Explore the coast via fishing boat, and enjoy sushi straight from the sea. Or, visit a dairy farm to learn how Icelandic yogurt is made. HOTEL EGILSEN I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 7

I

SNÆFELLSJÖKULL NATIONAL PARK/ REYKJAVÍK

I N F O R M AT I O N Land

Trip Type

Family

Small Ship

Photo

I

*G-Adventures Student Light / Moderate Modera Light

Light• /July Moderate Moderate / Strenuous 2018: JuneLight 23–30 14–21 • July Moderate 28–Aug. 4 Aug. 4–11

COST Adults

$7,990

Children (ages 7–17)

$7,790

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,100. Airfare to/from Reykjavík and within Iceland is not included in the expedition cost. The group flight within Iceland is $300 per person (subject to change).

Maximum group size: 21 Expedition Team: A knowledgeable expedition

guide and a Young Explorer Leader will lead this trip, often accompanied by local guides.

KID to KID CONNECTION Kids will meet up with their Icelandic pen pals in the capital of Reykjavík. They’ll play Kubb, an old Viking game, and a friendly soccer match before sharing ice cream treats as they get to know each other better.

HILTON REYKJAVÍK NORDICA I MEALS: B, L, D

I

REYKJAVÍK

Saddle up for a ride on an Icelandic horse, or relax in Hveragerði, where a bubbling geothermal site is located in the center of town. Transfer to the airport for your flight home. MEALS: B

Private Jet Photo

DATES

Mother and daughter soak in the steaming pools of the Blue Lagoon.

Above: A boy rides an Icelandic horse against a backdrop of icy peaks. 44

Train Family

Activity Level

Head into Snæfellsjökull National Park and listen to local folktales as we hike the ArnarstapiHellnar Trail, with views of lava formations. Go spelunking in a lava-formed cave system to find a secret cavern deep within the Earth. Later, return to Rekjavík for a farewell dinner.

DAY 8

Small Ship

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/FAMILY

I

Strenu


I C E L A N D A DV E N T U R E THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Learn about Europe’s largest national park, Vatnajökull, in a special meeting with a park ranger; then trek atop the Svínafellsjökull glacier. • Meet the locals at a farm at the base of the notorious volcano Eyjafjallajökull, and get an up close view of the magnificent Seljalandsfoss waterfall. • Approach the Jökulsárlón glacial lagoon on foot, and then take in its spectacular sculpted icebergs on a boat cruise. • Hike amid the Dimmuborgir—volcanic formations said to harbor mystical creatures—as you listen to Icelandic folklore. Land

|

ITINER ARY

1 0 D AY S

DAY 5

I

LAGOON I MEALS: B, L, D

I

DAYS 6, 7, AND 8

REYKJAVÍK, ICELAND

Arrive in Reykjavík and take a dip in the Blue Lagoon before transferring to our hotel. CANOPY BY HILTON REYKJAVÍK CITY CENTRE MEALS: B, D

DAY 2

I

GOLDEN CIRCLE

Explore the geological wonders of Iceland’s Golden Circle. Traverse the Mid-Atlantic Ridge in Thingvellir National Park, and then continue to Geysir—a sulfurous landscape of mud pots, mineral formations, and the spouting Strokkur geyser. Later, hike to the mighty Gullfoss waterfall. HOTEL RANGÁ OR FOSSHOTEL HEKLA I MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 3 AND 4

I

SOUTHERN COAST/ SOUTHERN HIGHLANDS

Drive towards the Eyjafjallajökull volcano whose 2010 eruption disrupted air travel throughout Europe. Stop at Seljalandsfoss waterfall, and then visit the Þorvaldseyri farm to learn how

Private

DATES

VATNAJÖKULL PARK Maximum Light NATIONAL / Moderate Moderate Moderate /2018: Strenuous Light JulyStrenuous 6–15 • July 27–Aug. 5 • Aug. 3–12

Learn about the creation of Vatnajökull National Park in a special meeting with a park director. Then take a walk atop Svínafellsjökull, the tongue of Europe’s largest glacier. Later, hike up to Svartifoss waterfall. FOSSHOTEL GLACIER

I

Train

locals have adapted to living next to an active I N F O R M AT I O N volcano. Encounter Skógafoss Private Land waterfall Smallen Shiproute Train Private Jet *G-Adventures Family Studen Photo Trip Type Activity Level to the black sand beach of Reynisfjara, then climb Reynisfjall mountain and cross to the village of Vík. The next day, drive into the high*G-Adventures Family Student Photo LightActiveLight / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous lands to explore the Laki volcano craters. HOTEL VÍK; HOTEL LAKI I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 1

Small Ship

SOUTHERN COAST/ MÝVATN

Hike along the Ingólfshöfdi headland, and continue to the Jökulsárlón glacial lagoon for a boat ride among floating icebergs. The next day, visit the Gamlabúð Folk Museum in Höfn. Continue to Lake Mývatn. Here we’ll visit the Krafla Power plant, explore the massive Víti Crater, and hike through geothermal Námaskarð. FOSSHOTEL VATNAJOKULL OR HOTEL JÖKULL; FOSSHOTEL MÝVATN OR FOSSHOTEL HÚSAVÍK I MEALS: DAY 6: B,L; DAYS 7 AND 8: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 9 AND 10

I

Aug. 17–26 • Aug. 31–Sept. 9 • Sept. 7–16

COST

$8,995

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $2,000. Airfare to/from Reykjavík and within Iceland is not included in the expedition cost. The group flight within Iceland is $500 per person (subject to change).

Maximum group size: 16 Expedition Team: One or two top adventure guides, often accompanied by local guides, will lead this trip.

W H AT T O E X P E C T We will be hiking 2–6 hours per day (2–8 miles) on moderate to steep grades, in variable weather conditions. Most days will have options for longer or shorter hikes. During hikes, vehicle support is provided on most days, except while in the national parks. We will stay nine nights in ideally located hotels. While Iceland hotels tend to be on the small side, all lodgings are comfortable and conveniently located near each day’s activities.

MÝVATN/REYKJAVÍK

Hike across a lava desert to the Hverfjall crater, and then visit Dimmuborgir—a volcanic wonderland harboring elves and trolls, according to Icelandic folklore. Cap off the day with a visit to the Sigurgeirs Bird Museum, the largest private collection of bird specimens in Iceland. The next day, fly back to Reykjavík and enjoy a guided walk around the city during our final morning. CANOPY BY HILTON REYKJAVÍK CITY CENTRE MEALS: DAY 9: B, L, D; DAY 10: B

A pair of hikers treks across Iceland’s volcanic landscape.

Above: Poised at a rainbow’s end, a traveler takes in the exhilirating cascades of Seljalandsfoss. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ICELAND

I

45


TRANS-SIBERIAN RAIL EXPEDITION T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • H istorian and National Geographic expert George Munro joins us aboard the luxurious Golden Eagle TransSiberian for a journey along one of the world’s most legendary railways. • Attend musical performances, including a private show at the Decembrist House Museum in Irkutsk and a choral concert given by Buryat’s Old Believers. • S ip tea at a family home in the village of Listvyanka, perched along the shores of beautiful Lake Baikal. • I n Moscow, take an in-depth tour of the Kremlin, and learn about the history of Russian space exploration during a talk by a cosmonaut.

ITINER ARY

|

16

until the end of the Cold War. Get acquainted with this modern city on a tour that includes the brightly painted railway station and Our Lady Grieving Orthodox Church. See the Pacific Navy War Memorial and the steamboat Krasny Vympel, take in views of the city and its bay from the Eagle’s Nest observation platform, and stroll the historic Vladivostok Naval Cemetery. This evening, climb aboard our luxury train and set off on our journey across Russia.

D AY S

GOLDEN EAGLE TRANS-SIBERIAN EXPRESS THROUGH DAY 13 I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

DAY 1

I

VLADIVOSTOK, RUSSIA

Arrive in Vladivostok and check in to our hotel. Meet fellow travelers at a welcome dinner this evening. HOTEL HYUNDAI I MEALS: D

DAY 2

I

VLADIVOSTOK

As a strategic naval outpost, Vladivostok was closed to most of the world from World War II

I

KHABAROVSK

Explore the lively squares of Khabarovsk and visit the Natural History Museum by the Amur River. Learn about the flora and fauna of the region, and see artifacts from the indigenous tribes of the Goldi and the Gilyak. MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 4 AND 5

I

ON TRAIN/SIBERIA

As the train slips past rolling hills and Siberian villages of log houses, relax with a book, attend a talk by our expert, or simply watch remote and ever changing countryside pass by. On our second day on board, we enter the sweeping Mongolian steppe. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 6

I

ULAANBAATAR, MONGOLIA

During a morning in Mongolia’s capital city, visit the National Museum to trace the history of Genghis Khan and explore the culture of the steppe nomads. Then head to nearby GorkhiTerelj National Park to enjoy the alpine scenery, watch a demonstration of Mongolian horseback riding, and visit a traditional ger (felt tent). This evening, enjoy dinner and a performance of Mongolian throat singing and traditional dance before we reboard our train and continue on our way back into Russia. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

I

ULAN UDE, RUSSIA

The train rolls through the valley of the Selenge River, which flows into Lake Baikal. Stop in Ulan Ude, the capital of the Buryat Republic and once a major trading post between China and Irkutsk. Pay a visit to a village of Old Believers, a group descended from 17th-century religious exiles whose fascinating culture has changed little over the centuries. Watch a performance of their unique choral music. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

LAKE BAIKAL

Arrive at beautiful Lake Baikal, called the “sacred sea” by locals and named a World Heritage site

Above: A cluster of whimsical domes are the signature of St. Basil’s Cathedral on Moscow’s Red Square. 46

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/TRANSSIBERIA

I


Land

Small Ship

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

Train

Photo

Activity Level

Private Jet Light Private Light / Moderate

DATES Family

2018:Photo Aug. 5–20 • Sept. 2–17 *G-Adventures Student

Active

COST Light

Light / Moderate SilverModerate Class

Moderate / Strenuous

Strenuous

Gold Class

Maximum $19,995

$23,495

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single cabin, add $8,495 in Silver Class and $10,995 in Gold Class. Airfare to Vladivostok and return from Moscow is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 32

O U R

A sacred site for Buryat shamans, Lake Baikal’s Shaman Rock is steeped in legend.

by UNESCO. The lake basin holds about 20 percent of the world’s unfrozen fresh water. Our train route hugs the rocky shores and passes through 33 tunnels. Take in spectacular views from the train, and stop for a barbecue lunch on the shore. In the afternoon, explore the village of Listvyanka and join a family for tea in their home. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 9

I

IRKUTSK

Spend today in Irkutsk, an important Siberian outpost established by the Cossacks in 1652. In the early 19th century, many Russian artists, officers, and nobles were exiled here for their involvement in the Decembrist revolt. Visit the city’s historic sights, and wander through a delightful collection of classic Russian and Siberian cottages at the Museum of Wooden Architecture. Stop for a private bell-ringing performance, and then enjoy a private concert and champagne reception at the Decembrist House Museum. MEALS: B, L, D

I

DAYS 10 AND 11

ON TRAIN/ NOVOSIBIRSK

Enjoy a day to relax on board, taking in stunning scenery as the vast Siberian taiga unfurls. The following day, stop in Novosibirsk, Siberia’s largest city, to see the opera house and Lenin Square. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 12

I

YEKATERINBURG

Arrive in Yekaterinburg, where Russia’s last tsar, Nicholas II, and his family were executed by the Bolsheviks in 1918. Visit the Romanovs’ execution site—now a church dedicated to their

I

memory—and view the city’s ornately decorated wooden houses. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 13

I

KAZAN

Today, explore Kazan, the capital of Tatarstan, perched on the banks of the Volga River. Tour the city’s Kremlin, the turquoise-topped Qol Sharif Mosque, and the Peter and Paul Cathedral. Pay a visit to the Kazan Conservatory and enjoy a concert performed by its students. Then set off on a private cruise around the walls of the city’s Kremlin before returning to our train to depart on the final leg of our journey.

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Historian George Munro has lived and studied in the former Soviet Union and travels to Russia regularly to pursue his research. He will join both departures. Read his bio on our website.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Add a three-day post-trip extension to St. Petersburg. Visit our website or call for details.

MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 14 AND 15

I

MOSCOW

Disembark in Moscow, and check in to our hotel before an afternoon city tour. After dinner at a local restaurant, take a guided stroll through Red Square at night. The following morning, explore the legendary Kremlin. Visit St. Basil’s Cathedral, and view court regalia from the Romanov dynasty at the Armory Museum. After lunch, head to the Monument to the Conquerors of Space, which sweeps some 360 feet into the sky. Delve into the history of space exploration at the recently updated Memorial Museum of Astronautics, and enjoy a specially arranged talk by a Russian cosmonaut. ARARAT PARK HYATT MOSCOW MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 16

I

MOSCOW

After breakfast, transfer to the airport for your flight home. MEALS: B

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/TRANSSIBERIA

ABOUT THE GOLDEN EAGLE TR ANS-SIBERIAN EXPRESS The Golden Eagle Trans-Siberian Express is a deluxe, air-conditioned train with comfortable twoberth sleeping compartments. Silver Class cabins measure 60 square feet and Gold Class cabins measure 77 square feet. Both cabin categories feature a private bathroom, a shower, and a sitting/sleeping area. There is a lounge car for daytime relaxation and socializing. The restaurant car serves fine local cuisine, made from the freshest ingredients and complemented with wines from around the world. National Geographic has reserved 16 compartments on both departures. See our website for additional train details and photos.

I

47

Modera


CHINA: IMPERIAL TREASURES NEW AND NATURAL WONDERS T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • S pend a day interacting with giant pandas at a research center outside Chengdu, helping caretakers feed and care for the animals and learning about conservation efforts. • M eet National Geographic grantees across China and learn about the latest research efforts related to the environment, wildlife conservation, and geology. • G o behind the scenes at the Institute of Archaeology in Xi’an for an insider’s look at recent finds at the terra-cotta warrior site and other excavations. • C ruise two of China’s most legendary waterways, gliding through the Three Gorges of the Yangtze River and the karst landscapes of the Li River.

ITINER ARY

|

15

hutong neighborhood for a rickshaw tour. Stroll the vast and historic Tiananmen Square and then navigate the 900-some buildings and temples of the Forbidden City. Visit Friends of Nature, China's oldest environmental organization, and meet with National Geographic grant recipient Boju Zhang to hear about his latest efforts to conserve air and water quality in the capital city. Tonight, feast on Peking duck with your fellow travelers.

D AY S

THE ST. REGIS BEIJING I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

GREAT WALL/BEIJING

Step back in time at the less visited Simatai section of the Great Wall, which retains the fortification’s original character. Glimpse old China in Gubei Water Town, where centuries-old houses line quartzite streets and waterways.

DAY 1

I

THE ST. REGIS BEIJING I MEALS: B, L

BEIJING, CHINA

Arrive in Beijing and transfer to our hotel in the heart of the capital. Enjoy the remainder of the day at leisure. THE ST. REGIS BEIJING

DAY 2

I

BEIJING

Delve into imperial Beijing at the Temple of Heaven, a UNESCO World Heritage site surrounded by gardens. Try tai chi with a master practitioner before heading to a traditional

DAYS 4 AND 5

I

XI’AN

Ride first-class on the high-speed train to Xi’an, once the eastern terminus of the Silk Road and the capital of China. On a special behind-thescenes visit to the Institute of Archaeology— normally closed to the public—learn about latest excavations and see the terra-cotta warriors up close. After breakfast the next day, view the legendary terra-cotta army comprised of thou-

Young pandas play at a breeding center in Sichuan.

sands of soldiers, chariots, and horses that were buried around 210 b.c. at the tomb of China’s first emperor, Qin Shi Huang. Later, walk or ride a bike atop the massive city wall. During free time, browse the maze of markets and sites in the Muslim Quarter. SOFITEL XI’AN ON RENMIN SQUARE MEALS: DAY 4: B, L, D; DAY 5: B, L

DAYS 6 AND 7

I

GUILIN AND YANGSHUO

Visit the Han Yang Ling Museum this morning, and take a behind-the-scenes tour of the renova-

Above: Against a misty backdrop of karst mountains, a farmer in Guilin directs his livestock. 48

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/CHINA

I


Land

Small Ship

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Photo

Activity Level

Small Ship Light

Light / Moderate Train PrivateModera Jet

DATES 2018: Apr. 10–24Family • May 22–June Photo 5 Sept. 18–Oct. 2 • Oct. 16–30

*G-Adventures

COST

$7,995 Light

Sunlight infuses the view of a restored section of the Great Wall.

tion lab. Then fly to Guilin, set in a spectacular landscape of karst cliffs. Descend into the Reed Flute Cave, a subterranean spectacle of stalactites and stone pillars. The following day, embark on a cruise down the Li River. Glide beneath limestone pinnacles and terraced rice fields that have inspired Chinese artists for generations, and stop to browse antique and craft markets. Return to Guilin for an evening on your own. SHANGRI-LA HOTEL GUILIN MEALS: DAY 6: B, L, D; DAY 7: B, L

DAYS 8 AND 9

I

CHENGDU

This morning, meet Dr. Zhang Hai at the Karst Institute to learn about a National Geographicfunded project creating 3-D surveys and models of China’s caves, and go for a short walk through the scenic forest around the Institute. Then fly to Chengdu, the capital of Sichuan Province. Learn the age-old Chinese game of mahjong and enjoy a cup of tea with locals in Wangjianglou Park. For dinner tonight, savor hot pot, a Sichuan favorite. Spend the next day at the Dujiangyan Giant Panda Base overseen by the China Conservation and Research Center for the Giant Panda. We'll have the chance to prepare meals and feed the pandas; help clean the enclosures; and hear

about conservation efforts. Return to Chengdu for dinner. THE ST. REGIS CHENGDU MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 10, 11, AND 12

I

CHONGQING/ YANGTZE RIVER

Visit the Dazu Grottoes, a UNESCO World Heritage site where centuries-old rock carvings depict Buddhist, Confucian, and Taoist themes as well as scenes of ordinary life during the Tang Dynasty. Then travel to Chongqing to board a riverboat for a three-night voyage on the Yangtze through the breathtaking Three Gorges region. On daily excursions, visit the ancient shrines of Fengdu, and venture into narrow tributaries by local sampan boat, taking in gorgeous scenery. Back on the ship, learn about traditional healing and local crafts, enjoy morning tai chi, and gaze out at the dramatic gorges.

DAY 13

I

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $2,400. Airfare to Beijing and return from Shanghai, as well as airfare within China, are not included in the expedition cost. The group flights within China are $560 per person (subject to change).

Maximum group size: 25

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Geographer Alexander “Alec” Murphy will join the May 22 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION

YICHANG/SHANGHAI

Witness the world’s largest engineering project at the Three Gorges Dam, then disembark in Yichang. Fly to bustling Shanghai and settle into our hotel. FAIRMONT PEACE HOTEL I MEALS: B, L

I

SHANGHAI

Begin the day meandering among the pavilions, ponds, and zig-zag bridges of Yu Garden, Shanghai’s celebrated classical Chinese garden, dating to 1559. Peruse an intriguing range of antiques and goods at the Old Bazaar. Over lunch, meet with conservationist and wildlife photographer Jing Li, a National Geographic grantee working to conserve critically endangered birds in the greater Shanghai area. After lunch, zoom up to the observation deck of China’s tallest building, Shanghai Tower, for a superlative view of the skyline. Stroll neon-lit Nanjing Road and the historic Bund waterfront. Tonight, toast your Chinese adventure at a local restaurant. The following day, transfer to the airport for your return flight.

I

Light / Moderate

YANGZI EXPLORER I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 14 AND 15

Neon dazzles in the night on Shanghai’s Nanjing Road.

Student

FAIRMONT PEACE HOTEL MEALS: DAY 14: B, L, D; DAY 15: B

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/CHINA

Extend your trip in China with a stay at Banyan Tree Ringha, a member of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection. Visit our website or call for details.

ABOUT THE YA N G Z I E X P LO R E R

The Yangzi Explorer, our home for the three-day Yangtze journey, is one of the few five-star ships on the Yangtze. The ship has a capacity of 124 passengers and features spacious cabins with private bathrooms and floor-to-ceiling sliding glass doors that open to private balconies. There are a limited number of suites available on a first-come, firstserved basis. Amenities include a panoramic-view restaurant, a bar, a theater, two lounges, a library, a fitness center, a business center with Internet access, a clinic, a sundeck, a salon, and a spa. I

49

Strenuo


INDIA'S FABLED RA JASTHAN BY RAIL T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • Travel for five nights aboard the Palace on Wheels, a train that evokes the splendor of the maharajas and travels to places not easily accessible by road. • I n the company of a National Geographic expert, explore six UNESCO World Heritage sites, including Fatehpur Sikri and the hill forts of Rajasthan. • E xperience the exquisite Taj Mahal at both sunrise and sunset, and photograph this iconic wonder under changing light. • G et a glimpse into daily life on a walk through Bharatpur village, and enjoy a private performance by a sitar musician in Agra.

ITINER ARY

|

11

served as the capital of Muslim India between the 13th and 19th centuries. Explore Humayun’s Tomb, a milestone in the history of Mughal architecture, and Gandhi Smriti, a museum honoring Mahatma Gandhi. This evening, gather for a special welcome reception and dinner.

D AY S

TAJ MAHAL HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

JAIPUR

Travel from Delhi to Jaipur in Rajasthan. Known as the “pink city” for its rose-colored buildings, Jaipur is protected by high fortifications and multiple gates. Stroll through a local bazaar before visiting Hawa Mahal, or the Palace of Winds, a stunning sandstone building with delicate latticework and honeycombed windows. JAI MAHAL PALACE I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 1

I

DAY 4

DELHI, INDIA

Arrive in Delhi at any time and check in to our hotel. TAJ MAHAL HOTEL

DAY 2

I

DELHI

Set out on a tour of New Delhi, the capital of India, established by the British in 1911. Then delve into Old Delhi, a patchwork of eight different cities built by a succession of rulers that

I

JAIPUR

This morning, ascend to the hilltop Amber Fort and explore its exquisite palaces, temples, gardens, and pavilions. After lunch, take a guided tour of the City Palace, a vast complex with a museum housing rare manuscripts, paintings, and an armory. Visit the 18th-century royal observatory known as the Jantar Mantar, and examine a variety of precise astronomical tools. Tonight, experience Diwali, the Festival

The soft folds of a bright sari frame the face of a Rajasthani woman.

of Lights.* India glows during this important Hindu celebration: ceramic lamps burn brightly, colored paper lanterns illuminate the streets, and fireworks light up the sky in a dazzling display. Settle into your cabin on board the Palace on Wheels. PALACE ON WHEELS THROUGH DAY 8 MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

I

RANTHAMBORE NATIONAL PARK/CHITTAURGARH

Set out on a game drive in Ranthambore National Park in search of hyenas, jackals, and

Above: The magnificent Taj Mahal, built in the mid-17th century, blends Indian, Islamic, and Persian design elements. 50

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/INDIA

I


Land

foxes, as well as elusive tigers. After lunch back on the train, arrive in the city of Chittaurgarh. Trace a turbulent history of siege, valor, and sacrifice at Chittaurgarh Fort, one of the largest forts in India. In the late afternoon, meet villagers on a walk within the hilltop fortified walls, and stop for tea at sunset. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 6

I

UDAIPUR

Known as the “city of lakes,” Udaipur is most celebrated for its fairy-tale marble palaces, which appear to emerge from the waters of Lake Pichola. Venture into a spectacular labyrinth of courtyards within the City Palace, a soaring creation of marble and granite perched on the lake’s edge. This palace complex, the largest in Rajasthan, blends medieval, European, and Chinese architecture and is richly decorated with inlaid mirror-work, mosaics, and frescoes. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

I

JAISALMER

I

JODHPUR

Jodhpur’s blue-hued old city lies at the foot of the massive Mehrangarh Fort, perched on a rocky outcrop some 120 meters high. Visit the 15th-century fort and learn about its colorful history. Enjoy lunch in Jodhpur before returning to the Palace on Wheels for the final leg of our rail journey. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 9

I

I

AGRA

ITC MUGHAL, AGRA I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 11

I

AGRA/DELHI

After breakfast, pay a visit to a local orphanage if you wish. Then drive to Delhi and relax in day rooms at the Taj Mahal Hotel. Later, transfer to the airport for your flight home. MEALS: B, L, D

Add a five-day post-trip extension to Khajuraho and Varanasi. Visit our website or call for details.

SPECIAL PHOTOGRAPHY D E PA RT U R E S As indicated in the Dates section above, a few special departures of this expedition are designated as India by Rail Photography Expeditions and are limited to 16 travelers. You’ll learn tips and techniques while documenting this enchanting land on photo shoots in rural villages, at the Taj Mahal, and amid evocative dunes. Visit our website for details and for the National Geographic photographer leading each departure. Cost: From $12,895

*G-Adventur

Moderate

Festival. Each departure follows a similar itinerary to the one shown but includes a different festival or celebration. Visit our website for detailed itineraries. These departures are photography expeditions. See the box below for details and special pricing.

COST Oct. 2017 and Feb. 2018

$12,495

Nov. 2018

$12,795

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $3,500 for the October 2017 and February 2018 departures; and $3,850 for the November 2018 departure. Airfare to/from Delhi is not included in the expedition cost.

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. A former member of National Geographic’s Committee for Research and Exploration, geographer Jan Nijman will join the February 2018 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

W H AT T O E X P E C T On this trip you will walk up to two miles a day, climb stairs (often without handrails), and walk on crowded streets with uneven footing. Participants should be physically fit. This expedition is not suitable for anyone with limited mobility.

A B O U T T H E PA L A C E O N W H E E L S

Disembark the train in Bharatpur and head into the wetlands of Keoladeo National Park, a renowned bird sanctuary. Search for egrets, flamingos, and many other wildlife species. Then stop at a hotel near the park for a cooking demonstration and lunch. Take a guided walk around Bharatpur village before heading to Fatehpur Sikri, the capital of the Mughal Empire from 1569 to 1585, where elegant carved sandstone palaces remain incredibly well preserved. Continue to Agra this evening.

I

I N F O R M AT I O N

Maximum group size: 24 (16 on photo departures)

KEOLADEO NATIONAL PARK/ AGRA

ITC MUGHAL, AGRA I MEALS: B, L, D

Train

Rise early this morning to see the Taj Mahal’s Family Photo Trip Type Activity Level marble sparkle in the dawn light. Constructed by Emperor Shah Jahan in memory of his favorite wife, the Taj Mahal is often described as the PrivateModerate Light Land Small Ship Train Jet / Moderate LightPrivate most extravagant monument ever built for love. After lunch, explore Agra Fort’s courtyards, DATES mosques, and private chambers. Stop in at a 2017:Photo Oct. 16–26* *G-Adventures Student Active marble inlay workshop to see how the intricate Family 2018: Feb. 5–15 • Mar. 12–22 • Oct. 15–25 stonework of the Taj Mahal was created. This Nov. 5–15* evening, visit the iconic site once again at sunset *The itinerary shown describes the October 16, 2017 and before gathering for a festive farewell dinner. Light / Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Light November 5, 2018Moderate departures, whichStrenuous include theMaximum Diwali

OPTIONAL EXTENSION

Today the train carries us into the heart of the Thar Desert to magical Jaisalmer. Rising above the city, the imposing turrets and bastions of the golden sandstone fort conceal a lively town within. Discover the havelis, once the mansions of wealthy merchants, decorated with elaborate facades. Later, ride a camel across the sand dunes of the Thar Desert and stop for a traditional tea. Enjoy dinner off the train this evening while watching a performance by traditional folk dancers. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

DAY 10

Small Ship

The Palace on Wheels (pictured left) is a train built in the royal style of the maharajas. The train has 14 fully air-conditioned deluxe saloons, each with four twinbedded cabins, a mini-pantry, and a lounge. Each cabin has an en suite bathroom with a toilet, sink, and shower. Two restaurant cars serve continental, Indian, Rajasthani, and Chinese cuisine, and the cozy bar and lounge offer great places to wind down at the end of the day. Visit our website for additional photos of the train. The Palace on Wheels

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/INDIA

I

51


BHUTAN: KINGDOM IN THE CLOUDS T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • H ike to Bhutan's most famous pilgrimage site, the Taktsang Lhakhang (Tiger's Nest Temple), and participate in an intimate butter lamp ceremony with the monks of Gangtey Goemba. • G et a personal perspective on contemporary Bhutan while mingling with community leaders and government dignitaries at a special banquet. • Stay at the spectacular Zhiwa Ling, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World that exemplifies the artistry of Bhutanese architecture. • E xperience a traditional festival, and visit a family farmhouse to learn about rural life.

ITINER ARY

|

11

the Paro Valley. Explore our stunning hotel— a member of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World Collection—before a welcome dinner tonight.

D AY S

ZHIWA LING HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

PUNAKHA

After a special Buddhist blessing ceremony, journey to Punakha, Bhutan’s ancient capital. This afternoon, visit Chimi Lhakhang, a small but legendary temple in the center of the Punakha Valley. Settle into our hotel and enjoy dinner together. RKPO GREEN RESORT OR ZHINGKHAM RESORT I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4 DAY 1

I

BANGKOK, THAILAND

Arrive in Bangkok this evening and check in to our hotel. NOVOTEL SUVARNABHUMI HOTEL

DAY 2

I

PARO, BHUTAN

Fly to Bhutan’s Paro Valley (7,300 feet) and visit Ta Dzong, a 17th-century fortress overlooking

I

PUNAKHA

After an invigorating hike to Khamsum Yuelley Namgyel Chorten, a spectacularly situated temple, be rewarded for your efforts with incredible views of the valley below. Then visit the Punakha Dzong, an impressive fortress guarding the southern end of the valley at the confluence of the Pho (male) and Mo (female) Rivers. RKPO GREEN RESORT OR ZHINGKHAM RESORT I MEALS: B, L, D

Young Buddhist monks peek through an ornate gateway.

DAY 5

I

PHOBJIKHA

Travel to the alpine valley of Phobjikha (10,000 feet), considered one of the most beautiful valleys in Bhutan. It is also the largest wintering site of the endangered black-necked crane, which arrives in November and stays through March. DEWACHEN LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D

Above: The magnificent Taktsang Lhakhang, or Tiger’s Nest Temple, sits high above the lush Paro Valley.

52

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/BHUTAN

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

Priva

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Photo

Trip Type

*G-Adventures

Stude

Activity Level

Moderate / Strenuous Small ShipModerate Train LightLand Light / Moderate Private Jet

DATES Family

Photo

2017: Sept. 24–Oct. 4 • Oct. 8–18

*G-Adventures

Student

• Nov. 6–16*

• Mar. 21–31 2018: Feb. 24–Mar. 6 • Nov. 6–16* Sept. 13–23 • Oct. 6–16 Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

These departures are photography expeditions. See the box below for details and special pricing.

*The itinerary shown describes the November 2017 and 2018 departures, which include the Crane Festival. Each departure follows a similar itinerary to the one shown but includes a different festival or celebration. Visit our website for detailed itineraries.

COST Young monks turn a prayer wheel against a backdrop of intricate murals.

DAY 6

I

PHOBJIKHA

Against a backdrop of forest-clad mountains, the Gangtey Goemba temple complex rises dramatically from a cluster of hilltop cottages. One of the oldest private monasteries in Bhutan, Gangtey Goemba was recently renovated, and now showcases the fine workmanship of Bhutan’s best woodcarvers, sculptors, and painters. Our visit coincides with the annual Crane Festival*, a charming mix of traditional masked and folk dances. Held in the courtyard of the Goemba, this festival was created by the community to raise awareness about the rare cranes that winter in the valley. After the festival, set off on a half-day hike, stopping to visit with a village family along the way. DEWACHEN LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

I

THIMPHU

Travel to Thimphu (7,900 feet), the capital of Bhutan. On the way, cross the Dochu La pass (10,200 feet), and gaze at a 200-mile panorama of Himalayan peaks (weather permitting).

Tonight, get a behind-the-scenes perspective on Bhutan during a banquet with local dignitaries and professionals. TAJ TASHI HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

THIMPHU/PARO

Spend the morning exploring the country’s more modern side in Thimphu. Visit the National Textile Museum, where Bhutan’s finest weavings and brocades are on display. Return to Paro in the afternoon and settle back into our hotel. ZHIWA LING HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 9

I

PARO

Our journey in the kingdom culminates with a hike to the most famous pilgrimage site in Bhutan: Taktsang Lhakhang, or the Tiger’s Nest Temple (9,300 feet). Visible from afar, this stunning monastery clings to a vertical granite cliff 2,000 feet above the valley floor. This evening, celebrate your Bhutanese adventure at a festive farewell dinner. ZHIWA LING HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 10 AND 11

I

PARO/BANGKOK, THAILAND

Fly to Bangkok and check in to our hotel. The following morning, transfer to the airport for your return flight, arriving home the same day. NOVOTEL SUVARNABHUMI HOTEL MEALS: DAY 10: B, L; DAY 11: B

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Add a four-day pre- or post-trip extension to Angkor Wat in Cambodia. Visit our website or call for details. The spectacular Zhiwa Ling Hotel, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World, unites Bhutanese culture and heritage with 21st century comforts. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/BHUTAN

$6,695

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $2,175. There is an additional government tourism tariff of $400 per person. Airfare to/from Bangkok and airfare between Bangkok and Paro are not included in the expedition cost. The round-trip group flight between Bangkok and Paro is $960 per person (subject to change).

Maximum group size: 24 (16 on photo departures)

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Historian Bill Jones has been traveling throughout Southeast Asia and the Himalaya since the 1980s. He will join the November 2017 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

W H AT T O E X P E C T The average elevation in Bhutan is 8,000 feet above sea level. This trip is not suitable for those who suffer from cardiac, respiratory, or circulatory disorders, or a disability that limits mobility. Participants should be physically fit. We will stay at first-class hotels in Bangkok, Paro, and Thimphu; a simple Bhutanesestyle hotel in the Punakha Valley; and a rustic lodge in Phobjikha.

SPECIAL PHOTOGRAPHY D E PA RT U R E S As indicated in the Dates section above, a few special departures of this expedition are designated as Bhutan Photography Expeditions and are limited to 16 travelers. You’ll learn tips and techniques while shooting images of exquisite temples, timeless farming villages, and the towering Himalaya. Visit our website for details and for the National Geographic photographer leading each departure . Cost: From $7,195

I

53

Stren


T I B E T A N D N E PA L : E X P E D I T I O N TO T H E H I G H E S T H I M A L AYA THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Mountaineer Peter Hillary, son of the late Sir Edmund Hllary, joins select departures, sharing insight gained from his climbing expeditions in the Himalaya. • Venture to the seldom-visited Tibetan side of Mount Everest and gaze up at its soaring crags from the storied North Face Base Camp. • Participate in a private butter lamp ceremony at Rongbuk Monastery, thought to be the highest monastery in the world. • In Lhasa, enjoy a private Tibetan dance performance and a traditional meal with views of the legendary Potala Palace. Land

1 5 D AY S

|

ITINER ARY

hanging glacier up close. GYANGZÊ HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 7 AND 8

TASHI CHOE TA I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

I

XÊGAR

Weather permitting, catch a glimpse of Mount Everest on the way to Xêgar, and take in majestic vistas of the peak from the 17,000-foot Pang La pass. Venture into Rongbuk Monastery on the way to the North Face Base Camp. QOMOLANGMA HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 11 AND 12 DAY 1

I

BEIJING, CHINA

Arrive in Beijing this morning and check in to our hotel. FOUR SEASONS BEIJING

DAY 2

I

LHASA, TIBET

Take a scenic flight to the holy city of Lhasa and gather for a welcome dinner tonight. FOUR POINTS BY SHERATON LHASA MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 3, 4, AND 5

I

LHASA

Listen for chanting monks at Drepung Monastery and explore the myriad halls and chambers of the magnificent Potala Palace. Visit Ganden Monastery and the Jokhang—Tibet’s holiest temple—and wander through the Barkhor market. FOUR POINTS BY SHERATON LHASA MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 6

I

GYANGZÊ

Drive over two spectacular mountain passes to Gyangzê, stopping to view a magnificent

I

SHIGATSE/LHASA

Drive to Shigatse, stopping in small villages and taking in rugged landscapes along the way. Continue the drive to Lhasa the following day. Enjoy a final evening in Tibet, with dinner overlooking the floodlit Potala Palace (weather permitting). TASHI CHOE TA; FOUR POINTS BY

I

Family

Photo

*G-Adventures

Activity Level

Studen

Moderate / Strenuous Small ShipModerate Train LightLand Light / Moderate Private Jet

DAYS 13, 14, AND 15

I

2017: Oct. 17–31Family • Nov. 4–18Photo *G-Adventures 2018: May 20–June 3 • Sept. 22–Oct. 6 Oct. 13–27

HOTEL YAK & YETI MEALS: DAYS 13 AND 14: B, L, D DAILY; DAY 15: B

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Add a four-day post-trip extension to Angkor Wat in Cambodia. Visit our website or call for details.

Student

These departures are photography expeditions. See the Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Light box below for details and special pricing.

COST

$8,945

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,985. Airfare to Beijing and return from Kathmandu, and airfare within Asia, are not included in the expedition cost. The group flights within Asia are $965 per person (subject to change).

Maximum group size: 30 (16 on photo departures)

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Mountaineer Peter Hillary will join the October 17, 2017 and the May 20 and October 13, 2018 departures. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

KATHMANDU, NEPAL

Fly to Nepal this morning. Walk through the heart of Kathmandu, and visit the 2,500-year-old shrine at Swayambhunath. The next day, explore the ancient temples and palaces of Bhaktapur, the enormous Buddhist stupa of Bodhnath, and the Hindu temple of Pashupatinath. The following day, depart for your flight home.

S

DATES

SHERATON LHASA I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

Above: Perched on a hilltop in the Lhasa Valley, the immense Potala Palace was built as the winter palace of the Dalai Lama in the seventh century. 54

Private

GYANGZÊ/SHIGATSE

After visiting the temples of Pelkor Chode, travel to Shigatse. Explore Tashilunpo Monastery and, if you wish, hike up to the Chak La pass.

DAYS 9 AND 10

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Trip Type

I

Small Ship

W H AT T O E X P E C T Please see this trip’s “What to Expect” section on our website for important information regarding local conditions and/or physical considerations.

SPECIAL PHOTOGRAPHY D E PA RT U R E S As indicated in the Dates section above, a few special departures of this expedition are designated as Tibet and Nepal Photography Expeditions and are limited to 16 travelers. Visit our website for details and for the National Geographic photographer leading each departure. Cost: From $9,325

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/TIBET

I

Strenuo


MONGOLIA: L AND OF THE NOMAD THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Experience Naadam, Mongolia’s most celebrated festival, and get up close views of its wrestling, archery, and horse-racing competitions. • Spend four nights in a traditional ger at Three Camel Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World. • Meet a senior government official in Ulaanbaatar for an inside perspective on Mongolia’s political and economic climate. • Visit with Nomadic families, look for fossils near the Flaming Cliffs, and listen to traditional throat singing. Land

|

ITINER ARY

1 2 D AY S

trip to Ulaanbaatar, see a 131-foot-tall Genghis Khan statue and visit the Zanabazar Fine Arts Museum.

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

GER CAMP; TUUSHIN HOTEL MEALS: DAYS 3 AND 4: B, L, D; DAY 5: B, L

DAYS 6–10

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

ULAANBAATAR, MONGOLIA

Arrive in Ulaanbaatar and transfer to our hotel. The next day, visit Gandan Monastery and the National Museum. Gather for a welcome dinner. TUUSHIN HOTEL I MEALS: DAY 2: B, L, D

DAYS 3, 4, AND 5 I ULAANBAATAR/ GÜN-GALUUT NATURE RESERVE/ ULAANBAATAR Meet a senior government official for an introduction to Mongolia’s current political and economic climate. Then drive to our traditional ger camp in Gün-Galuut, a nature reserve near the Khentii Mountains where the steppe converges with wetlands. Explore the area on hikes or an optional horseback ride, and visit with a local nomadic family for a rare look at everyday life in rural Mongolia. On the return

I

Fly to the mystical Gobi desert and spend several days discovering the wildlife and varying landscapes of the desert, home to Bactrian camels, Argali mountain sheep, and saker falcons. Travel to Eagle Valley and hike across this lush chasm that cuts through the foothills of the arid Altai Mountains. Then visit the local natural history museum. At Havtsgait Valley, hike to the hilltop site of ancient rock drawings left by early Gobi settlers. Spend a day at Mongolia’s famous cultural and sporting event—Naadam, where colorfully clad locals compete in archery, wrestling, and horseback racing. Drive to the Khongoryn Els, a 60-mile stretch of rippling sand dunes, and ride a camel at sunset. Listen to the low hum of the “Singing Sands” ebbing and flowing with the wind, then visit the camp of a camel herding family. Look for fossils at Tugregiin Shiree, where paleontologists discovered the famous “fighting dinosaurs,” and hike along the brilliant red sandstone of the Flaming Cliffs. THREE CAMEL LODGE; GOBI ERDENE GER CAMP I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 11 AND 12

I

ULAANBAATAR

Return to Ulaanbaatar and visit the Winter Palace of the Bogd Khan. Enjoy traditional Mongolian khoomi, or throat singing. Transfer to the airport for your flight home. TUUSHIN HOTEL MEALS: DAY 11: B, L, D; DAY 12: B

Above: A horseman in traditional dress drives his herd on the expansive grasslands of Mongolia.

I

Land

GOBI DESERT

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/MONGOLIA

Moderate LightSmall Light Ship / Moderate Train ModeratePrivate Jet

DATES 2018: June 10–21Family • July Photo 3–14 • Aug. 5–16 *G-Adventures Aug. 26–Sept. 6

Student

These departures are photography expeditions. See the box below for details and special pricing.

COST

Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

$7,995

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,995. Airfare to/from Ulaanbaatar and within Mongolia is not included in the expedition cost. The group flights within Mongolia are $350 per person (subject to change).

Maximum group size: 25 (16 on photo departures)

W H AT T O E X P E C T Please see this trip’s “What to Expect” section on our website for important information regarding local conditions and/or physical considerations.

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Anthropologist and writer Carroll Dunham will join the August 5 departure. Read her bio and find more experts on our website.

SPECIAL PHOTOGRAPHY D E PA RT U R E S As indicated in the Dates section above, a few special departures of this expedition are designated as Mongolia Photography Expeditions and are limited to 16 travelers. Visit our website for details and for the National Geographic photographer leading each departure. Cost: From $8,495 I

55

Strenu


INSIDE JAPAN T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • This expedition was inspired by travel writer Don George’s article “Japan’s Past Perfect,” published in the January/ February 2012 issue of National Geographic Traveler. • Stay at Benesse House, designed by acclaimed architect Tadao Ando and set within Naoshima’s island-wide art complex. • B y special permission, enjoy a visit to Kyoto’s Saihoji temple and stroll its otherworldly gardens, carpeted in more than 120 species of moss. • I mmerse yourself in Shikoku’s timeless Iya Valley, dotted with thatched cottages, shrines, and vine bridges.

ITINER ARY

|

11

collectively designated a World Heritage site by UNESCO. Stroll the elegant Zen rock garden at Ryoanji and the iconic Kinkakuji, or the Golden Pavilion. Enjoy a specially arranged visit to Saihoji, also known as Kokedera, or the “moss temple,” for the more than 120 species of moss that carpet its beautiful gardens. At tonight’s welcome dinner, meet a former geisha to learn about the geisha lifestyle, and enjoy a short performance. KYOTO HOTEL OKURA OR HOTEL

D AY S

GRANVIA KYOTO I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

DAY 1

I

OSAKA, JAPAN/KYOTO

Arrive in Osaka at any time. Transfer to Kyoto and check in to our hotel. KYOTO HOTEL OKURA OR HOTEL GRANVIA KYOTO

DAY 2

I

Kyoto served as an imperial capital for more than a thousand years, and many of the wooden temples and gardens from that era have been

KYOTO

Wander through Arashiyama’s atmospheric bamboo grove. Continue to Nijo Castle, built in 1603 and designated a national treasure. Explore the castle’s Ninomaru Palace, known for its beautiful wall paintings and its “nightingale” floors, designed to squeak when stepped upon to warn of intruders. This afternoon, visit an artisanal ceramics workshop. KYOTO HOTEL OKURA OR HOTEL GRANVIA KYOTO I MEALS: B, L

DAY 4

KYOTO

I

I

MOUNT KOYA

Travel to Mount Koya, headquarters of the Shingon Buddhist sect. Meet a temple priest and wander through the evocative Okuno-in cemetery, where the tombs of more than 200,000 samurai warriors and other

dignitaries fill a grove of age-old cedar trees. Venture into Kongobuji, the chief temple of the Mount Koya Monastery, and see work by artists of the Kano school of painting. Settle into our simple lodgings and enjoy a traditional Buddhist vegetarian dinner. EKO-IN OR TENTOKU-IN MONASTERIES I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

I

MOUNT KOYA/IYA VALLEY

After attending an optional morning prayer ceremony, descend to the shores of the Inland Sea and ferry across to Shikoku, the smallest of Japan’s main islands. In Tokushima, see costumes and floats from the city’s 400-year-old dance festival at the Awa Odori Kaikan museum. Our home for the next two nights in the Iya Valley is a ryokan, or traditional Japanese inn, where inviting, on-site hot spring baths offer a chance to relax and rejuvenate. HOTEL HIKYONOYU I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 6

I

IYA VALLEY

Travel along the steep slopes of the Iya ravine to a 300-year-old thatched farmhouse, home to the Chiiori Trust, a unique project that seeks to preserve age-old rural traditions in the valley. Continue to the Okuiya Niju Kazurabashi, twin suspension bridges made of intertwined vines, and hear the legends of their creation. Witness

Above: The Zen temple of Kinkakuji is also known as the Golden Pavilion. 56

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/JAPAN

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

*G-Adventur

Photo

Activity Level

Small Ship Train ModeratePrivate Jet Light / Moderate Moderate Light

DATES Family

2017: Oct. 27–Nov. 6

Photo

*G-Adventures

Student

2018: Mar. 14–24 • Mar. 29–Apr. 8 • May 3–13 Sept. 20–30 • Oct. 4–14 • Nov. 1–11 Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

These departures are photography expeditions. See the box below for details and special pricing.

A torii gate that seems to float marks the entrance to the Itsukushima Shinto Shrine near Hiroshima.

timeless scenes of village life in Ochiai, a community of traditional dwellings, some of which date from the Edo period (circa 1600–1870). HOTEL HIKYONOYU I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

I

SHIKOKU/NAOSHIMA

Travel north to Zentsuji, revered as the birthplace of the Buddhist priest Kobo Daishi and as one of the important stops along Shikoku’s 750-mile and 88-temple pilgrimage route. In Takamatsu, stroll through the tranquil gardens of 17th-century Ritsurin Park. A ferry then brings us to the small island of Naoshima, which has recently emerged as a mecca of contemporary art and architecture. Get a new perspective on nature through inventive art installations at the Benesse House Museum this afternoon, and stay in the adjacent hotel, designed by acclaimed architect Tadao Ando. BENESSE HOUSE I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

NAOSHIMA

Wander past the works of Claude Monet and James Turrell at the innovative Chichu Art Museum, built underground but designed to capture natural light and shadow. Also visit homes that are part of the Art House Project, which has transformed some of the island’s older structures into imaginative works of art. BENESSE HOUSE I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 9

I

NAOSHIMA/HIROSHIMA

Ferry back to Honshu and take the high-speed train to Hiroshima. Pay a visit to Hiroshima’s Peace Memorial Park and the Peace Memorial Museum, which documents the atomic explosion that ravaged the city. Go on an optional guided visit to Shukkei-en garden, or explore this thriving modern metropolis—a testament to Japanese resilience—on your own. RIHGA ROYAL HOTEL HIROSHIMA OR CROWNE PLAZA HOTEL I MEALS: B, L

I

DAY 10

MIYAJIMA/HIROSHIMA

Set off by ferry for a full-day excursion on Itsukushima Island, popularly called Miyajima. Venture into the 12th-century Itsukushima Shinto Shrine, a World Heritage site built over the water, where a vermillion torii (wooden gateway) appears to float at high tide. Participate in a traditional tea ceremony, then take advantage of free time to go on a hike, visit temples, and stroll through the picturesque town. Gather for a farewell dinner back in Hiroshima this evening. RIHGA ROYAL HOTEL HIROSHIMA OR CROWNE PLAZA HOTEL I MEALS: B, D

DAY 11

I

HIROSHIMA/OSAKA

Take the high-speed train back to Osaka and transfer to the airport for your flight home. MEALS: B

COST

$8,795

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,995. Airfare to/from Osaka is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 25 (16 on photo departures)

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Travel writer and editorat-large for National Geographic Traveler magazine Don George will join the September 2018 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

W H AT T O E X P E C T The Eko-in, Tentoku-in, and Hotel Hikyonoyu are traditional Japanese accommodations featuring futons set atop tatami mats on the floor. The Eko-in and Tentoku-in are typical temple inns, with simple rooms, rice-paper sliding doors, and traditional Japanese-style shared bathrooms.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Add a four-day extension to Tokyo and nearby Nikko. Visit our website or call for details.

SPECIAL PHOTOGRAPHY D E PA RT U R E S As indicated in the Dates section above, a few special departures of this expedition are designated as Inside Japan Photography Expeditions and are limited to 16 travelers. You’ll learn tips and techniques while photographing elegant geishas, lantern-lit streets, and quaint thatched villages. Visit our website for details and for the National Geographic photographer leading each departure. Cost: From $8,795

Beautifully patterned obis flow from the traditional kimonos of two geisha.

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/JAPAN

I

57

Strenuo


J A PA N : W I N T E R F E S T I VA L S A N D SNOW MON K E YS THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Marvel at snow- and ice-sculpted masterpieces at either the Sounkyo Hyobaku (Ice Waterfall) Festival or the Sapporo Snow Festival. • Get up close to rare and wonderful winter wildlife: splendid redcrowned cranes, Steller’s sea eagles, snow monkeys, and more. • Experience the time-honored tradition of the Japanese onsen, or hot spring bath, while staying at a lakeside hotel and a mountainside ryokan. • Explore the snow-dappled forests and geothermal wonders of Hokkaido, and attend a dance performance at an Ainu cultural center. Land

|

ITINER ARY

1 1 D AY S

DAY 4

I

LAKE AKAN

TSURUGA I MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 5 AND 6 I SOUNKYO/ DAISETSUZAN NATIONAL PARK

Travel to Sounkyo to experience the Ice Waterfall Festival.* Spend the next day exploring the mountainous terrain of Daisetsuzan National Park, teeming with wildlife, flora, and unique geological features. SOUNKYO CHOYOTEI HOTEL MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

TOKYO, JAPAN

Arrive in Japan and transfer to our hotel, located in one of Tokyo’s dynamic neighborhoods. Begin the next day exploring the Meiji Jingu shrine, followed by lunch and a visit to the bustling Shibuya Crossing. Afterwards, settle into Japan's traditional rhythms at a tea ceremony in an antiques museum or a Japanese garden. CAPITOL HOTEL TOKYU I MEALS: DAY 2: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

KUSHIRO/LAKE AKAN

The northernmost of Japan’s main islands, Hokkaido is a rugged frontier of snowcapped mountains, forests, and volcanoes. Fly to Kushiro, then drive north to wetlands that have been designated a national park to protect the resident population of red-crowned cranes, also known as Japanese cranes. Witness their spectacular courtship displays. Continue to our hot springs resort on Lake Akan.

AKAN YUKU NO SATO TSURUGA I MEALS: B, L, D

I

NAGANO/JAPAN ALPS

Fly back to Tokyo and drive to Nagano, site of the 1998 Winter Olympics. Stroll the chestnut path of Obuse Village and its Hokusai Art Muesum. Continue to our traditional Japanese inn, or ryokan, nestled in the mountains. HOTEL METROPOLITAN NAGANO; KANBAYASHI HOTEL SENJUKAKU I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 9, 10, AND 11

I

Visit Jigokudani Yaen-Koen (Monkey Park), where wild Japanese macaques, or snow monkeys, descend each day from the surrounding cliffs to bathe in warm hot springs. Return to Tokyo by bullet train, and enjoy our farewell dinner this evening. Transfer to the airport the next morning for your return flight home. KANBAYASHI HOTEL SENJUKAKU; CAPITOL HOTEL TOKYU I MEALS: DAY 9; B, L ; DAY 10: B, L, D; DAY 11: B

W H AT T O E X P E C T Please see this trip’s “What to Expect” section on our website for important information regarding local conditions and/or physical considerations.

I

Family

Trip Type

Land

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Light / Moderate Moderate Light Small Ship Train ModeratePrivate Jet

DATES *G-Adventures 2018: Feb. 2–12*Family • Feb. 22–Mar. 4 Photo Feb. 24–Mar. 6

Student

These departures are photography expeditions. See box below for details and special pricing. Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

*The itinerary shown describes the February 22 and 24 departures. The February 2 departure follows a similar itinerary but visits Sapporo instead of Sounkyo to experience the Sapporo Snow Festival. Visit our website for the detailed itinerary.

COST

$8,995

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $2,595. International airfare to/from Tokyo and airfare within Japan are not included in the expedition cost. The group flights within Japan are $440–$490 per person (subject to change), depending on the departure date.

Maximum group size: 25 (16 on photo departures)

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Barry Till, curator of Asian art at the Gallery of Greater Victoria in Canada, will join the February 22 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

JAPAN ALPS/ TOKYO

Above: Their red faces bright against a backdrop of grays, Japanese macaques soak in a steaming ice hole. 58

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N

Visit a nearby cultural center and enjoy a performance of traditional Ainu dance. Explore the geothermal wonders of Akan National Park, looking for sika deer, red foxes, and whooper swans. AKAN YUKU NO SATO

DAYS 7 AND 8

Small Ship

SPECIAL PHOTOGRAPHY D E PA RT U R E S As indicated in the Dates section above, a few special departures of this expedition are designated as Japan: Winter Festivals and Snow Monkeys Photography Expeditions and are limited to 16 travelers. Visit our website for details and for the National Geographic photographer leading each departure. Cost: From $9,595

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/JAPAN

I

Strenuo


J A PA N : H I K I N G A N D C U LT U R A L A DV E N T U R E THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Spend four days hiking the Kumano Kodo, one of only a few pilgrimage routes in the world designated a UNESCO World Heritage site. • Bike past burial mounds and rice paddies in the ancient capital of Asuka, and enjoy a private performance by a taiko drummer. • Take part in an authentic tea ceremony in Kyoto, and enjoy a special visit to a Zen temple normally closed to the public. • Settle into an authentic Japanese ryokan and soak in the neighboring Kawayu Onsen, one of the oldest hot springs in Japan. Land

|

ITINER ARY

1 1 D AY S

DAYS 7 AND 8

I

OSAKA, JAPAN

Arrive in Osaka and enjoy a welcome dinner at a local restaurant. OSAKA MARRIOTT MIYAKO HOTEL I MEALS: D

DAY 2

I

ASUKA/OSAKA

Journey by train to Asuka, home to some of Japan’s first Buddhist temples. Explore by electric bicycle, then watch a private performance by a taiko drummer and try your hand at drumming. Weather permitting, meet a farming family for a picnic lunch. Return to Osaka for dinner. OSAKA MARRIOTT MIYAKO HOTEL MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 3–6

I

KUMANO KODO

Travel overland to Takijiri and set off on the Nakahechi trail, part of the network of ancient pilgrimage routes known as the Kumano Kodo.

Train

Private

The rich spiritual history of the region is evident I N F O R M AT I O N along our route, which linksLand three important Private Small Ship Train Private Jet *G-Adventures Family Studen Photo Trip Type Activity Level shrines and is scattered with smaller shrines called oji. Warm up with a short hike to Takahara, and spend the next day trekking through lush ce*G-Adventures S Family Student Photo LightActiveLight / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous dar forests to Chikatsuyu. Travel to Hosshinmonoji by bus and hike through ridge-top villages DATES before descending to the Hongu Taisha, one of Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous the grand shrines of Light the Kumano Sanzan. The 2017: Oct.Strenuous 15–25* Maximum • Nov. 10–20* • Nov. 17–27* final leg of our journey takes us along a forested 2018: Apr. 5–15 • Apr. 12–22 • May 10–20 July 12–22 • Sept. 20–30 • Oct. 15–25 trail to the Yunomine Onsen and offers spectacuNov. 10–20 • Nov. 12–22 lar valley views along the way. ORGANIC HOTEL KIRI-NO-SATO TAKAHARA; FUJIYA RYOKAN MEALS: DAYS 3, 4, AND 5: B, L, D DAILY; DAY 6: B, D

DAY 1

Small Ship

I

KANSAI REGION/KYOTO

Cruise along the Kumano River on a scenic boat ride. Visit Hayatama Taisha, another one of Kumano Kodo’s pilgrimage shrines, and continue to our hotel overlooking Katsuura Bay. The next day, visit Nachi Taisha, the final of the three Grand Shrines of Kumano, and see the nearby Nachi waterfall, one of the tallest in Japan. Journey by private coach to Kyoto. HOTEL URASHIMA; ROYAL PARK HOTEL THE KYOTO I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 9, 10, AND 11

I

KYOTO

Visit Nijo Castle to see work by artists from the Kano school. Then tour the Higashiyama neighborhood, stroll the Philosopher’s Path, and venture into the Zen gardens of Nanzen-ji temple. The next day, take part in a Japanese tea ceremony, and enjoy a specially arranged visit to a Zen temple normally closed to the public. Transfer to the airport to catch your flight home.

*The itinerary shown describes the 2018 departures. The 2017 departures begin in Tokyo spend two days exploring the capital. Visit our website for the detailed 2017 itinerary.

COST

$7,295 $7,695

2017 2018

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,600 in 2017 and $1,200 in 2018. Airfare to Tokyo and return from Osaka is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 15 Expedition Team: One or two top adventure guides, often accompanied by local guides, will lead this trip.

W H AT T O E X P E C T Our hikes range from 2–4 hours per day (1–8 miles) on well-worn paths with some steep, rocky, and uneven terrain. Limited vehicle support is provided. We will spend seven nights in comfortable hotels and three nights in a ryokan. There will be two nights during which we will be without our luggage and will carry what we need in our day packs.

ROYAL PARK HOTEL THE KYOTO MEALS: DAYS 9 AND 11: B; DAY 10: B, L, D

Above: Japanese pilgrims in traditional dress hike the Kumano Kodo. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/JAPAN

I

59


J A PA N FA M I LY E X P E D I T I O N THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Explore the fabled geisha neighborhoods of Kyoto by bicycle, and meet our pen pals in Tokyo for a taiko drumming lesson. • Discover the wonders of Fuji-Hakone-Izu National Park, and see a remarkable collection of Picasso’s works at the renowned Hakone Open-Air Museum. • Try your hand at Japanese calligraphy and handicrafts; and put on a kimono to take part in an authentic tea ceremony. • Stay at a traditional ryokan in Takayama, and visit Hida Folk Village to learn about life in the Japanese countryside. Land

ITINER ARY

|

9 D AY S

DAYS 4 AND 5

I

TAKAYAMA

Board one of Japan’s iconic bullet trains for the ride to the 17th-century town of Takayama. The next day, explore Takayama’s lively market, and meander through the narrow Edo-style streets of the historic district. Later, travel to Hida Folk Village, an open-air museum featuring traditional farmhouses and buildings from the region. Watch demonstrations of Japanese handicrafts, and make your own sarubobo, or “monkey baby”— Takayama’s mascot. Sit down to a traditional kaiseki dinner at our ryokan. HONJIN HIRANOYA BEKKAN MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 6 AND 7

DAY 1

I

TOKYO, JAPAN

Arrive in Tokyo and gather for a welcome dinner. HOTEL NEW OTANI I MEALS: D

DAY 2

I

TOKYO

Begin the day by exploring Meiji Jingu, a shrine dedicated to the spirit of Emperor Meiji. In Asakusa, explore the seventh-century Sensoji—the city’s oldest temple. Then get to know our pen pals during a taiko drumming lesson. HOTEL NEW OTANI I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

FUJI-HAKONE-IZU NATIONAL PARK/TOKYO

Situated in Fuji-Hakone-Izu National Park, Hakone is renowned for its views of nearby Mount Fuji. Visit the Hakone Open-Air Museum and walk among impressive sculptures by artists such as Picasso and Rodin. Cap off your visit by soaking your feet in a soothing hot spring bath. Return to Tokyo for dinner this evening.

I

KYOTO/NARA

Ride the bullet train to Kyoto. Explore the temples of the Higashiyama district, then enjoy a festive evening of karaoke. Spend the next day discovering ancient Nara. Visit the Todai-ji temple, the world’s largest wooden building, and Kasuga Taisha, Nara’s most celebrated shrine. Wander amid the gardens of Nara Park, home to herds of freely roaming deer. HOTEL GRANVIA KYOTO MEALS: DAY 6: B, L, D; DAY 7: B, L

DAY 8

I

KYOTO

Explore Kyoto by bicycle or on a guided walk and visit two of its geisha districts. Visit the Imperial Palace Park and its gardens where nobles once strolled. Don a kimono for a Japanese tea ceremony, then take part in a calligraphy lesson with a local calligrapher.

I N F O R M AT I O N Land

Trip Type

Family

Small Ship

Train Family

Activity Level

I

DATES Light / 2 Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Light 2018: June 24–July • July 8–16 • July 22–30 Aug. 5–13

COST Adults

$6,990

Children (ages 7–17)

$6,790

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,250. Airfare to Tokyo and return from Osaka is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 25 Expedition Team: A knowledgeable expedition

guide and a Young Explorer Leader will lead this trip, often accompanied by local guides.

KID to KID CONNECTION Meet our pen pals for a taiko drumming lesson in Tokyo. Discover the ancient roots of taiko in Japanese religion and folklore, and watch a lively demonstration by expert percussionists. Then pick up a pair of bachi (drumsticks) to try your hand at drumming. Learn how to keep the beat while creating big, bold sounds alongside our new friends.

KYOTO/OSAKA

After breakfast, transfer to the airport in Osaka for your flight home. MEALS: B

HOTEL NEW OTANI I MEALS: B, L

Above: A blur of worshippers pass below enormous lanterns at Tokyo’s Sensoji Temple. 60

I

Private Jet Photo

*G-Adventures Light / Moderate Modera Student Light

Photo

HOTEL GRANVIA KYOTO I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 9

Small Ship

Travelers learn calligraphy during a class in Kyoto.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/FAMILY

I

Strenuo


M YA N M A R ( B U R M A ) : L A N D O F T H E G O L D E N PAG O DA S THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Attend an initiation ceremony for novice monks—funded in part by our visit—and experience the pageantry of this 2,500-year-old tradition. • In Yangon, hear from a prominent local writer or artist on Myanmar’s changing political climate, and enjoy a walking tour through the heart of the city. • Take part in a lamp-lighting ceremony at the glittering Shwedagon Pagoda, a sacred Buddhist site. • Hear a talk by a member of Inle Heritage on the conservation of Inle Lake, and meet the area’s iconic leg-rowing fishermen.

|

ITINER ARY

1 1 D AY S

horse-cart. Stop by a silk-weaving or gold-leaf workshop, and cruise along Taungthaman Lake in a traditional sampan to see the famous U Bein Bridge at sunset.

Land

Small Shi

Family

Photo

I N F O R M AT I O N Trip Type

Activity Level

MANDALAY HILL RESORT I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

I

DAYS 5, 6, AND 7

IRRAWADDY RIVER/ BAGAN

Board a private teak riverboat and float along the Irrawaddy to Bagan. Spend two days exploring the more than 2,000 temples of the Bagan plain. Visit a lacquerware workshop, peruse Nyaung U’s vibrant market, attend an initiation ceremony for novice monks, and learn how local palm wine is made. Watch the sun rise and set among soaring temples, and enjoy a special dinner with entertainment provided by traditional dancers. BAGAN LODGE I MEALS: DAYS 5 AND 7: B, L, D DAILY; DAY 6: B, L

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

YANGON, MYANMAR

Arrive in Yangon and tour the old city, including Maha Bandoola Park, City Hall, and the Sule Pagoda. The next day, tour the National Museum, Bogyoke Aung San Market, and Chauk Htat Gyi Pagoda; and attend a talk on Myanmar’s political climate. SULE SHANGRI-LA HOTEL I MEALS: DAY 1: D; DAY 2: B, L, D

DAYS 3 AND 4

I

MANDALAY

Fly to Mandalay to visit the holy palace complex of Ananda temple, explore the Shwe Nandaw Monastery and Kuthodaw Pagoda, and sail the Irrawaddy to Mingun. Witness the morning face-washing ceremony of the Mahamuni Buddha. Climb the hilltop Sun Oo Ponya Shin Pagoda at Sagaing, and offer rice donations at a nunnery. Explore the ancient capital of Inwa by

DAYS 8 AND 9

I

HEHO/INLE LAKE

Fly to Heho and travel overland to Inle Lake, visiting Shwe Yan Pyay Monastery and Yawnghwe village along the way. Watch a demonstration by some of Inle’s famous leg-rowing fishermen, explore the Phaung Daw Oo Pagoda, observe a community of silk weavers in Inn Paw Khone, and stop by a workshop where cheroots are made by hand. The next day, take a Shan cooking class, see the stupas at Indein, and wander through the Nga Phe Kyaung Monastery.

Small Ship

Light / Moderate Moder Light Train Private Jet

DATES 2017: Nov. 1–11 • Family Dec. 28, 2017–Jan. 7, 2018 *G-Adventures Photo • Mar. 10–20 2018: Feb. 13–23

Student

This departure is a photography expedition . See box below for details and special pricing.

COST

Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

$6,995

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $2,600. On the December departure, there is an additional holiday surcharge of $600 per person. Airfare to/from Yangon and within Myanmar is not included in the expedition cost. The group flights within Myanmar are $400 per person (subject to change).

Maximum group size: 25 (16 on photo departure)

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Art historian Jack Daulton specializes in the cultural history of non-Western civilizations. He will join the March 2018 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

VILLA INLE RESORT & SPA I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 10 AND 11

I

YANGON

Return to Yangon and visit the Kalaywa Tawya Monastery and School Project. Then participate in a lamp-lighting ceremony at the Shwedagon Pagoda. Fly home the next day. SULE SHANGRI-LA HOTEL MEALS: DAY 10: B, L, D; DAY 11: B

Above: The brick and sandstone pinnacles of centuries-old temples poke out from the Bagan plain.

I

Land

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/MYANMAR

SPECIAL PHOTOGRAPHY D E PA RT U R E As indicated in the Dates section above, one departure of this expedition is designated as a Myanmar (Burma) Photography Expedition and is limited to 16 travelers. Visit our website for details and for the National Geographic photographer leading it. Cost: From $7,295

I

61

Strenuo


VIETNAM AND CAMBODIA: A LO N G T H E M E KO N G R I V E R T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • S pend seven nights aboard the elegant Jahan riverboat, exploring the Mekong with our team of experts. • B oard local boats to glide between the floating houses of Kampong Chhnang, and ride an oxcart through the rice paddies surrounding Kampong Tralach, where the the National GeographicLindblad fund financed a community library. • Enjoy a private dinner and traditional music and dance performance at one of Angkor’s temples. • D iscover the secrets of Vietnamese cuisine during an onboard cooking class, then disembark to visit a fish farm and a floating market filled with tropical produce.

ITINER ARY

|

14

magic of Angkor Wat, a 12th-century Khmer temple adorned with elaborate bas-reliefs and sculptures. Explore Ta Prohm, where shrines remain tangled in the roots and branches of kapok and fig trees, and see the exceptional carvings of the temple of Banteay Srei. Pay a visit to Les Artisans d’Angkor, a school where local youth are trained in age-old Khmer arts. Ride a tuk-tuk, or motorized rickshaw, to the walled city of Angkor Thom. Wander among hundreds of colossal stone faces at the Bayon Temple, and visit the Terrace of the Elephants. Enjoy a private dinner and traditional Cambodian music and dance performance at one of Angkor's temples. LA RÉSIDENCE D’ANGKOR

D AY S

MEALS: DAY 3: B, L, D; DAY 4: B, D

DAY 5 DAYS 1 AND 2

I

U.S./SIEM REAP, CAMBODIA

Depart for Siem Reap and arrive the following evening. Settle into our Khmer-style hotel, perched on the banks of the Siem Reap River. LA RÉSIDENCE D’ANGKOR

DAYS 3 AND 4

I

I

KAMPONG CHAM

Drive through the countryside to the Mekong River, stopping along the way for a picnic lunch. In the riverside town of Kampong Cham, embark the Jahan, our home for the next seven nights. Set sail along the Mekong into a landscape of rice fields and picturesque fishing boats. Catch the sunset on deck before a welcome dinner. R.V. JAHAN THROUGH DAY 12 I MEALS: B, L, D

ANGKOR

Awaken early to watch the rising sun reveal the

DAY 6

I

WAT HANCHEY OR KOH DACH/ ANGKOR BAN

At Wat Hanchey, set on a hilltop overlooking the Mekong, see a variety of temples, including an eighth-century temple from the pre-Angkor Chenla period. Alternatively, we may visit Koh Dach, known for its community of silk weavers. Meander past traditional homes in Angkor Ban and meet the friendly residents. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

I

KAMPONG CHHNANG/ KAMPONG TRALACH

Anchor at Kampong Chhnang and drive to a village where artisans make traditional pottery for local use. Then glide along the Tonle Sap and glimpse a unique way of life in the clustered houses and shops that float in midstream. In the town of Kampong Tralach, ride oxcarts through the rice fields to see a local school. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

PHNOM PENH

Enjoy a full day of exploring the Cambodian capital of Phnom Penh. Ride a cyclo (bicycle taxi) to the Royal Palace and its opulent Silver Pagoda. Browse the world’s finest collection of Khmer sculpture at the National Museum of Cambodia,

Above: Draped in bright saffron robes, two monks stand before Cambodia’s Angkor Wat.

62

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/VIETNAM

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

*G-Adventur

Photo

Activity Level

Private Jet Moderate Private Moderate Light TrainLight / Moderate

DATES 2018: Jan. 30–Feb. 12 • Feb. 7–20* • Feb. 13–26 *G-Adventures Family Student Photo Active Feb. 27–Mar. 12 • Mar. 7–20* If departing from outside the U.S., plan to arrive anytime on Day 2. *These departures the itinerary but in the Light / Moderate follow Moderate Moderate /shown Strenuous Strenuous Light reverse order.

Maximum

COST

In a blur of wheels and conical hats, Vietnamese women pedal along the city streets.

and venture into a local market. This afternoon, learn about the reign of the Khmer Rouge on a visit to the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum. Back aboard ship, enjoy a traditional Cambodian apsara dance performance. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 9

I

SAILING THE MEKONG

Spend a relaxing day on the Mekong. Take in views of everyday life along the river, attend talks by our experts, and join our chefs to learn how to cook regional dishes. This afternoon, cross the border into Vietnam. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 10

I

TAN CHAU OR CHAU DOC, VIETNAM

Meander through the colorful markets of Tan Chau or Chau Doc. Visit a small floating market and a fish farm, where we see fish being fed through trap doors in the platforms. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 11

I

SA DEC/CAI BE

Take a local boat up a tributary to experience rural life in the Mekong Delta. See skiffs piled high with bright fruits and vegetables at the floating market of Cai Be, and visit a local rice factory where rice is made into candy, paper, and more. Tonight, enjoy a gala dinner aboard the Jahan. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 12

I

MY THO/HO CHI MINH CITY

Disembark in My Tho and visit the splendid Vinh Trang Pagoda. Then journey to Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon) and take in a panoramic view of the city before checking in to our hotel. Late this afternoon, meet with a local expert on Vietnam’s modern history. Have a private dinner at the former residence of U.S. Ambassador Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr. PARK HYATT SAIGON I MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 13 AND 14

Surrounded by rippling colors, a Vietnamese woman paddles her skiff.

I

I

HO CHI MINH CITY/ U.S.

Set out on a tour of Ho Chi Minh City’s historic landmarks, including colonial gems such as the Opera House, the former city hall, and Notre Dame Basilica. Stop by the Central Post Office, designed by Gustave Eiffel; and visit the Reunification Palace, headquarters of the South Vietnamese government during the Vietnam War. If you wish, continue to the War Remnants Museum. Trace the footsteps of Viet Cong guerillas in the Cu Chi Tunnels, an elaborate underground network built during the Vietnam War; or enjoy time to explore on your own. Transfer to the airport for your return flight, arriving home the next day. PARK HYATT SAIGON I MEALS: DAY 13: B

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/VIETNAM

Category 1

$10,980

Category 2

$11,790

Category 3

$13,850

Category 4

$16,580

See the R.V. Jahan description, photo, and deck plan on page 154. Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single cabin in Category 1, add $5,490. International airfare to Siem Reap and return from Ho Chi Minh City, or vice versa, is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum ship capacity: 48

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. Barry Till, curator of Asian art at the Art Gallery of Greater Victoria in Canada, will join the March 7 departure. Read his bio on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Venture further into Vietnam on an eight-day pre- or post-trip extension to Hoi An, Hue, Hanoi, and Ha Long Bay. Visit our website or call for details.

A B O U T T H E R .V. J A H A N The elegant Jahan is one of the first modern boutique-style riverboats to sail the Mekong. Designed in the style of old colonial cruise liners, the ship features 24 luxurious cabins with floor to ceiling windows, queen-size beds, and a private bathroom and balcony. Common areas include an observatory, a bar and lounge, a restaurant serving Western and regional cuisine, a boutique, a Wi-Fi-equipped library; as well as a gym, pool deck, and spa. I

63


V I E T N A M , L AO S , A N D C A M B O D I A A DV E N T U R E THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Sail a traditional junk-style boat in stunning Ha Long Bay, and set out in kayaks to explore secluded lagoons and beaches. • Join a Laotian family at their home in Luang Prabang for a Buddhist Baci ceremony, followed by a dinner of local specialties. • See Angkor’s spectacular temples by bicycle, and enjoy a picnic lunch among the ruins. • Trek across the Laotian countryside and visit remote hilltribe villages for a glimpse into the daily lives of local farmers. Land

|

ITINER ARY*

1 3 D AY S

DAYS 6 AND 7

I

HA LONG BAY

INDOCHINA SAILS JUNK I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY Light

I

DAYS 1, 2, AND 3

HO CHI MINH CITY, VIETNAM/HUE

Arrive in Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon). Take a walking tour past the city’s famous sites, including the old Saigon Post Office, Notre Dame Cathedral, Reunification Palace, and Chinatown. Then fly to Hue—former capital of the Nguyen dynasty. Bike along the Perfume River, and explore the Imperial City and citadel. RENAISSANCE RIVERSIDE HOTEL SAIGON; LA RESIDENCE HOTEL & SPA HUE MEALS: DAY 1: D; DAYS 2 AND 3: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 4 AND 5

I

HANOI

Fly to Hanoi and explore the captivating Old Quarter by rickshaw. If you wish, attend an evening performance of traditional water puppetry. The next morning, trace the life of Ho Chi Minh at his mausoleum and traditional stilt house. Visit the Temple of Literature—Vietnam’s first university. INTERCONTINENTAL WESTLAKE

I

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Private Jet

Student

Private

Family

Trip Type

Active

Light

Light / Moderate

*G-Adventu

Moderate

DATES

Oct.Strenuous 20–Nov.Maximum 1* • Nov. 3–15* Moderate / 2017: Strenuous

LUANG PRABANG, LAOS

Return to Hanoi and fly to the UNESCO World heritage site of Luang Prabang. Visit some of the city’s many shrines, and join a local family for dinner and a Buddhist Baci ceremony. Spend a day exploring the Laotian countryside. Travel to the village of Ban Nong Heo and join a local guide for a hike, passing through hill forests and plantations. Continue to Ban Thapene where we’ll take an interpretive walk through the village and visit the butterfly park.

KIRIDARA HOTEL I MEALS: DAYS 8 AND 9: B, L, D DAILY; DAY 10: B, L

DAYS 11, 12, AND 13 I LUANG PRABANG/ SIEM REAP, CAMBODIA

Witness a Buddhist almsgiving and visit Wat Xieng Thong, harboring Buddhist and royal artifacts. Fly to Siem Reap and begin your exploration of the Angkor Archaeological Park with a bike ride around the Roluos temples. Later, visit the ancient Ta Prohm Monastery and the Great City of Angkor Thom. On our final day, watch the sun rise over Angkor Wat and explore the Preak Khan Temple before transferring to the airport for your flight home.

• Dec. 8–20* 2018: Jan. 12–24 • Jan. 26–Feb. 7 • Feb. 23–Mar. 7 Mar. 9–21 • Oct. 19–31 • Nov. 2–14 • Nov. 16–28 Dec. 7–19

*The itinerary shown describes the 2018 departures. The 2017 departures follow the same itinerary as the one shown but stay at three different accommodations. Visit our website for details.

COST

$6,495 $6,595

2017 2018

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,100 in 2017 and $1,200 in 2018. Airfare to Ho Chi Minh City and return from Siem Reap, and airfare within Southeast Asia are not included in the expedition cost. The group flights within Southeast Asia are $675 per person in 2017 and $725 per person in 2018 (subject to change).

Maximum group size: 16 Expedition Team: One or two top adventure guides, often accompanied by local guides, will lead this trip.

W H AT T O E X P E C T While there is no sustained hiking on this trip, there is ample walking in cities and over uneven terrain in villages and at temple sites. We will stay ten nights in comfortable hotels and two nights in a traditional wooden junk (sailboat).

SHINTA MANI RESORT MEALS: DAYS 11 AND 12: B, L, D DAILY; DAY 13: B, L

Above: A Buddhist monk stands among temple ruins at the water’s edge. I

Photo

Activity Level

HANOI I MEALS: DAY 4: B, L, D; DAY 5: B, L

64

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N

Drive to Ha Long Bay where our private, Land Small Ship Train traditional-style junk awaits. Set sail into waters punctuated by fantastic karst formations. Venture out in kayaks to discover remote *G-Adventures Family Photo lagoons, sandy beaches, and the remains of a floating village.

DAYS 8, 9, AND 10

Small Ship

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/VIETNAM

I

Moderate


B O R N E O P R I VAT E E X P E D I T I O N

NEW

THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Get up close to orangutans and Malayan sun bears at conservation centers in Sepilok. • Marvel at otherworldly limestone formations and unusual flora while exploring the vast cave network of Gunung Mulu National Park. • Stay at Sukau Rainforest Lodge—a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World on the Kinabatangan River—and explore jungle waterways by boat. • Search for pygmy elephants, gibbons, langurs, and rare birds in the primary rain forests of Danum Valley Conservation Area. Land

|

ITINER ARY

1 0 D AY S

elephants, proboscis monkeys, and more. Take a guided walk through the Gomantong Caves.

Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

SHERATON FOUR POINTS SANDAKAN; SUKAU RAINFOREST LODGE MEALS: DAY 4: B, D; DAYS 5 AND 6: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 7–10 I DANUM VALLEY CONSERVATION AREA/KOTA KINABALU

Small Ship

Train

Private Jet

Private

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Light / Moderate

Light

Moderate

DATES

Travel to the Danum Valley and explore its many is a private expedition that is offered year*G-AdventuresThisStudent Photo Active nature trails. Seek out rare Family species, including the round, so you may select any dates that are Bornean gibbon, clouded leopard, and maroon convenient for you. langur. Walk jungle canopy bridges, hike to a Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous waterfall, and set outLight on guided night hikes. COST Strenuous Maximum Return to Kota Kinabalu to catch your flight 6+ people $7,795 home. BORNEO RAINFOREST LODGE; 4 people $8,295 HYATT REGENCY KOTA KINABALU MEALS: DAYS 7, 8, AND 9: B, L, D DAILY; DAY 10: B

DAYS 1, 2, AND 3 I KOTA KINABALU, MALAYSIA/GUNUNG MULU NATIONAL PARK

F E AT U R E D LO D G E

Arrive in Kota Kinabalu and fly to Gunung Mulu National Park. Explore the enormous Deer Cave, harboring unusual flora and limestone formations. Venture into Clearwater Cave and the Cave of the Winds, and visit a village of the forest-dwelling Penan people. HYATT REGENCY KOTA KINABALU; MULU MARRIOTT RESORT & SPA MEALS: DAYS 2 AND 3: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6 I SEPILOK/ KINABATANGAN RIVER Fly to Sandakan and visit the Kabili-Sepilok Forest Reserve—home to an orangutan rehabilitation center and the Bornean Sun Bear Conservation Center. Board a boat for Sukau Rainforest Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge nestled on the banks of the Kinabatangan River. Set out to explore jungle waterways by electric boat, in search of orangutans, pygmy

$9,295

2 people

Prices are per person, double occupancy and are subject to availability. Single-traveler prices are available upon request. A holiday surcharge may apply to certain travel dates. Airfare to/from Kota Kinabalu and within Borneo is not included in the expedition cost. Airfare within Borneo is $360 per person (subject to change). For the detailed itinerary, please visit our website.

Expedition Team: Top local guides will accompany you throughout the trip, and you will meet other local experts as described in the itinerary.

Settle into Sukau Rainforest Lodge for two nights on the banks of the Kinabatangan River. Cruise jungle waterways in search of rare orangutans, pygmy elephants, and proboscis monkeys. Walk the elevated boardwalks that weave through the tropical landscapes of the lodge property, and meet one-on-one with the in-house orangutan expert— an experience specially arranged for National Geographic guests.

A pygmy elephant guides her calf through the tall grass.

Above: A large male orangutan rests in a fig tree high above above the Kinabatangan River. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PRIVATE

I

65

Moderate


NEW ZEAL AND F R O M N O R T H TO S O U T H THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Meet conservationists dedicated to protecting New Zealand’s endangered wildlife, and seek out rare species like tuataras, flightless takahes, and kiwis. • Go behind the scenes at the famous Weta Workshop, the special effects firm behind The Lord of the Rings movie trilogy. • By special permission, sit down to a private dinner with Maori tribe members and enjoy a traditional music performance. • Take an insider’s tour of the Te Papa Tongarewa national museum, folllowed by a viewing of its private galleries. Land

ITINER ARY

|

1 1 D AY S

poroporoaki farewell ceremony to bid goodbye to your Tuhourangi hosts. NOVOTEL ROTORUA

I

DAYS 7 AND 8 DAYS 1 AND 2 I AUCKLAND, NEW ZEALAND/TIRITIRI MATANGI ISLAND Arrive in Auckland and enjoy a welcome dinner. The next day, board a ferry to Tiritiri Matangi Island, home to an important wildlife sanctuary. Learn about conservation efforts here while seeking out endangered bird and reptile species. Back on the mainland, explore the coastal cliffs and beaches of Shakespear Regional Park before meeting members of the local conservation community. HERITAGE HOTEL I MEALS: DAY 1: D; DAY 2: B, L

DAYS 3 AND 4 I WAITOMO CAVES/ ROTORUA/LAKE TARAWERA Travel to Waitomo for a cruise through its famous glowworm caves. Continue to Rotorua and take part in a traditional mihi whakatau welcome ritual, followed by dinner with members of the community. The next day, explore the Lake Tarawera region with a Tuhourangi guide, attend hands-on weaving and carving demonstrations, and participate in a specially arranged

I

CHRISTCHURCH/ QUEENSTOWN

Take a privately guided tour of the Wellington Museum, then fly to Christchurch. Spend an afternoon with a local police officer who was on call during the earthquake of 2011. Get a personal perspective on the city’s efforts to rebuild; visit the Quake City exhibit at the Canterbury Museum; and gather for tea at our guide’s home. Fly to Queenstown and wander the streets of Arrowtown before enjoying dinner at a winery.

I

Land

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Light / Moderate Moderate Light Small Ship Train ModeratePrivate Jet

DATES 2017: Nov. 7–17 • Family Dec. 5–15 Photo 2018: Jan. 16–26 • Feb. 27–Mar. 9

COST

Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

*G-Adventures

$8,450

Maximum group size: 20

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Co-founder of New Zealand Geographic, author and editor Kennedy Warne will join the February 2018 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

DAYS 9, 10, AND 11 I DOUBTFUL SOUND/LAKE DISTRICT In Fiordland National Park, enjoy a wilderness cruise through the magnificent fjords of Doubtful Sound. The next day, venture into the Lake District and experience the tranquility of Lake Wakatipu. Cap off our adventure at a farewell dinner in Queenstown. The following day, transfer to the airport for your flight home. DOUBLETREE BY HILTON QUEENSTOWN MEALS: DAY 9: B, L; DAY 10: B, L, D; DAY 11: B

A farmer and his sheepdog round up the herd.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/NEWZEALAND

I

Student

Moderate / Strenuous

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,950. Airfare to Auckland and return from Queenstown, and airfare within New Zealand, are not included in the expedition cost. The group fl ights within New Zealand are $370 per person (subject to change).

HOTEL MONTREAL; DOUBLETREE BY HILTON QUEENSTOWN I MEALS: DAY 7: B, L; DAY 8: B, D

Above: Fringed with amber hues, a lake near Queenstown meanders through the mountains. 66

Family

Trip Type

ROTORUA/ WELLINGTON

During a private tour of the Rotorua Museum, learn about the region’s rich cultural history and remarkably volatile landscape. Fly to Wellington and visit the Weta Workshop for a behindthe-scenes tour of their design studio and a hands-on demonstration of prop creation. Join a local expert at the Te Papa Tongarewa national museum for a special viewing of the private galleries. Search for kiwis on a nighttime walk at Zealandia, an important mainland wildlife sanctuary. COPTHORNE HOTEL I MEALS: B, D DAILY

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N

LAKESIDE I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 5 AND 6

Small Ship

Strenu


N E W Z E A L A N D A DV E N T U R E THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Sea kayak among dolphins and fur seals on the coast of Abel Tasman National Park. • Explore the Franz Josef Glacier area by foot or on an optional helicopter ride, weather permitting. • See the towering limestone formation known as the Pancake Rocks, formed over millions of years. • Stargaze and watch for wildlife on an overnight cruise in glorious Milford Sound. Land

|

ITINER ARY

1 2 D AY S

the Buller Gorge. Overnight in Punakaiki, and I N F O R M AT I O N then hike along the Pororari River into Paparoa Train Private Land Small Ship Private Jet Family Trip Type National Park. Return to Punakaiki for a visit to the Pancake Rocks, then continue to Hokitika for a free afternoon. Family Photo PUNAKAIKI RESORT; BEACHFRONT HOTEL *G-Adventures HOKITIKA I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 6 AND 7

I

MEALS: DAY 6: B, L, D; DAY 7: B, L

I

NELSON, NEW ZEALAND

Arrive in Nelson and enjoy time at leisure before our welcome dinner. RUTHERFORD HOTEL NELSON I MEALS: D

DAYS 2 AND 3

I

ABEL TASMAN NATIONAL PARK

Travel to Abel Tasman National Park and hike the scenic Abel Tasman Coast Track. Spend the next day exploring Tonga Island Marine Reserve by sea kayak. Paddle into inlets and coves, keeping an eye out for dolphins, fur seals, and little blue penguins. From our take-out point on the beach at Onetahuti, hike the Coast Track back to our lodge. AWAROA LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 4 AND 5

I

BULLER RIVER/PAPAROA NATIONAL PARK

Continue to Murchison and set out on an exhilarating white-water rafting trip through

DAYS 8 AND 9

I

Photo

Train

Private

*G-Adventures

Activity Level

Active Light / Moderate Light

Moderate

SOUTHERN ALPS/ WANAKA

Travel into the Southern Alps, crossing the Main Divide on our way to Wanaka. The next day, follow the Matukituki River Valley into Mount Aspiring National Park, and hike the Diamond Lake and Rocky Mountain tracks. GRAND MECURE OAKRIDGE RESORT MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 10, 11, AND 12

I

MILFORD SOUND/ QUEENSTOWN

2018: Jan. 8–19 • Jan. 22–Feb. 2 • Feb. 5–16 Feb. 19–Mar. 2* • Mar. 19–30* *These departures follow the itinerary shown but in the reverse order.

COST

$7,895

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,500. On the December departure, there is an additional holiday surcharge of $200 per person. Airfare to Nelson and return from Queenstown is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 16 Expedition Team: One or two top adventure guides, often accompanied by local guides, will lead this trip.

W H AT T O E X P E C T On this multi-sport adventure, hikes range from 1–6 hours (1–6 miles) on good trails with moderate elevation gain. When kayaking, we will paddle stable, two-person kayaks for 4–5 hours (4–5 miles). We stay ten nights in comfortable eco-lodges and hotels, and one night on a traditional sailing boat in Milford Sound.

Journey into Fiordland National Park and set sail on the magnificent Milford Sound, cruising the full length with a nature guide. Spend the night on board and transfer to Queenstown the next day for a final free day in the adventure capital of the world before catching your flight home. SCENIC SUITES QUEENSTOWN; MILFORD MARINER OR MILFORD WANDERER MEALS: DAYS 10 AND 11: B, L, D DAILY; DAY 12: B

Above: Kayakers rest on a sand island in Abel Tasman National Park. High above Lake Wanaka, hikers pause to take in the view. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/NEWZEALAND

I

Studen

Moderate / Strenuous

DATES OKARITO/FRANZ JOSEF Maximum Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous 2017: Nov.Strenuous 6–17 • Dec. 21, 2017–Jan. 1, 2018* Light GLACIER

Hit the trail in Okarito, taking in a panorama of soaring, icy peaks. Continue into Westland Tai Poutini National Park, part of southwest New Zealand’s World Heritage area. The next day, explore the Franz Josef area by foot. Weather permitting, book an optional flightseeing helicopter ride for views of the glacier (at an additional cost). TE WAONUI FOREST RETREAT

DAY 1

Student

Small Ship

67


A U S T R A L I A : TA S M A N I A TO T H E G R E AT B A R R I E R R E E F T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • G et acquainted with Tasmania’s rare creatures on a private visit to the Bonorong Wildlife Sanctuary with a National Geographic grantee as your guide. • G et a new perspective on the natural world during a Dreamtime walk with an Aboriginal guide in the Daintree Rainforest. • M eet with Dr. Adam Barnett, a National Geographic grantee who will discuss his latest research on sharks. • E xplore Tasman Island's coastal wilderness on a cruise run by Robert Pennicott—the 2012 National Geographic Traveler of the Year.

ITINER ARY

|

12

DAYS 3 AND 4 I HOBART, TASMANIA/ TASMAN ISLAND/PORT ARTHUR

D AY S

Fly to Tasmania and tour the capital of Hobart. Enjoy a private visit to the Bonorong Wildlife Sanctuary with National Geographic grantee Dr. Stewart Nicol. The next day, see Tasman Island’s geological formations on a coastal wilderness cruise run by ecotourism pioneer Robert Pennicott, named a National Geographic Traveler of the Year in 2012. Wander the ruins of Port Arthur, a historic prison colony. HENRY JONES ART HOTEL MEALS: DAY 3: B, L, D; DAY 4: B, L

DAYS 5 AND 6 I CRADLE MOUNTAIN– LAKE SAINT CLAIR NATIONAL PARK

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

SYDNEY, AUSTRALIA

Arrive in Sydney this morning and enjoy a welcome reception and dinner on a cruise in its stunning harbor. Visit the Royal Botanic Gardens, and take a behind-the-scenes tour of the Sydney Opera House. Set out on an optional excursion to climb Sydney’s iconic Harbour Bridge. INTERCONTINENTAL SYDNEY MEALS: DAY 1: D; DAY 2: B, L

Travel north to Mount Field National Park, pausing for a walk to Russell Falls. Glimpse the island’s agricultural tradition at Curringa Farm, an operating sheep farm, and enjoy lunch and a sheep-shearing demonstration. Settle into an award-winning lodge at the edge of Cradle Mountain–Lake Saint Clair National Park, and spend a full day exploring the park’s rugged, glacially sculpted landscapes on guided walks. Discover ancient rain forests and alpine heathlands, jagged mountains and glacial lakes. Go for

Against a backdrop of crimson coral, a pair of regal angelfish meet for a kiss.

a night drive in search of wombats, wallabies, and possums. CRADLE MOUNTAIN LODGE MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 7 AND 8

I

MELBOURNE/ PHILLIP ISLAND

Transfer to Launceston for your flight to Melbourne, known as the cultural capital of Australia. Visit famous landmarks such as the Queen Victoria Market, Melbourne Arts Centre, the Melbourne Cricket Ground, and the lively beach town of St. Kilda. The next day, journey

Above: A pair of eastern gray kangaroos bounds across the landscape in Australia.

68

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/AUSTRALIA

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Light / Moderate Moderate Small Ship Train ModeratePrivate Jet Light

DATES 2017: Oct. 22–Nov. 2 • Dec. 30, 11, 2018*Student *G-Adventures Family Photo2017–Jan. 2018: Jan. 21–Feb. 1 • Feb. 18–Mar. 1 *The itinerary shown describes the October, January, and February departures. The December departure is one day Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Light longer and includes a New Year’s Eve overnight in Sydney, as well as an extra day in Hobart to experience the Taste of Tasmania festival.

COST

A dramatic juxtaposition of light and geometry sets off the magnificent Sydney skyline.

to Phillip Island, just off the southern coast. Venture down treetop boardwalks with a park ranger to view koalas up close at the Koala Conservation Centre. Witness the famous little penguin parade from a viewing platform at dusk. Alternatively, take an optional excursion along the Great Ocean Road to see the towering rock formations known as the Twelve Apostles. SOFITEL MELBOURNE ON COLLINS MEALS: DAY 7: B, L; DAY 8: B, D

DAYS 9 AND 10 I CAIRNS/PORT DOUGLAS/GREAT BARRIER REEF Fly to Cairns. En route to our beach lodge in Port Douglas, stop at James Cook University to meet with National Geographic grantee Dr. Adam Barnett, a renowned shark researcher. Hear about his studies on deep-sea sharks such as the sevengill. Enjoy an evening at leisure before our full-day adventure on the world’s largest reef system. Embark on a cruise by motorized catamaran to the outer reef, and spend the day discovering some of the 2,000 species that inhabit the Great Barrier Reef. Observe the reef from a viewing platform, take a ride in a glass-bottom boat, or go on a private snorkeling tour in this incredible marine ecosystem. Scuba diving is also available for certified divers, at an additional cost. THALA BEACH LODGE

October, January, February

$9,995

December

$11,695

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $3,700 in October, January, and February and $4,700 in December. Airfare to Sydney and return from Cairns, and airfare within Australia, are not included in the expedition cost. The group flights within Australia are $800–$825 per person (subject to change), depending on the departure date.

Maximum group size: 25

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Author and documentary filmmaker Michael “Mick” Davie will join the October 2017 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION

MEALS: DAY 9: B; DAY 10: B, L

DAY 11

I

DAINTREE RAINFOREST

Begin the day with a cruise on the Daintree River, in search of crocodiles at the convergence of salt and fresh water. Then set off with an indigenous guide on a Ngadiku Dreamtime Walk at Mossman Gorge for an intimate look at the connection of culture and spirituality with the land. Celebrate our journey down under at a farewell dinner tonight. THALA BEACH LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 12

I

PORT DOUGLAS/CAIRNS

Transfer to Cairns for your return flight. A young koala clings to its perch.

I

Extend your trip with a visit to Uluru and a stay at Longitude 131°, or Kangaroo Island with a stay at Southern Ocean Lodge—both members of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection. Visit our website or call for details.

MEALS: B

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/AUSTRALIA

I

69

Strenu


A U S T R A L I A P R I VAT E E X P E D I T I O N

NEW

THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Stay in three spectacular National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World: Lizard Island, Longitude 131°, and Southern Ocean Lodge. • Wake up to views of the sunrise over Uluru, and examine its ancient rock paintings with a guide. • Sip sundowners alongside grazing kangaroos and wallabies on Kangaroo Island, known as “Australia’s Galápagos.” • Discover the Great Barrier Reef’s underwater world of sea turtles and schooling fish while snorkeling, diving, or glass-bottom boating. Land

ITINER ARY

1 3 D AY S

|

outback cuisine. SHANGRI-LA HOTEL, THE

I

KANGAROO ISLAND/ SYDNEY Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N

MARINA; LONGITUDE 131° MEALS: DAY 6: B; DAYS 7 AND 8: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 9–13

Small Ship

Family

Trip Type

Train

Private Jet

Photo

Activity Level

Light

Private

Light / Moderate

*G-Adventur

Moderate

Fly to Kangaroo Island and check in to Southern Ocean Lodge, another National Geographic DATES Unique Lodge. Enjoy an exclusive tour of the *G-Adventures ThisStudent Family Photo is a privateActive expedition that is offered property, followed by a private dinner in the year-round, so you may select any dates that are wine cellar. Walk coastel trails, visit Seal Bay, disconvenient for you. cover unique geology, and more. SOUTHERN

COST Strenuous OCEAN LODGE; SHANGRI-LA SYDNEY Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Light MEALS: DAY 9: B, D; DAYS 10 AND 11: B, L, D DAILY; 4+ people DAYS 12 AND 13: B 2 people

OPTIONAL EXTENSION

DAYS 1–5

I

SYDNEY, AUSTRALIA/ LIZARD ISLAND

Land in Sydney, explore the city with a private guide, and cruise the harbor. Fly to Lizard Island, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World set along the Great Barrier Reef. Explore the reef by snorkel, paddleboard, and glass-bottom kayak; and enjoy an exclusive sunset cruise. SHANGRI-LA SYDNEY;

Extend your trip in Australia with a stay at Capella Lodge, another member of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection, located on idyllic Lord Howe Island. Visit our website or call for details.

F E AT U R E D LO D G E S

2017

2018

from $11,095 from $11,595

from $11,295 from $11,995

Maximum

Prices are per person, double occupancy and are subject to availability. Single-traveler prices are available upon request. A holiday surcharge may apply to certain travel dates. Airfare to/from Sydney and within Australia is not included in the expedition cost. Airfare within Australia is $1,800–$2,500 per person (subject to change), depending on the departure date. For the detailed itinerary, please visit our website.

Expedition Team: Top local guides will accompany you throughout the trip, and you will meet other local experts as described in the itinerary.

LIZARD ISLAND I MEALS: DAY 2: B, L; DAY 3: B, D; DAYS 4 AND 5: B, L, D DAILY

I

DAYS 6, 7, AND 8

CAIRNS/ULURU

Spend one night in Cairns before flying to the outback in the morning. Settle into Longitude 131°, a National Geographic Unique Lodge that offers spectacular views of Uluru. In Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park, circumnavigate Uluru, examining ancient rock paintings, and walk between soaring rock domes. National Geographic guests will enjoy an exclusive introduction to

Stay in three National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World: Discover marine life at Lizard Island, a protected island at the edge of the Great Barrier Reef. Get an intimate perspective of Uluru from your luxurious outback tent at Longitude 131˚ (pictured above); then encounter the wildlife of Kangaroo Island with naturalists from Southern Ocean Lodge.

The layered shells of the Sydney Opera House cast geometric shadows at sunset.

Above: Snorkelers swim in for a closer look at the colorful coral gardens bordering Lizard Island. 70

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PRIVATE

I

Moderate


F R E N C H P O LY N E S I A : B E YO N D T H E P O S TC A R D

NEW

THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Watch the National Geographic Orion navigate the Tiputa Pass into the lagoon at Rangiroa, one of the largest atolls in the world. • Go ashore at the seldom-visited isle of Huahine, former residence of Tahitian royalty, and visit ancient sites with an archaeologist. • Grab one of our ship’s stand-up paddleboards or kayaks and glide across serene turquoise lagoons. • Take in spectacular views over Bora Bora from one of its emerald crags, and then snorkel or dive from a private motu—an islet on the outer reef. Land

ITINER ARY

|

10

D AY S

New Zealand. On Taha’a, visit a family-run vanilla plantation. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

I

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

U.S./PAPEETE, FRENCH POLYNESIA

Depart the U.S. on an overnight flight to Tahiti, arriving in Papeete the following morning. Tour the island before embarking our ship. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC ORION FOR THE ENTIRE VOYAGE I MEALS: DAY 2: L, D

DAY 3

I

BORA BORA, SOCIETY ISLANDS

Jutting out from an aquamarine lagoon ringed with tiny islets, Bora Bora’s angular volcanic crags are a spectacular sight. Explore the island by 4x4, and then snorkel, dive, kayak, or paddleboard from one of the islets on the outer reef. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

I

TUAMOTU ARCHIPELAGO

Land

I

Encircled by a single fringing reef and sharing a common lagoon, Raiatea and Taha’a offer plenty to explore. Spend the morning at Marae Taputapuatea, the starting point for Polynesian seafarers heading for Easter Island, Hawaii, and

Private Jet Moderate Private Moderate Light TrainLight / Moderate

2018:Family Apr. 12–21Photo • Apr. 26–May 5 • June 7–16 *G-Adventures Student July 5–14 • July 19–28 • Aug. 2–11

Active

If departing from outside the U.S., plan to arrive on the morning of Day 2.

COST

Light

RANGIROA/ PAPEETE/U.S.

The atoll of Rangiroa is a ring of slender islands known for some of the best diving and snorkeling in French Polynesia. Our ship anchors here, inside the world’s second-largest lagoon, near the village of Tiputa. Spend time with villagers, and then kayak, snorkel, or scuba dive in the lagoon—home to manta rays, dolphins, and sea turtles. The next day, disembark and fly to Papeete to connect with your flight home. MEALS: DAY 8: B, L, D; DAY 9: B, L

RAIATEA/TAHA'A

Small Ship

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

DATES

Spend two days exploring some of the nearly 80 islands and atolls in the “Dangerous Archipelago.” In the waters surrounding Fakarava, snorkel protected reefs or ride the current into the lagoon on a drift dive. Navigate the limestone caves and grottos of Makatea, or search for endemic bird life. Then snorkel and dive among colorful fish on the nearby reef. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 8, 9, AND 10

Family

Trip Type

HUAHINE

I

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N

Former home to Tahitian royalty, Huahine maintains the highest density of ancient marae in French Polynesia. Visit these sites with archaeologists, and then bike into the lush interior of the island. Explore the shoreline by kayak, paddleboard, or Zodiac, and finish the day with a swim in the island’s crystal-clear lagoon. MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 6 AND 7

Small Ship

SPECIAL OFFER Book by October 31, 2017 and receive free roundtrip international airfare between Los Angeles and Papeete. We’ll also cover your bar tab on board and all tips for the crew. Book two or more South Pacific voyages aboard National Geographic Orion and save 10% on the total expedition cost.

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

Maximum

Strenuous

Category 1

$7,690

Category 2

$9,380

Category 3

$10,990

Category 4

$11,990

Category 5

$14,520

Category 6

$16,840

Category 1 Solo

$11,540

Category 3 Solo

$16,490

See the National Geographic Orion description, photo, and deck plan on page 149. Prices are per person, double occupancy, except those marked solo, which are based on single occupancy. International airfare to/from Papeete and between Rangiroa and Papeete is not included in the expedition cost. The group flight between Rangiroa and Papeete is $250 per person (subject to change).

Maximum ship capacity: 102

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. Photographer Jonathan Irish will join the July 5 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

Above: Mount Rotui rises from the island of Moorea in an explosion of emerald splendor. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SOUTHPACIFIC

I

71


E A S T E R I S L A N D TO TA H I T I : TA L E S O F T H E PAC I F I C N E W T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • S ail the National Geographic Orion to Easter Island and delve into an intriguing lost culture, examining ancient burial sites and towering moai. • D ive or snorkel the pristine reefs of Fakarava, part of a UNESCO Biosphere Reserve and identified as one of the healthiest reef systems in the world by National Geographic Explorer-inResidence Enric Sala. • Trace the legend of the ill-fated H.M.S. Bounty on Pitcairn Island, where descendants of its mutineers still live today. • E xplore the unusual geology of Henderson Island with our naturalists, and seek out the isle’s four endemic bird species.

ITINER ARY

|

20

D AY S

calderas, jagged lava fields, and sweeping grasslands, and discover the island’s colossal moai statues—the astonishing legacy of a long-lost culture. Join archaeologists to examine these statues and discuss their meaning and creation; and visit burial sites, quarries, and intricately carved ceremonial altars. THE RITZ CARLTON, SANTIAGO; HANGA ROA ECO-RESORT MEALS: DAY 2: L, D; DAYS 3, 4, AND 5: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 6–10

DAYS 1–5

I

U.S./SANTIAGO, CHILE/ EASTER ISLAND

Depart the U.S. on an overnight flight to Santiago, Chile. Upon arrival, transfer to our hotel and enjoy a welcome reception this evening. Early the next morning, fly to Easter Island. Spend two days exploring volcanic

I

AT SEA/PITCAIRN ISLANDS

Board our ship and set sail from Easter Island. On the two-day journey west, listen to informative talks by our experts. Upon arrival in Ducie Island, watch for frigate birds and boobies and snorkel or dive among spectacular reefs. Continue to the UNESCO World Heritage site of Henderson Island, an uplifted atoll that is uninhabited and virtually untouched by humans. On hikes and Zodiac excursions, discover the island’s four endemic bird species, rich flora and fauna, and fascinating geology. Continue to Pitcairn Island, where many of the mutineers of the legendary H.M.S. Bounty made their home in the late 18th century. About 50 of their descendants still live here today. Meet the residents and hear a few words of the unusual Pitkern

A Tahitian dancer poses with a traditional haku lei.

dialect—a combination of English “sailor speak” and Polynesian phrases. Visit the gravesite of the last surviving Bounty mutineer, John Adams, and see the ship’s anchor, which was salvaged in 1957. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC ORION THROUGH DAY 19 I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

Above: Moai statues form a stone cavalcade along the slopes of Easter Island.

72

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SOUTHPACIFIC

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

*G-Adventur

Photo

Activity Level

Moderate Private Moderate Private Jet Light TrainLight / Moderate

DATES 2018: Mar. 26–Apr. 14 • *G-Adventures Aug. 30–Sept. 17* Family Student Photo

Active

If departing from outside the U.S., plan to arrive in Santiago on the morning of Day 2. *This departure follows the itinerary shown but in the reverse orderLight and/ spends less dayModerate in Santiago. Maximum Moderate one Moderate / Strenuous Strenuous Light

COST

Spinner dolphins dart through South Pacific waters.

I

DAYS 11 AND 12

AT SEA/MANGAREVA, FRENCH POLYNESIA

Spend a day at sea, scanning the horizon with our naturalists or relaxing on deck with a good book. Arrive at Mangareva, the largest of the Gambier Islands, famous for its black pearls. Venture underwater to snorkel or dive, meet islanders to learn about their culture and the missionaries who made their home here, and go on a hike with our naturalists. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 13–18

I

AT SEA/TUAMOTU ARCHIPELAGO

We begin our exploration of the “Dangerous Archipelago” in Pukarua, where traditional dancers will greet us. Navigate reefs and islets during a day at sea, and then explore one of the

Coral-colored crescent-tail bigeyes school in the waters off Fakarava.

I

uninhabited atolls, such as Tahanea. After a festive welcome in Fakarava, one of the largest atolls in French Polynesia and part of a UNESCO Biosphere Reserve, learn about the island’s pearl industry and walk its pristine beaches. Snorkel the protected reefs or ride the current into the lagoon on a world-famous drift dive. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 19 AND 20

I

PAPEETE/U.S.

Arrive in Papeete, Tahiti, and take a tour of the island before transferring to the airport for your overnight flight home. MEALS: DAY 19: B, L

YOUR TRIP MAKES A DIFFERENCE In 2008, marine ecologist and National Geographic Explorer-in-Residence Enric Sala launched the Pristine Seas project, which seeks to identify, survey, and ultimately protect the last unspoiled places in the world’s oceans. Since its inception, the program has helped protect more than one million square miles of ocean, including 322,000 square miles surrounding the remote Pitcairn Islands. The newly established Pitcairn Islands Marine Reserve is the world’s largest contiguous ocean reserve and harbors a stunning array of marine life, including rare shark and fish species. Since 2014, the National Geographic– Lindblad Fund has made an annual contribution of $500,000 to the Pristine Seas program—a donation made possible by our travelers.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SOUTHPACIFIC

Category 1

$17,990

Category 2

$21,350

Category 3

$25,370

Category 4

$27,490

Category 5

$32,820

Category 6

$37,970

Category 1 Solo

$26,990

Category 3 Solo

$37,990

See the National Geographic Orion description, photo, and deck plan on page 149. Prices are per person, double occupancy, except those marked solo, which are based on single occupancy. International airfare to Santiago and return from Papeete, and between Santiago and Easter Island, or vice versa, is not included in the expedition cost. The group flight between Santiago and Easter Island is $950 per person (subject to change).

Maximum ship capacity: 102

SPECIAL OFFER Book by October 31, 2017 and receive free round-trip international airfare from Los Angeles to Santiago and return from Papeete, or vice versa. We’ll also cover your bar tab on board and all tips for the crew. Book two or more South Pacific voyages aboard National Geographic Orion and save 10% on the total expedition cost.

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. Award-winning National Geographic Traveler photographer Susan Seubert will join the August 30 departure. Read her bio on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

I

73


I S L E S , ATO L L S , A N D P R I S T I N E CO R A L S : S O U T H E R N L I N E I S L A N D S

NEW

T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • Watch for dolphins and humpback whales from the decks of the National Geographic Orion, and anchor in Moorea’s Opunohu Bay, to hike in the tropical forest. • S pend three days exploring the Southern Line Islands, identified as one of the healthiest reef systems in the world by National Geographic Explorer-in-Residence Enric Sala. • R ide Zodiacs through reef passes, snorkel over beds of giant clams, or dive the atolls’ outer reefs in the Southern Line Islands. • E xaminine ancient Polynesian sacred sites on Moorea with an archaeologist.

ITINER ARY

|

10

D AY S

across the island’s glimmering lagoon. Keep an eye out for frolicking dolphins as we depart Rangiroa via the Passe de Tiputa. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC ORION FOR THE ENTIRE VOYAGE I MEALS: DAY 2: L, D

DAYS 3, 4, AND 5 I AT SEA/SOUTHERN LINE ISLANDS, KIRIBATI

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

U.S./PAPEETE, FRENCH POLYNESIA/RANGIROA

Depart the U.S. on an overnight flight to Tahiti. Arrive in Papeete early this morning and take a short flight to Rangiroa. Embark our ship and settle into your cabin in the afternoon. Make your way to deck at sunset to take in views

A day at sea brings us to the far-flung Southern Line Islands, where we’ll snorkel or dive some of the most remote and pristine coral reefs on Earth. Marine ecologist and National Geographic Explorer-in-Residence Enric Sala researched these islands as part of the Pristine Seas project and identified them as one of the only remaining healthy, undisturbed spots in the ocean. Enjoy plenty of time to explore these seldom visited atolls: navigate the intricate channels of their lagoons by Zodiac or kayak, see nesting boobies and tropicbirds on shore, and swim above colorful tropical reefs. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 6 AND 7

I

SOUTHERN LINE ISLANDS/AT SEA

On our final day in the Southern Line Islands, go ashore with our naturalists for a walk through coastal palm groves to seek out endangered coconut crabs, the largest land-dwelling

A tomato clownfish finds a lookout among fantastical orbs of bubble-tip anemone.

invertebrates in the world. Or just relax on a sugar-white beach and listen to the sound of waves lapping against the shore. During a day at sea, bring your binoculars to the deck and seek out out marine mammals and sea birds with our naturalists. Photographers will have plenty of opportunities to capture images of wildlife and the stunning waters—including flying fish skimming azure seas. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

Above: Tiny Rangiroa motus encircle the atoll’s stunning Blue Lagoon.

74

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SOUTHPACIFIC

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Moderate Private JetModeratePrivate LightTrainLight / Moderate

DATES Apr. 19–28 • May *G-Adventures 3–12 • June 14–23 2018: Family Student Photo July 12–21 • July 26–Aug. 4 • Aug. 9–18

Active

If departing from outside the U.S., plan to arrive on the morning of Day 2. Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

COST

Trunks tilted toward the sea, palm trees fringe the beaches of Rangiroa.

DAY 8

I

MOOREA, FRENCH POLYNESIA

Approach the stunning isle of Moorea this morning, and seek out the playful dolphins and humpback whales that inhabit the surrounding waters. Encircled by a dazzling turquoise lagoon, the island’s peaks rise out of the water in a lush explosion of emerald-green splendor. We’ll anchor for the day in Opunohu Bay on the island’s north shore, and spend time hiking tropical forest trails or exploring ancient Polynesian sacred sites with an archaeologist. Take in stunning views over Opunohu and Cook’s Bays from Belvedere Lookout, and pay a

White and yellow plumeria blooms punctuate the leafy jungles of the South Pacific.

visit to the Lycée Agricole d’Opunohu to sample locally produced jam and sorbet. MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 9 AND 10

I

PAPEETE/U.S.

Disembark in Papeete this morning and tour Tahiti before transferring to the airport to catch your overnight flight home. MEALS: DAY 9: B, L

YOUR TRIP MAKES A DIFFERENCE In 2008, marine ecologist and National Geographic Explorer-in-Residence Enric Sala launched the Pristine Seas project, which seeks to identify, survey, and ultimately protect the last unspoiled places in the world’s oceans. Since its inception, the program has helped protect more than one million square miles of ocean, including 3,000 square miles surrounding Kiribati that now belong to the Southern Line Islands Marine Reserve. The reefs found in these waters are completely intact and serve as an important benchmark for scientists measuring coral degradation in other parts of the world. Since 2014, the National Geographic– Lindblad Fund has made an annual contribution of $500,000 to the Pristine Seas program—a donation made possible by our travelers.

Moderate / Strenuous

Strenuous

Category 1

$7,690

Category 2

$9,380

Category 3

$10,990

Category 4

$11,990

Category 5

$14,520

Category 6

$16,840

Category 1 Solo

$11,540

Category 3 Solo

$16,490

See the National Geographic Orion description, photo, and deck plan on page 149. Prices are per person, double occupancy, except those marked solo, which are based on single occupancy. International airfare to/from Papeete and between Papeete and Rangiroa is not included in the expedition cost. The group flight between Papeete and Rangiroa is $250 per person (subject to change).

Maximum ship capacity: 102

SPECIAL OFFER Book by October 31, 2017 and receive free roundtrip international airfare between Los Angeles and Papeete. We’ll also cover your bar tab on board and all tips for the crew. Book two or more South Pacific voyages aboard the National Geographic Orion and save 10% on the total expedition cost.

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. Pulitzer Prize-winning photographer Jay Dickman will join the July 26 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

An outrigger canoe rests in the shallows in the Southern Line Islands. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SOUTHPACIFIC

Maximum

I

75


A ZURE SEA S FROM TA H I T I TO T H E M A R Q U E S A S

NEW

THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Traveling aboard the National Geographic Orion, enjoy onboard talks as well as hands-on instruction from a National Geographic photographer. • Hike to a remote waterfall or search for rare birds on the far-flung isle of Fatu Hiva, alongside our naturalists. • Explore the little-known Tuamotu Archipelago by kayak; walk its pristine beaches; and snorkel or dive vibrant reefs. • Witness a traditional Marquesan dance performance at an ancient marae, used for spiritual and community gatherings. Land

ITINER ARY

|

17

D AY S

petroglyphs and witness a dance performance at a marae, a public space used for spiritual gatherings. Or hike up a lush valley in search of rare birds. Later, visit the village to peruse unique handicrafts. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 8–12

I

Anchor at Hiva Oa and explore Me’ae lipona, home to one of the largest ancient tiki statues in Polynesia. Visit the Calvary Cemetery to see the gravesites for French artist Paul Gauguin and Belgian singer Jacques Brel. The following day, go ashore at Fatu Hiva to visit a remote village and view Marquesan art displays. Hike to a waterfall or go bird-watching in the Omoa Valley. Our final two days in the Marquesas are open for exploration. Scuba dive with manta rays, or navigate coastal waters by kayak and Zodiac.

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

U.S./PAPEETE, FRENCH POLYNESIA

Depart the U.S. on an overnight flight to Tahiti, arriving in Papeete the following morning. Tour the island before embarking our ship. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC ORION FOR THE ENTIRE VOYAGE I MEALS: DAY 2: L, D

I

DAYS 3, 4, AND 5

AT SEA/TUAMOTU ARCHIPELAGO

Our exploration of the “Dangerous Archipelago” begins at Fakarava, part of a UNESCO Biosphere Reserve. After a festive welcome with traditional dancers, learn about the island’s pearl industry. Snorkel protected reefs or ride the current into the lagoon on a drift dive. Continue to Raroia, where Thor Heyerdahl’s famous Kon-Tiki raft made landfall in 1947. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 6 AND 7

I

AT SEA/NUKU HIVA, MARQUESAS

We begin our exploration of the Marquesas on the isle of Nuku Hiva. Gaze at ancient

Family

Trip Type

Small Ship

I

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Private Jet Moderate Private Moderate Light TrainLight / Moderate

DATES June 21–July 7 • Aug. 16–Sept. 1Student 2018:Family *G-Adventures Photo

If departing from outside the U.S., plan to arrive on the morning of Day 2.

COST

Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

Active

Strenuous

Category 1

$15,680

Category 2

$18,670

Category 3

$21,990

Category 4

$23,990

Category 5

$28,940

Category 6

$33,440

MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

Category 1 Solo

$23,520

DAYS 13, 14, AND 15 I TUAMOTU ARCHIPELAGO/MAKATEA

Category 3 Solo

$32,990

Spend two days exploring the isles and atolls of the Tuamotu Archipelago. Snorkel or dive stunning reefs, kayak and paddleboard across turquoise lagoons, and walk palm-fringed beaches. Continue to Makatea to explore its unusual limestone caves and grottos, or search for seabirds. Then snorkel and dive on the nearby reef. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 16 AND 17

I

PAPEETE/U.S.

Disembark in Papeete and transfer to the airport for your overnight flight home. MEALS: DAY 16: B, L

SPECIAL OFFER Book by October 31, 2017 and receive free roundtrip international airfare between Los Angeles and Papeete. We’ll also cover your bar tab on board and all tips for the crew. Book two or more South Pacific voyages aboard National Geographic Orion and save 10% on the total expedition cost.

See the National Geographic Orion description, photo, and deck plan on page 149. Prices are per person, double occupancy, except those marked solo, which are based on single occupancy. International airfare to/from Papeete is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum ship capacity: 102

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. National Geographic photographer Jason Edwards will join the June 21 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

Above: A hawksbill sea turtle stops for a nibble on the reefs of French Polynesia. 76

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N

Land

HIVA OA/FATU HIVA/ AT SEA

Small Ship

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SOUTHPACIFIC

I

Maximum


E P I C P O LY N E S I A : CO O K I S L A N D S TO F I J I

NEW

THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Aboard the state-of-the-art National Geographic Orion, cruise between five Pacific Island groups. • Glide in Zodiacs through the narrow pass at Aitutaki, and swim in the island’s dazzling inner lagoon. • Marvel at elaborately decorated cathedrals in tiny Wallis and Futuna, a difficult-to-reach autonomous French territory. • Enjoy a special Fijian welcome at the village of Waitabu, and then see firsthand how locals created the country’s healthiest marine parks as you snorkel and dive the bordering reef. Land

ITINER ARY

|

17

D AY S

and enjoy Polynesian drumming and dancing. Experience traditional food, culture, and hospitality in a traditional village. Then enjoy two days aboard our ship. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 9 AND 10

I

DAYS 11, 12, AND 13 I AT SEA/ EXPLORING WALLIS AND FUTUNA

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

U.S./PAPEETE, FRENCH POLYNESIA

Arrive in Papeete after an overnight flight. Check in to dayrooms, and take a brief tour of Tahiti before embarking our ship. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC ORION FOR THE ENTIRE VOYAGE I MEALS: DAY 2: L, D

DAYS 3, 4, AND 5

I

TAHAA/RAIATEA/ AT SEA

On Tahaa, snorkel, kayak, and paddleboard the lagoon and stroll the tiny island’s beaches. On adjacent Raiatea, explore Marae Taputapuatea, a ceremonial site that served as the starting point for Polynesian seafarers. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 6, 7, AND 8

I

AITUTAKI, COOK ISLANDS/AT SEA

In 1789, Captain William Bligh sailed to Aitutaki just before the mutiny aboard the H.M.S. Bounty. Board Zodiacs to access the volcanic atoll’s spectacular lagoon and its white-sand beach. Once ashore, step over sacred welcome stones

I

Land

Private Jet Moderate Private Moderate Light TrainLight / Moderate

2018: May 10–26 • May 24–June 9* Family

Photo

*G-Adventures

Student

Active

If departing from outside the U.S., plan to arrive on the morning of Day 2. *This departure follows the itinerary shown but in the reverse order.Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Strenuous Maximum Light

EXPLORING FIJI

MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

I

Small Ship

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

DATES

Discover Taveuni, and enjoy a warm Fijian welcome at the village of Waitabu. Snorkel in one of the Pacific Ocean’s most successful community marine parks. Explore the waterfalls of Bouma National Heritage Park, and dive in nearby reefs.

DAYS 16 AND 17

Family

Trip Type

Gather on deck just after sunrise, as our ship navigates the channel into the lagoon at Wallis Island. Visit the Cathedral of Our Lady of the Assumption, Mata-Utu—an edifice built of hand-chiseled blue volcanic stone—or the Church of St. Joseph, known for its colorful interior. Later, snorkel, kayak, or paddleboard from one of the tiny islets offshore. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 14 AND 15

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N

SAMOA

Hike through vibrant rain forests, take a dip in a swimming hole, go snorkeling or diving on the reef, and soak up the languid rhythms of island life. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

Small Ship

LAUTOKA/U.S.

Disembark in Lautoka on Fiji’s Viti Levu. Tour the western part of the island before transferring to the airport in Nadi for your overnight flight home. MEALS: DAY 16: B, L

SPECIAL OFFER Book by October 31, 2017 and receive free roundtrip international airfare between Los Angeles and Papeete/Nadi. We’ll also cover your bar tab on board and all tips for the crew. Book two or more South Pacific voyages aboard National Geographic Orion and save 10% on the total expedition cost.

COST Category 1

$15,680

Category 2

$18,670

Category 3

$21,990

Category 4

$23,990

Category 5

$28,940

Category 6

$33,440

Category 1 Solo

$23,520

Category 3 Solo

$32,990

See the National Geographic Orion description, photo, and deck plan on page 149. Prices are per person, double occupancy, except those marked solo, which are based on single occupancy. International airfare to Papeete and return from Nadi, or vice versa, is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum ship capacity: 102

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. National Geographic photographer Sisse Brimberg will join the May 10 departure. Read her bio and find more experts on our website. This trip is offered in association with Lindblad Expeditions.

Above: On Fiji’s Taveuni Island, a visitor greets a copper-toned sunrise. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SOUTHPACIFIC

I

77


A L A S K A ' S I N S I D E PA S S A G E T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • O n the new sister ships National Geographic Quest and National Geographic Venture, as well as the National Geographic Sea Lion, get up close to icebergs, calving glaciers, and wildlife exploring with the ships’ kayaks and expedition landing craft. • G limpse Alaska’s seldom-seen marine life alongside our undersea specialist, and listen to communication among whales with the ship’s hydrophone. • H ear a Tlingit cultural interpreter share the oral lore of Alaska’s indigenous populations. • M eet members of the Alaska Whale Foundation to learn about the behaviors of the area whale population.

ITINER ARY

|

8

DAY 1

D AY S

I

 EATTLE, WASHINGTON/ S JUNEAU, ALASKA

Fly from Seattle to Juneau. Visit the newly renovated Alaska State Museum, home to a vast collection of natural history and cultural artifacts, and explore Alaska’s capital city. Settle into your cabin aboard the ship before dinner. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC SEA LION, NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC QUEST, OR NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC VENTURE FOR THE ENTIRE VOYAGE I MEALS: D

DAY 2

I

TRACY ARM–FORDS TERROR WILDERNESS

Voyage into Tracy Arm or Endicott Arm, spectacular, glacially carved fjords, and see soaring glaciers up close. Take a cruise in an expedition landing craft for an unbeatable view of sculpted icebergs, while keeping an eye out for harbor seals, porpoises, and arctic terns. MEALS: B, L, D Our approach during this voyage is one of discovery. We take time to stop and explore this beautiful and intriguing land up close in the company of expert naturalists who have an intimate knowledge of the region. Our small ships have the flexibility to take you ashore to places that few others see, and the long days of summer allow for wildlife viewing well into the evening hours.

DAY 3

I

PETERSBURG

Search for humpback whales as we head toward the small town of Petersburg on Mitkof Island, a typical Alaskan community founded more than a hundred years ago by Norwegian fishermen. Explore the muskeg, a unique bog ecosystem of stunted trees and carnivorous plants. There will

be an opportunity for bike riding and an optional floatplane excursion. Enjoy a crab feast for dinner this evening. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

I

FREDERICK SOUND AND CHATHAM STRAIT

These waters often offer great whale-watching opportunities. Look for Steller sea lions stretched out on the rocky islands that dot the channels. Take a walk with naturalists along a quiet forest trail or kayak in the tiny coves in this area. Meet researchers from the Alaska Whale Foundation— whose work is supported by a grant from the National Geographic–Lindblad Fund—and discuss some of their recent discoveries about the region’s marine mammal population. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

I

ICY STRAIT AND THE INIAN ISLANDS

Explore the Inian Islands, where an abundance of Steller sea lions and sea otters reside. We’ll search for whales in the rich waters of Icy Strait and, conditions permitting, lower the ship’s hydrophone to listen in on the whales’ communication. MEALS: B, L, D

Above: A humpback whale demonstrates its power as it breaches the surface of Frederick Sound. 78

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ALASKA

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Moderate LightTrainLight / Moderate Private JetModeratePrivate

DATES 2018: From MayPhoto through*G-Adventures August, expeditions Family Student depart Active every week. See the calendar on page 156 for specific departure dates. Certain departures follow the itinerary shown but in the reverse order. Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

Strenuous

All Alaska’s Inside Passage departures are family friendly. See the box below for details.

COST

A brown bear and her cubs position themselves to catch salmon mid-run.

DAY 6

I

GLACIER BAY NATIONAL PARK AND PRESERVE

By special permit, we enter magnificent Glacier Bay, fed by enormous glaciers that flow from the ice fields far above. Watch for calving glaciers and hear the thunder as tons of ice crash into the sea. A National Park Service ranger joins us to provide insight on the mountain goats and brown bears that patrol the shores here, along with harbor seals, Steller sea lions, and puffins.

DAY 7

I

EXPLORING ALASKA’S ISLANDS, BAYS, AND FJORDS

Beachcomb, hike forest trails, or kayak in an area where perhaps the world’s highest density of nesting bald eagles is found. Celebrate our Alaska expedition at a farewell dinner this evening. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

F A M I LY- F R I E N D LY D E PA RT U R E S

I

SITKA/SEATTLE, WASHINGTON

After breakfast, disembark in Sitka, a unique town with a strong Russian heritage. Visit St. Michael’s Russian Orthodox Cathedral, a testament to Alaska’s history prior to the U.S. purchase of the territory from Russia. At the Alaska Raptor Center, get a close-up view of species normally seen only at a distance. In the early afternoon, transfer to the airport for our flight to Seattle. MEALS: B

All departures of our Alaska’s Inside Passage expedition are family friendly. A special hands-on educational program is deigned to encourage children's interests in topics such as the feeding behavior of humpback whales and the identification of bear tracks in the wild. Plus, you may deduct $500 from the expedition cost for children ages 7–17. See the calendar on page 159 for departure dates in May through August 2018.

I

Get a unique perspective from a Tlingit cultural interpreter, who will be on board to share the legends of the land and its people. MEALS: B, L, D

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. National Geographic photographer Flip Nicklin will join the June 3 and 10 departures. Read his bio on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ALASKA

Sea Lion

Maximum

Quest/Venture

Category 1

$5,990

$6,590

Category 2

$6,890

$7,290

Category 3

$7,990

$7,790

Category 4

N/A

$8,690

Category 5

N/A

$9,590

See the National Geographic Quest/Venture and National Geographic Sea Lion descriptions, photos, and deck plans on pages 150 and 152. For a single cabin on the Quest/Venture, add $3,400 in Category 1 and $3,310 in Category 2. For a single cabin on the Sea Lion, add $3,000 in Category 1 and $3,450 in Category 2. Airfare to/from Seattle and between Seattle and Alaska is not included in the expedition cost. The group flights from Seattle to Juneau and return from Sitka, or vice versa, are $410 per person.

Maximum ship capacity: Quest/Venture: 100 Sea Lion: 62

SPECIAL OFFER Book by October 31, 2017 and receive free roundtrip airfare between Seattle and Alaska on the May 20 and 27 and June 3, 2018 departures. Visit our website or call for details.

T H E N E W N AT I O N A L G EO G R A P H I C Q U E S T/ V E N T U R E

Our twin sister ships, the National Geographic Quest and National Geographic Venture are the latest additions to the National Geographic–Lindblad fleet. These state-of-the-art vessels are large enough to operate in coastal waters, yet small enough to navigate narrow inlets and passages. Each cabin has a window, balcony, or porthole facing the sea; and common areas include a deck with an outdoor grill, a lounge with a bar and audiovisual facilities, a spa, and an observation deck.

I

79


WILD AL ASK A ESCAPE THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Aboard the agile National Geographic Sea Lion, venture deep into Lynn Canal, the longest fjord on the continent, and enter narrow channels that are inaccessible to larger ships. • Go rafting in the Chilkat Bald Eagle Preserve, and go on hikes, bike rides, and kayak excursions in the Alaska wilderness. • Peer into the hidden world beneath the ship through underwater footage interpreted by our undersea specialist. • Look for grizzlies on Chichagof Island, and watch for calving glaciers from your expedition landing craft in Tracy or Endicott Arm. Land

ITINER ARY

|

6

D AY S

the calls of bald eagles from the tops of lofty spruce and hemlock trees. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

DAY 1

I

SITKA, ALASKA

Arrive in Sitka, Alaska, situated on the western coast of Baranof Island, fronting the Pacific Ocean. Take a walk in Sitka National Historical Park, where Tlingit and Haida totem poles tower over coastal trails. Visit the Alaska Raptor Center for an up-close look at Alaska’s birds of prey. Later, embark our ship. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC SEA BIRD FOR THE ENTIRE VOYAGE I MEALS: L, D

DAY 2

I

EXPLORING BARANOF OR CHICHAGOF ISLAND

Explore the breathtaking bays of Baranof or Chichagof Island, both of which are part of the ancient Tongass National Forest. Chichagof Island harbors one of the highest concentrations of brown bears in the world, and both islands are home to diverse wildlife. Kayak along rugged coastlines; and in the afternoon, go hiking through the temperate rain forest, listening for

HAINES

Known as the “adventure capital of Alaska,” Haines is situated on a scenic peninsula between the Chilkoot and Chilkat Rivers. Hike one of the many world-class trails in the area, or cycle along the edge of a glacial lake. Or set off on a rafting excursion, keeping an eye out for bald eagles, bears, and moose as we float through the spectacular Chilkat Bald Eagle Preserve. Later, visit the ancient Tlingit village of Klukwan and enjoy a traditional dance and cultural performance. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

I

Land

I

Small Ship

Moderate Private Moderate Light TrainLight / Moderate Private Jet

2018: May 19–24 • May 24–29* • May 29–June 3 *G-Adventures Family Student Photo June 3–8* • June 28–July 3 • July 3–8* • July 8–13 July 13–18* • Aug. 7–12 • Aug. 12–17* • Aug. 17–22 Aug. 22–27*

I

Active

*These departures the itinerary but inStrenuous the Light / Moderate follow Moderate Moderate shown / Strenuous Light reverse order.

Maximum

COST Category 1

$4,290

Category 2

$4,990

Category 3

$5,990

See the National Geographic Sea Bird description, photo, and deck plan on page 152. Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single cabin, add $2,150 in Category 1 and $2,500 in Category 2. Airfare to Sitka and return from Juneau, or vice versa, is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum ship capacity: 62

TRACY ARM–FORDS TERROR WILDERNESS

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. National Geographic Traveler photographer Krista Rossow will join the May 29 and June 3 departures. Read her bio on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

JUNEAU

Disembark in Juneau and transfer to the airport for your flights home, via Seattle. MEALS: B

Above: A hiker explores sun-streaked woodlands in Tongass National Forest. 80

*G-Adventu

Photo

DATES

Wake up in Tracy Arm or Endicott Arm, part of the Tracy Arm–Fords Terror Wilderness. Cruise through this glacially carved wilderness, then explore by expedition landing craft. View the Dawes or South Sawyer Glacier up close—and possibly witness the dramatic sight of huge slabs of ice breaking off and crashing into the water below. If conditions permit, paddle a kayak below the walls of the fjord. Celebrate your voyage with a farewell dinner on board. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 6

Family

Activity Level

LYNN CANAL/HAINES

MEALS: B, L, D

I

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Trip Type

Venture to the northern limit of Alaska’s Inside Passage, the Lynn Canal—North America’s longest and deepest fjord. Spend the day hiking and kayaking in the shadows of snowcapped peaks. This evening, step ashore at the quaint town of Haines and experience local Alaskan culture.

DAY 4

Small Ship

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ALASKA

I


A L A S K A : D E N A L I TO K E N A I FJ O R D S

NEW

THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Hear tales of the Iditarod from trail veteran Mary Shields, and interact with sled dogs at her log home outside Fairbanks. • Meet with a member of the National Geographic-funded Eyak Language Revitalization Project, which is helping to bring one of Alaska’s endangered languages back to life. • Ride to Denali aboard the scenic Denali Star, and learn about the park’s dynamic ecosystem from a National Geographic expert. • Get up close with Alaska’s wildest residents at the Alaska Wildlife Conservation Center, an animal rehabilitation facility. Land

|

ITINER ARY

8 D AY S

DAY 5

I

DENALI NATIONAL PARK AND PRESERVE/ANCHORAGE

Go on an early morning drive to spot wildlife when they are most active. Board a private bus for the stunning journey south to Anchorage, taking in views of glacier-capped peaks and the Susitna River watershed along the way. Stop for lunch in historic Talkeetna. HOTEL CAPTAIN COOK I MEALS: B, L

DAY 6

DAYS 1 AND 2 I FAIRBANKS, ALASKA/ DENALI NATIONAL PARK AND PRESERVE Arrive in Fairbanks and meet Iditarod veteran Mary Shields and her sled dogs. The next day, step aboard the celebrated Denali Star and travel to Denali National Park and Preserve. Drive into the heart of the park in search of moose, caribou, gray wolves, grizzlies, and Dall sheep. SPRINGHILL SUITES FAIRBANKS; DENALI BACKCOUNTRY LODGE MEALS: DAY 1: D; DAY 2: B, L, D

DAYS 3 AND 4

I

DENALI NATIONAL PARK AND PRESERVE

In Denali’s magnificent interior, set out on guided hikes or walks each day. Meander in wildflower-strewn meadows and canoe across Wonder Lake to pick blueberries. Weather permitting, opt for a flight-seeing trip around Denali, or see North America's highest mountain on a hike. Enjoy an evening talk by our expert. DENALI

I

GIRDWOOD/KENAI PENINSULA

Attend a talk by a member of the National Geographic-funded Eyak Language Revitalization Project. Later, in Girdwood, take the tram to the top of Alyeska Mountain for panoramic views; or enjoy up-close animal encounters at the Alaska Wildlife Conservation Center. Drive along the scenic Seward Highway to the coastal town of Seward, the gateway to Kenai Fjords National Park. SEWARD WINDSONG LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

I

KENAI FJORDS NATIONAL PARK

Embark on a day cruise through Kenai Fjords National Park, and watch for humpback whales and orcas, playful sea otters and seals, and a variety of seabirds, including tufted puffins. Glide past towering tidewater glaciers, and listen for the telltale boom of glacial calving. Celebrate your Alaska adventure with a farewell dinner on the Seward harbor. SEWARD WINDSONG LODGE MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

KENAI PENINSULA/ANCHORAGE

On our final morning, set out on one last hike—a short jaunt to Exit Glacier. Return to Anchorage and connect with your flight home. MEALS: B

BACKCOUNTRY LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

*G-Adventur

Photo

Activity Level

Ship / Moderate Train ModeratePrivate Jet Moderate LightSmallLight

DATES *G-Adventures Photo • July 2018: June 6–13Family • June 13–20 4–11 July 11–18 • Aug. 1–8 • Aug. 8–15 Aug. 29–Sept. 5 • Sept. 5–12

Student

These departures are family expeditions. Visit our website forLight details.Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous

COST

$6,495

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,075. Airfare to Fairbanks and return from Anchorage, and the optional flight-seeing trip around Denali, are not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 25

W H AT T O E X P E C T This expedition is designed to accommodate guests at different activity levels. In Denali National Park and Preserve, guests can choose easy, moderate, or challenging hikes each day, ranging from one to nine miles.

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Geographer M Jackson will join the June 6 and 13, August 8 and 29, and September 5 departures. Read her bio and find more experts on our website.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Extend your trip in Alaska with a stay at Winterlake Lodge or Tutka Bay Lodge, both members of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection. Visit our website or call for details.

Above: A sleuth of brown bear cubs scans the Alaskan tundra.

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ALASKA

I

81

Strenuo


Y E L LO W S TO N E A N D G R A N D T E TO N N AT I O N A L PA R K S THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • From vast canyons to alpine lakes, explore Yellowstone National Park and the Grand Tetons with an expert, on the lookout for grizzlies, bison, bighorn sheep, and elusive gray wolves. • Meet a renowned wildlife photographer at his home studio. • Discover Yellowstone’s geothermal landscape of bubbling mud pots, brilliantly colored hot springs, and erupting geysers—including legendary Old Faithful. • Float on the Snake River beneath the peaks of the Teton Range. Land

ITINER ARY

|

8 D AY S

Mammoth Hot Springs later this afternoon. MAMMOTH HOT SPRINGS HOTEL AND CABINS MEALS: B, L, D

I N F O R M AT I O N

DAYS 1 AND 2 I BOZEMAN, MONTANA/ MAMMOTH HOT SPRINGS, WYOMING Arrive in Bozeman and check in to our hotel. The next morning, take a scenic drive to Mammoth Hot Springs, just inside Yellowstone National Park. Stroll along travertine terraces sculpted by the hot springs before a welcome dinner. HILTON GARDEN INN BOZEMAN; MAMMOTH HOT SPRINGS HOTEL AND CABINS MEALS: DAY 2: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

LAMAR VALLEY

Rise early for a safari in the Lamar Valley, known as the “American Serengeti,” and search for bison, bears, elk, and the elusive gray wolf, reintroduced here in 1995. Meet with a renowned wildlife photographer after lunch, and enjoy hikes and wildlife sightings on the way back to

OLD FAITHFUL LODGE OR GRANT VILLAGE LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 6 AND 7 I GRAND TETON NATIONAL PARK/JACKSON Journey south to the saw-toothed Teton Range. After a picnic lunch, cruise across Jenny Lake and check in to our hotel, located within Grand Teton National Park. The next morning, ride the tram to the top of Rendezvous Peak and head off on a hike or take in sweeping views. Visit the National Museum of Wildlife Art or the Teton Science School’s Murie Museum before a farewell dinner this evening. JACKSON LAKE LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 8

I

SNAKE RIVER/JACKSON

Enjoy a morning float trip on the Snake River before transferring to the airport for your return flight home. MEALS: B

Above: Named for its brilliant spectrum of colors, Grand Prismatic Spring glows against the ethereal landscape of Yellowstone National Park.

82

I

Family

Trip Type

DAYS 4 AND 5 I GRAND CANYON OF THE YELLOWSTONE/GEYSER BASINS At the Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone, take a short walk to view towering waterfalls set against a dazzling red and gold palette. In Hayden Valley, look for bison, coyotes, elk, and perhaps a grizzly. Then trace the shore of Yellowstone Lake and continue to the Upper Geyser Basin, home to the park’s most famous geyser, Old Faithful. Greet the next day with the clockwork eruption of Old Faithful. Then explore this stunning geothermal landscape with our expert, encountering steaming fumaroles, mud pots, and gem-colored mineral pools.

Small Ship

Land

Photo

Activity Level

Small Ship Light

Light / Moderate Train PrivateModera Jet

DATES 2018: May 19–26 • June 2–9 • June*G-Adventures 23–30 Family Photo July 7–14 • July 14–21 • July 21–28 July 28–Aug. 4 • Aug. 4–11 • Aug. 18–25 Aug. 25–Sept. 1 • Sept. 8–15 • Sept. 22–29 Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Student

Moderate / Strenuous

These departures are family expeditions. Visit our website for details.

COST

$4,795

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,390. Airfare to Bozeman and return from Jackson is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 25

W H AT T O E X P E C T This expedition is designed to accommodate guests at different activity levels. Choose hiking options ranging from easy 2–4 mile walks to moderate hikes of five miles or more.

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Geologist and naturalist Kitty Coley will join the June 2 and September 22 departures. Read her bio and find more experts on our website.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Extend your trip with a stay at The Ranch at Rock Creek or Lone Mountain Ranch in Montana, or The Brentwood Inn in Wyoming— all members of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection. Visit our website or call for details.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/NATIONALPARKS

I

Strenuo


W I N T E R W I L D L I F E I N Y E L LO W S TO N E THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Learn about a National Geographic-supported study on the reintroduction of wolves to the park, and seek out these elusive creatures on a safari in the sweeping Lamar Valley. • Meet an Emmy® Award-winning wildlife cinematographer and hear about his career shooting wildlife films for National Geographic. • Explore the remote reaches of Yellowstone in heated snow coaches, and see famous sites like Old Faithful without the crowds. • Settle into your log cabin at Lone Mountain Ranch, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World (select departures only). Land

|

ITINER ARY

6 D AY S

shooting films about wolves and other wildlife for National Geographic. BEST WESTERN PLUS

I N F O R M AT I O N

BY MAMMOTH HOT SPRINGS I MEALS: B, L, D

Trip Type

DAYS 3 AND 4 I GRAND CANYON OF THE YELLOWSTONE/OLD FAITHFUL

DAY 1

I

BOZEMAN, MONTANA/ GARDINER

Travel from Bozeman to our hotel just outside Yellowstone National Park. Gather this evening for a welcome reception and dinner. BEST WESTERN PLUS BY MAMMOTH HOT SPRINGS I MEALS: D

DAY 2

I

MAMMOTH HOT SPRINGS, WYOMING/LAMAR VALLEY

At Mammoth Hot Springs, stroll the steaming, travertine terraces outlined in pure white snow. Then head to the open, rolling meadows and wide vistas of the Lamar Valley, where gray wolves were first reintroduced to Yellowstone in 1995. Using a spotting scope, search among herds of elk and bison for coyotes, eagles, and the elusive wolf. An Emmy® Award–winning wildlife cinematographer joins us this evening (his schedule permitting) to discuss his career

Travel by private snow coach to the Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone. Walk to the rim of the spectacular gorge to see its thundering waterfall and the ice arch that forms from the spray. The following day, wander amid the bubbling mud pots and fumaroles of the Upper Geyser Basin. Then continue to Old Faithful to explore a dramatic landscape of erupting geysers, frozen waterfalls, and gem-colored mineral pools. Keep an eye out for wildlife— bison, encrusted in ice, often stand in the pools for warmth. After dark, step outside to admire the incredible canopy of stars in one of the world’s best constellation-viewing spots.

Land

I

Photo

Small Ship Light

Light / Moderate Train PrivateModera Jet

Student 2017: Dec. 17–22Family • Dec. Photo 22–27 *G-Adventures • Dec. 30, 2017–Jan. 4, 2018 Dec. 24–29 2018: Jan. 7–12 • Jan. 14–19 • Jan. 20–25 • Feb. 18–23 Feb. 4–9 •Light Feb. 11–16 Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Strenu

These departures are photography expeditions. See the box below for details and special pricing.

COST

$4,295

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $860. Airfare to/from Bozeman is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 25 (16 on photo departures)

YELLOWSTONE/BIG SKY, MONTANA

After visiting the whimsical Fountain Paint Pot, leave the park via the West Yellowstone gate. Travel to Big Sky, Montana and settle into a log cabin lodge at Lone Mountain Ranch—a member of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection (December 30 through February 18 departures only). Celebrate your winter adventure in Yellowstone at a farewell dinner. LONE MOUNTAIN RANCH OR

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Geologist, naturalist, and avid birder Kitty Coley will join the January 7 and 20 and February 18, 2018 departures. Read her bio and find more experts on our website.

SPECIAL PHOTOGRAPHY D E PA RT U R E S

RAINBOW RANCH I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 6

I

BOZEMAN

Return to Bozeman for your flight home. MEALS: B

Above: Insulated by thick skin, fur, and layers of fat, a bison wades through an icy stream.

I

Family

Activity Level

DATES

OLD FAITHFUL SNOW LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 5

Small Ship

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/NATIONALPARKS

As indicated in the Dates section above, a few special departures of this expedition are designated as Winter in Yellowstone Photography Expeditions and are limited to 16 travelers. Visit our website for details and for the National Geographic photographer leading each departure. Cost: From $4,795 I

83


G R A N D C A N YO N , B RYC E C A N YO N , A N D Z I O N N AT I O N A L PA R K S THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Discover the wonders of three national parks—Grand Canyon, Zion, and Bryce Canyon—alongside a National Geographic expert. • Set out on an interpretive stargazing excursion along the North Rim of the Grand Canyon. • Hear an expert describe the geological events that shaped the regions, then delve into Zion’s magnificent sandstone slot canyons and Bryce Canyon’s surreal maze of red spires. • Stay in historic national park lodges, and learn about area wildlife from park rangers. Land

|

ITINER ARY

8 D AY S

DAYS 4 AND 5

I

ZION NATIONAL PARK, UTAH

Journey along the Mount Carmel Scenic Byway to Zion National Park. Enjoy a short hike, then settle into our hotel. Join our expert this evening for a discussion of the geological events that shaped the Grand Staircase. The next day, choose between climbing Angels Landing or hiking the famed Narrows slot canyon. FLANIGAN’S INN I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 6

I

BRYCE CANYON NATIONAL PARK

Travel to Bryce Canyon, and stop for breathtaking views at Fairyland Point; then stroll along the Rim Trail. Settle into our lodge near the rim of the canyon. Tonight, join a park ranger for a telescope viewing of the starlit sky.

DAYS 1 AND 2 I ST. GEORGE, UTAH/ GRAND CANYON, ARIZONA Arrive in St. George. The next morning, travel into canyon country, stopping at Pipe Spring National Monument. Settle into our historic lodge at the Grand Canyon, and enjoy a guided stargazing excursion along the North Rim. BEST WESTERN PLUS ABBEY INN; GRAND CANYON LODGE NORTH RIM MEALS: DAY 1: D; DAY 2: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

NORTH RIM OF THE GRAND CANYON

Explore the canyon’s rim, peering into the multihued chasm carved by the Colorado River over millions of years. Choose from a variety of hikes for all levels, and learn about the park’s unique ecosystems while enjoying sweeping views at every turn. Return to the lodge, and capture the canyon’s dazzling colors at sunset.

BRYCE CANYON LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

I

BRYCE CANYON NATIONAL PARK

Spend the day exploring Bryce Canyon’s famous hoodoos—whimsical rock formations that have been eroded into surreal spires. Hike into the heart of the park, and learn about the geology behind this sculpted stone landscape. Take in a sunset over the canyon. BRYCE CANYON LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

KOLOB CANYONS/ST. GEORGE

Wind through Red Canyon to Cedar Breaks National Monument, a jaw-dropping natural amphitheater; continue on to Kolob Canyons, a lesser known area of Zion National Park. Return to St. George for your flight home. MEALS: B

Family

Trip Type

Land

Photo

Activity Level

*G-Adventu

Light / Moderate Moderate Train ModeratePrivate Jet LightSmall Ship

DATES 2018: May 26–June 2–9 • *G-Adventures June 23–30 Family 2 • June Photo July 7–14 • July 28–Aug. 4 • Aug. 4–11* Sept. 1–8 • Sept. 9–16 • Oct. 6–13*

Student

These departures are family expeditions. Visit our website forLight details.Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous *These departures follow a slightly different route, visiting Bryce Canyon National Park before Zion National Park. Visit our website for details.

COST

$4,495

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,100. Airfare to/from St. George is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 25

W H AT T O E X P E C T This expedition is designed to accommodate guests at different activity levels. Choose hiking options ranging from easy 1–2 mile walks to moderate or strenuous hikes of four miles or more.

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Geologist and Fulbright fellow Kirt Kempter will join the May 26 and September 1 departures. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

Above: Sunlight glints off whimsical sandstone spires in Bryce Canyon National Park.

I

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N

GRAND CANYON LODGE NORTH RIM FRONTIER CABINS I MEALS: B, L, D

84

Small Ship

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/NATIONALPARKS

I

Strenu


G L AC I E R N AT I O N A L PA R K THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Join a naturalist and search for bears, moose, bighorn sheep, and mountain goats in Glacier National Park. • Ascend the Going-to-the-Sun Road and go rafting on the Middle Fork of the Flathead River. • Discuss Glacier’s changing landscapes with an ecologist from the U.S. Geological Survey who was featured in National Geographic magazine. • Cross over the border to spend a day amid the stunning mountains of Canada’s Waterton Lakes National Park. Land

|

ITINER ARY

7 D AY S

was featured in the June 2007 issue of National Geographic magazine.

I

MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5 DAY 1

I

KALISPELL, MONTANA/ WHITEFISH

Arrive in Kalispell and transfer to our hotel in Whitefish. GROUSE MOUNTAIN LODGE

DAY 2

I

BIG MOUNTAIN/ LAKE MCDONALD

LAKE MCDONALD LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

LAKE MCDONALD VALLEY

Hike the Trail of the Cedars to Avalanche Lake, or opt to tackle the longer Lincoln Creek Trail. Paddle the rapids of the Middle Fork of the Flathead River on a scenic afternoon float trip. Tonight, attend a talk by Dr. Dan Fagre, a research ecologist and climate change expert who

Land

Light / Moderate Moderate Train ModeratePrivate Jet LightSmall Ship

2018: July 7–13 Family • Aug. 4–10Photo • Aug. 13–19 *G-Adventures Sept. 8–14

COST

Student

$4,595

Light / Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Light Price is per person, double occupancy. For aModerate single room,

add $995. Airfare to/from Kalispell is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 25

MANY GLACIER VALLEY

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Wildlife biologist Doug Chadwick will join the September 8 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

MANY GLACIER HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

I

*G-Adventur

Photo

Activity Level

DATES

Cruise across Swiftcurrent and Josephine Lakes aboard classic wooden boats. Experience Many Glacier Valley, choosing between a short hike or a longer trek to a glacier. Keep an eye out for bald eagles, moose, and bears.

DAY 6

Head to Big Mountain—as locals call Whitefish Mountain Resort—for a ride to the scenic summit. Set off on a hike overlooking Flathead Valley. Delve into the west side of Glacier National Park, and cruise Lake McDonald on an optional boat ride.

I

Family

Trip Type

GOING-TO-THE-SUN ROAD/ MANY GLACIER VALLEY

Today we are joined by local guides for the unforgettable journey over the Going-to-the-Sun Road—a 50-mile engineering marvel that crosses the Continental Divide at Logan Pass. We’ll stop for some truly breathtaking hikes before arriving in Many Glacier Valley, home to abundant wildlife and some of the park’s last visible glaciers. Settle into our historic lodge situated on Swiftcurrent Lake. MANY GLACIER HOTEL

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N

LAKE MCDONALD LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

Small Ship

WATERTON LAKES NATIONAL PARK, CANADA

Set out on a day-long excursion to Canada’s Waterton Lakes National Park which, together with Glacier, became the world's first International Peace Park in 1932. It was later designated a UNESCO World Heritage site. Take a boat ride on Upper Waterton Lake, explore the area on foot, and enjoy high tea at the historic Prince of Wales Hotel. MANY GLACIER HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

I

FLATHEAD RIVER, MONTANA/ KALISPELL

After breakfast, transfer to the airport in Kalispell and connect with your flight home. MEALS: B

Gem-like lakes dot the vast wilderness of Glacier National Park.

Above: A bull moose feeds on aquatic flora in Glacier National Park. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/NATIONALPARKS

I

85

Strenuo


CO L U M B I A A N D S N A K E R I V E R S VOYAG E THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Aboard the new National Geographic Quest, retrace the path of Lewis and Clark’s trailblazing expedition through the Pacific Northwest. • Cruise through the towering canyons of the Columbia River Gorge, and explore the coastline by kayak or Zodiac. • Board jet boats for a thrilling ride through the rapids of the Snake River and into Hells Canyon, North America’s deepest gorge. • Enjoy delicious meals made with fresh ingredients sourced from local providers located along the path of our journey.

Land

ITINER ARY

|

7

D AY S

the 100-mile stretch called the Columbia River Gorge. Visit Bonneville Lock and Dam and Beacon Rock. Hike within sight of some of the gorge’s myriad waterfalls, including Multnomah Falls, one of the highest in the U.S. The ship continues on to Hood River, where we’ll tour a family farm with spectacular views of Mount Hood and Mount Adam. End the day with a visit to a local vineyard and a tasting of its award-winning wines. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

I

THE DALLES

At the Columbia Gorge Discovery Center, learn about the region’s natural history. Hike or bike among the cliffs and cascades along Highway 30, one of the original east-west, coast-to-coast U.S. highways. In the afternoon, visit the Maryhill Museum of Art. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 1

I

PORTLAND, OREGON

After boarding our ship, cruise the lower reaches of the Willamette River through downtown Portland. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC QUEST FOR THE ENTIRE VOYAGE I MEALS: D

DAY 2

I

ASTORIA

Sail to the mouth of the Columbia River in Astoria, Oregon. At Fort Clatsop, walk through the full-scale reconstructed fort where Meriwether Lewis and William Clark hunkered down for the wet winter of 1805–1806 before their return journey to St. Louis. Visit the Columbia River Maritime Museum; in the afternoon, you may visit Cape Disappointment or explore the Lewis and Clark Wildlife Refuge by Zodiac or kayak (weather permitting). MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

COLUMBIA RIVER GORGE AND HOOD RIVER

Deepening canyons signify the beginning of

DAY 5

I

PALOUSE RIVER

Kayak the Palouse River and visit Palouse Falls, where cascading waters plunge into pools below. Afterward, cruise the Snake River, enjoying a taste of local specialties. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 6

I

CLARKSTON, WASHINGTON

Continue to Clarkson, located at the confluence of the Snake and Clearwater Rivers. Guests can opt for a jet boat ride up the Snake River—over rapids and past abandoned homesteads and gold mines—to Hells Canyon, the deepest gorge in North America. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

I

LEWISTON, IDAHO OR SPOKANE, WASHINGTON

Disembark and then transfer to Lewiston or Spokane for your flight home. MEALS: B

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Add a one-day Portland city tour and/or Willamette Valley wine tour. Visit our website or call for details.

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

I

Photo

Activity Level

Small Ship

Light Modera Light Private Private Jet/ Moderate

Train

DATES 2018:Family Apr. 12–18 • Apr. 18–24* • Sept. Student 17–23 *G-Adventures Photo Sept. 23–29* • Sept. 29–Oct. 5 • Oct. 5–11* Oct. 11–17 • Oct. 17–23*

Active

*These departures follow the itinerary shown but in the reverse order. Light / Moderate Light

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

Strenuous

Maximum

COST Category 1

$4,890

Category 2

$5,690

Category 3

$6,650

Category 4

$7,390

Category 5

$8,190

See the National Geographic Quest description, photo, and deck plan on page 150. Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single cabin, add $2,450 in Category 1 and $2,850 in Category 2. Airfare to Portland and return from Lewiston/Spokane, or vice versa, is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum ship capacity: 100

SPECIAL OFFER Book by October 31, 2017 and receive a $500 air credit on the October 11 and 17 departures.

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. National Geographic photographer Jonathan Kingston will join the September 29 and October 5 departures. Read his bio on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

Above: The Vista House observatory sits high above Oregon’s Columbia River Gorge. 86

Small Ship

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/COLUMBIASNAKE

I


E X P LO R I N G B R I T I S H CO L U M B I A A N D TH E SA N J UA N ISL A N DS THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Discover the coastal wilderness of British Columbia and the most remote of the San Juan Islands aboard the National Geographic Quest or National Geographic Venture. • Spend a day exploring the city of Victoria, and attend a private reception at acclaimed natural history artist Robert Bateman’s museum. • Examine the behavior of orcas at close range, using underwater exploration tools like a video camera and hydrophone. • Glide into the secluded fjords and inlets of Desolation Sound while exploring by kayak, stand-up paddleboard, or Zodiac. Land

ITINER ARY

|

8

D AY S

DAY 4

I

VICTORIA, BRITISH COLUMBIA

Arrive in charming Victoria, situated on the southern tip of Vancouver Island. Choose from several ways to explore British Columbia’s capital city. Visit private gardens, bike along the waterfront, walk through historic neighborhoods, or peruse local art galleries. In the evening, enjoy a private reception at the Robert Bateman Centre while learning about the work of one of Canada’s best-known artists. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

I

EXPLORING THE GULF ISLANDS

Wake up this morning among the Gulf Islands, a forested archipelago in the Strait of Georgia. We’ll take our pick of perfect spots to kayak, hike, and search for wildlife. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 1

I

DAY 6 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON

Arrive in Seattle and embark our ship. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC QUEST OR NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC VENTURE FOR THE ENTIRE VOYAGE I MEALS: D

DAY 2

I

EXPLORING THE SAN JUAN ISLANDS

Spend the day exploring the more remote of the San Juan Islands, an emerald-green archipelago off the coast of Washington that is ideal for kayaking, hiking, and exploring by Zodiac. Search for seals, sea lions, and sea otters in rocky inlets, and spot bald eagles while walking through coastal forests. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

Visit the picturesque town of Friday Harbor on San Juan Island. Explore fascinating collections at the Whale Museum and stop in at small shops and galleries. Later, search for orcas on our way to British Columbia. MEALS: B, L, D

JOHNSTONE STRAIT/ALERT BAY

Sail through Johnstone Strait, one of the foremost viewing areas for orcas in the northern hemisphere. In the village of Alert Bay, visit the U’Mista Cultural Centre and watch a traditional performance by the Kwakwaka’wakw people to learn about their ancient culture. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

I

DESOLATION SOUND

Desolation Sound is a network of sheltered fjords and inlets on the north end of British Columbia’s Sunshine Coast. Explore evergreen-shrouded shores by kayak or go hiking through forests and meadows. Tonight, gather for the captain’s farewell dinner. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

FRIDAY HARBOR

I

I

VANCOUVER

Arrive in Vancouver, a coastal metropolis set amid a backdrop of snowcapped mountains. Disembark our ship after breakfast and transfer to the airport for your flight home. MEALS: B

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

*G-Adventur

Photo

Activity Level

Private Jet Moderate Private Moderate Light TrainLight / Moderate

DATES 2017: Sept. 14–21* • Sept. 21–28*† *G-Adventures Family Student Photo Active Sept. 28–Oct. 5* • Oct. 5–12*† † 2018: Sept. 15–22 • Sept. 22–29 Sept. 29–Oct. 6 • Oct. 6–13† • Oct. 13–20 † Maximum / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Strenuous Light Oct. Light 20–27 *These departures are aboard the National Geographic Quest. All other departures are aboard the National Geographic Venture. †These departures follow the itinerary shown but in the reverse order.

COST Category 1

$4,990

Category 2

$5,690

Category 3

$6,190

Category 4

$6,990

Category 5

$7,790

See the National Geographic Quest/Venture description, photo, and deck plan on page 150. Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single cabin, add $2,500 in Category 1 and $2,850 in Category 2. Airfare to Seattle and return from Vancouver, or vice versa, is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum ship capacity: 100

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. National Geographic photographer Phil Schermeister will join the September 15 departure. Read his bio on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

Above: The setting sun turns kayakers in the Puget Sound into silhouettes. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/CANADA

I

87


CANADIAN ROCKIES BY RAIL AND TRAIL T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • Take in panoramic views of Canada's magnificent Rockies from the glassdomed, Gold Leaf-service cars of the Rocky Mountaineer train. • E xplore Banff, Yoho, and Jasper National Parks in myriad ways, including a lake cruise, nature hikes, and a thrilling skytram excursion. • S ettle into some of the most iconic hotels of the Canadian Rockies, including the Fairmont Chateau Lake Louise and the Fairmont Jasper Park Lodge. • Learn about the geology of the powerful Athabasca Glacier on a trekking excursion with an expert guide.

ITINER ARY

|

8

Seawall—lined by temperate rain forest and the shimmering waters of Vancouver Harbour—for incredible views of the skyline. This evening, gather with your fellow travelers for a welcome reception and dinner.

D AY S

WEDGEWOOD HOTEL AND SPA I MEALS: D

DAY 2

DAY 1

I

VANCOUVER, CANADA

Arrive in Vancouver midday and set off on an afternoon excursion through the city. Surrounded by snow-dusted mountains, lush forests, and sandy beaches, this lively city is enveloped by natural beauty. Explore Stanley Park, a stunning urban green space crisscrossed by a network of nature paths. Walk the famous

I

ROCKY MOUNTAINEER/ KAMLOOPS

Transfer to the train depot this morning and board the Rocky Mountaineer, settling into one of its two-level, glass-domed coaches. As you ride the rails in luxury, enjoy breathtaking views of the Canadian Rockies. Highlights along this leg of the journey include the thunderous rapids of Fraser Canyon, where up to 200 million gallons of water can flow per minute, as well as the steep slopes and rock sheds along the Thompson River. Disembark at Kamloops and spend the evening exploring this mountain town at your leisure. HOTEL 540 OR SANDMAN SIGNATURE KAMLOOPS HOTEL I MEALS: B, L

DAY 3

I

ROCKY MOUNTAINEER/ JASPER NATIONAL PARK

The Rocky Mountaineer brings us farther north today, entering the Canadian Rockies and offering increasingly dramatic panoramic views.

Male bighorn sheep use their large horns in fierce mating battles.

We’ll ride by Pyramid Creek Falls, a glacier-fed cascade that flows out of a hanging valley, and over the Continental Divide at Yellowhead Pass. Our train journey culminates as we glide by Mount Robson; with craggy peaks reaching nearly 13,000 feet, this behemoth boasts the tallest summit in the Canadian Rockies. This evening, arrive in Jasper National Park and

Above: National Geographic photographer Susan Seubert captured this shot of the Rocky Mountaineer while on assignment for the November 2015 National Geographic Traveler feature article “Northern Exposure.” 88

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/CANADA

I


Land

Small Sh

Family

Photo

I N F O R M AT I O N Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

Train

Activity Level

Light / Moderate Private Jet Light Private

DATES Family

2018: Photo July 9–16 • Aug. 13–20 • Sept. 3–10 *G-Adventures Student Active Sept. 24–Oct. 1

COST Light

Light / Moderate

$9,550 Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

Strenuous

Maximum

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $2,190. Airfare to Vancouver and return from Calgary is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 25

O U R

Perched on boats that have been turned in for the night, a traveler watches twilight transform the Canadian Rockies.

check in to our lakeside lodge, nestled within a forested valley in the heart of the park. FAIRMONT JASPER PARK LODGE MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 4 AND 5

I

JASPER NATIONAL PARK

Get immersed in the pristine beauty of Jasper National Park’s glacier-sculpted landscapes over the next two days. Travel through the park to Maligne Lake, watching for moose, elk, and caribou along the way. On a scenic boat cruise, skim across the lake’s turquoise water, taking in a backdrop of staggering peaks. Enjoy dinner in town or at the lodge on your own. The next day, soar into the mountains via the Jasper SkyTram, reaching a lookout point over 7,000 feet above sea level. Take in 360-degree views that include six surrounding mountain ranges, glacier-fed lakes and rivers, and the town of Jasper. Venture out for an optional hike this afternoon before dinner together at a local restaurant. FAIRMONT JASPER PARK LODGE MEALS: DAY 4: B, L; DAY 5: B, L, D

DAY 6

I

ATHABASCA GLACIER/LAKE LOUISE, BANFF NATIONAL PARK

Travel along the scenic Icefields Parkway toward Banff National Park, stopping en route at the Athabasca Glacier. This ice mass is part of the Columbia Icefield and feeds a chain of glaciers along Canada’s Great Divide Trail. Set out with a seasoned guide on a trekking expedition across the glacier and get an up-close look at its

I

fascinating geology. Late this afternoon, arrive at your accommodations at the historic Fairmont Chateau Lake Louise, situated on a lake in Banff known for its sparkling blue waters. Take time upon your arrival to walk the grounds and lakeshore trail before dinner on your own at one of the many dining options on the property.

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Wildlife biologist and author Jeremy Schmidt will join the August 13 and September 24 departures. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION

THE FAIRMONT CHATEAU LAKE LOUISE MEALS: B, L

DAY 7

I

BANFF NATIONAL PARK/YOHO NATIONAL PARK

Spend the day exploring Banff and Yoho National Parks. With your guide’s skillful interpretation, delve into the spectacular landscapes surrounding Lake Louise on a series of hikes through stretches of wildflowers to pristine lakes. Discover Moraine Lake, whose surface mirrors a sky-scraping set of ice-clad summits; and Emerald Lake, fringed by picturesque pine forests. Stop for a picnic lunch and take in a view of the Spiral Tunnels of the Canadian Pacific Railway, an engineering feat dating back to 1909. At the Yoho National Park Visitor Centre, browse interactive exhibits about the Burgess Shale, one of Earth’s most important fossil deposits. Tonight, enjoy a farewell dinner back at the Fairmont Chateau Lake Louise.

Extend your trip in British Columbia with a stay at Siwash Lake Ranch (pictured above) or Nimmo Bay Wilderness Resort, both members of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection. Visit our website or call for details.

THE FAIRMONT CHATEAU LAKE LOUISE MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

CALGARY

Transfer to the Calgary airport to catch your flight home. MEALS: B

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/CANADA

I

89

Mode


B A JA C A L I F O R N I A A N D T H E S E A O F CO RT E Z : A M O N G T H E G R E AT W H A L E S T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • C ruise into the breeding grounds of Bahía Magdalena aboard the National Geographic Sea Bird or National Geographic Sea Lion, and observe gray whales and their calves with our naturalists. • G o snorkeling amid sea lions, king angelfish, and brilliant blue damselfish. • G limpse the marine world through underwater video footage, and listen in on the haunting songs of whales. • E xplore diverse landscapes with our naturalists, discovering sand dunes, a cactus forest, and deserted islands.

ITINER ARY

DAY 1

I

|

8

DAYS 2, 3, AND 4

D AY S

L  A PAZ, MEXICO

Arrive in La Paz and drive across the Baja Peninsula to the fishing community of San Carlos, where we’ll board our ship. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC SEA BIRD OR NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC SEA LION FOR THE ENTIRE VOYAGE I MEALS: D

I

BAHÍA MAGDALENA

Bahía Magdalena—a vast wilderness of sand dunes, mangrove channels, and protected waters—is one of the main breeding and calving areas for California gray whales. Every year, gray whales migrate here from the Arctic waters of Alaska; it is one of the longest known migrations of mammals and one of nature's greatest spectacles. In this vast water nursery, observe these enormous yet gentle animals from the ship and at water level from our expedition landing craft. Our extensive experience navigating these waters, as well the ship’s exploration tools, maximize the likelihood of up close encounters with gray whales and their calves. We’ll go ashore to explore the ever-shifting sand dunes of Isla Magdalena during a cross-island walk to one of the most pristine beaches of the Pacific coast. On the mud flats, spot migrating birds at rest, including frigatebirds, pelicans, cormorants, terns, and great blue herons. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 5

I

GORDA BANKS AND LOS CABOS

This morning, we cruise past Friars Rocks at Land's End and dock at San José del Cabo to explore its historic town center. Here, you can

A young California sea lion leads snorkelers through the waters off Los Islotes.

choose to explore the historic town or visit a nearby estuary for a unique birding opportunity. The afternoon is spent at the Gorda Banks seamount or La Fortuna, gathering places for whales, dolphins, and other sea life. Humpbacks are often active here at this time of year, and we

Above: A gray whale spy-hops just feet from passengers on a well-positioned expedition landing craft.

90

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/BAJACALIFORNIA

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

*G-Adventur

Photo

Activity Level

Private Jet Moderate Private Moderate Light TrainLight / Moderate

DATES Jan. 13–20 • Jan.*G-Adventures 20–27 • Jan.Student 27–Feb. 3 2018: Family Photo Feb. 3–10 • Feb. 10–17 • Feb. 17–24 Feb. 24–Mar. 3 • Mar. 3–10 • Mar. 10–17

Active

Please note: Some departures follow the itinerary shown but in Light / Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Light the reverse order. VisitModerate our website for details.

Strenuous

COST

Travelers returning to the ship are treated to a magnificent sunset on the Sea of Cortez.

may witness them tail-lobbing, flipper-slapping, and breaching. Our onboard marine biologists and naturalists will be available to interpret the behaviors of these majestic mammals.

around a bonfire to share stories from the day’s adventures, and take in a stunning display of stars. MEALS: B, L, D

MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

DAY 6

I

LOS ISLOTES AND ISLA ESPÍRITU SANTO

With their deeply indented bays and dramatic cliff faces, Los Islotes and Espíritu Santo are two of the most beautiful islands in the Sea of Cortez. In the waters offshore, we’ll have the opportunity to snorkel and swim among curious sea lions this morning. After lunch, examine the intriguing geological layers of the islands from the water during a kayaking excursion, and go ashore to see compacted volcanic ash blanketed by solidified lava flows. Enjoy time to go beachcombing, or opt for a walk along rocky cliffs to spot brown pelicans, gulls, wandering tattlers, and boobies. Cap off the day with a beach barbecue, gather

I

EXPLORING THE SEA OF CORTEZ

Category 1

$6,590

Category 2

$7,590

Category 3

$8,590

See the National Geographic Sea Lion/Bird description, photo, and deck plan on page 152. Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single cabin, add $3,300 in Category 1 and $3,800 in Category 2. Airfare to/from La Paz is not included in the expedition cost. Visit our website or call for details.

Maximum ship capacity: 62

EXPEDITION TEAM

Today we enjoy the luxury of having no specific plan. You may spend time on the lookout for whales, as well as bottlenose and common dolphins; or explore some of the many uninhabited islands in the Sea of Cortez, such as Isla San Francisco or Isla San José, known for its sweeping beaches and arroyos. Birdlife may be plentiful, and the nutrient-rich sea is home to an incredible variety of fish, including king angelfish, surgeonfish, butterfly fish, damselfish, and the beautiful parrotfish. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. National Geographic Fellow and marine biologist Greg Marshall will the January 13 and 20 departures. Read his bio on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

LA PAZ

Disembark after breakfast in La Paz and drive to the airport for your flight home. MEALS: B

CHECK OUT OUR OTHER BA JA EXPEDITIONS Journey to Baja California in the spring on our eight-day Whales and Wildness: Spring in the Sea of Cortez voyage. This is the best season to spot multiple whale species in the Sea of Cortez. Seek out these majestic creatures from onboard the National Geographic Sea Bird or National Geographic Sea Lion, and at water level from nimble expedition landing craft. Discover untamed Baja California on our 15-day Baja California: A Remarkable Journey aboard the National Geographic Sea Bird or National Geographic Sea Lion. Explore wild isles on foot; and board kayaks or expedition landing craft for up-close encounters with epic wildlife in the Sea of Cortez. Visit our website for details.

I

Kayakers paddle in crystal-clear waters.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/BAJACALIFORNIA

I

91

Maximum


C O S TA R I C A A N D T H E PA N A M A C A N A L T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • Traveling aboard the new National Geographic Quest, cross the historic Panama Canal and examine its fascinating lock system with our onboard experts. • B y special permission, take a guided walk through the tropical forests of Barro Colorado Nature Monument, site of a National Geographic-supported wildlife tracking study. • S norkel the pristine reefs surrounding Isla Coiba, one of Panama’s most remote national parks. • D iscover the hidden waterfall pools within the jungles of the Osa Peninsula, and cruise into Costa Rica’s Golfo Dulce to visit Casa Orquídeas, a flowering tropical paradise reachable only by boat.

ITINER ARY

|

8

DAY 2

D AY S

I

MANUEL ANTONIO NATIONAL PARK

Spend the morning in Manuel Antonio National Park, where thick forests edge spectacular beaches. Venture into this lush wilderness, watching for three-toed sloths lazing among the branches along with monkeys and vividly colored birds. This afternoon, take a refreshing swim before tracing the park’s beautiful coastline south. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

DAY 1

I

S  AN JOSÉ, COSTA RICA/ HERRADURA

Upon arrival in San José this afternoon, transfer to Herradura and embark our ship. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC QUEST FOR THE ENTIRE VOYAGE I MEALS: D

I

OSA PENINSULA

Anchor off a part of the Osa Peninsula unreachable by road to see some of the most unspoiled lowland rain forest on the Pacific coast. In the environs of Corcovado National Park, swim in waterfall pools, take an optional horseback ride on the beach, or trek through the rain forest for a chance to see four species of monkeys: howler, spider, capuchin, and squirrel. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

I

GOLFO DULCE

Enter the mangrove-fringed Golfo Dulce, a protected gulf along the southwestern edge of Costa Rica. Visit Casa Orquídeas, a tropical paradise of ornamental palms, bromeliads, heliconias,

The new National Geographic Quest

orchids, and flowering gingers that is difficult to access and reachable only by boat. Keep your eye out for tanagers, parrots, and toucans. Later, explore the placid bay, ideal for kayaking, standup paddleboarding, swimming, and exploring by Zodiac. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

I

COIBA NATIONAL PARK, PANAMA

We make our first stop in Panama this morning at Coiba National Park—a UNESCO World Heritage site—where we explore the palmfringed islands. Discover rich marine life while snorkeling, kayaking, or stand-up paddleboarding along the coast; take a guided hike in the forest; or just relax on the beach. MEALS: B, L, D

Above: A keel-billed toucan’s bill can reach up to a third of the bird’s total length.

92

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/COSTARICA

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Moderate Private Moderate Private Jet Light TrainLight / Moderate

DATES 2017:Family Dec. 2–9 •Photo Dec. 9–16* • Dec. 16–23 *G-Adventures Student Dec. 23–30* • Dec. 30, 2017–Jan. 6, 2018 2018: Jan. 6–13* • Jan. 13–20 • Jan. 20–27* Jan. 27–Feb. 3 • Mar. 19–26* Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

Active

Strenuous

*These departures follow the itinerary shown but in the reverse order.

Maximum

COST

Constructed in 1914, the Panama Canal extends across the Isthmus of Panama, connecting the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans.

DAY 6

I

GULF OF PANAMA ISLETS/ PANAMA CANAL TRANSIT

Our Zodiacs and kayaks allow us to navigate the tiny islets of the Gulf of Panama today, stopping to explore hidden coves and beaches. Here, we might spot magnificent frigatebirds, brown pelicans, neotropical cormorants, and brown

boobies. Reboard the ship this afternoon and head to the Panama Canal. Stretching more than 50 miles, the canal is a colossal engineering feat that was completed in 1914 and is still traversed by some 14,000 ships every year. As cargo ships tend to pass through the canal during the day, we’ll most likely begin our crossing at night, when the canal is dramatically lit. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

I

GATÚN LAKE/PANAMA CANAL TRANSIT

By special arrangement, board a Zodiac this morning to visit Barro Colorado Nature Monument in Gatún Lake. Scientists have worked at the Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute on Barro Colorado Island since 1946, researching 120 mammals and diverse tree species that can be found here. The island is also the site of a project supported by National Geographic that tracks tagged animals using automated radio signals and wireless technology. Join local experts for a walk through the forests that so challenged the canal builders. This evening, continue through the complex lock system of the canal. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

COLÓN/PANAMA CITY

After breakfast, disembark in Colón and transfer to the airport in Panama City for your flight home. MEALS: B

Category 1

$5,990

Category 2

$6,590

Category 3

$6,990

Category 4

$7,790

Category 5

$8,690

See the National Geographic Quest description, photo, and deck plan on page 150. Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single cabin, add $3,000 in Category 1 and $3,300 in Category 2. Airfare to San José and return from Panama City, or vice versa, is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum ship capacity: 100

SPECIAL OFFER Book any departure by October 31, 2017 and receive free round-trip international airfare between Miami and San José/Panama City, or instead choose a complimentary one-day extension and overnight stay in Panama City. Visit our website or call for details.

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. Award-winning photojournalist Kike Calvo will join the December 9, 2017 and March 19, 2018 departures. Read his bio on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

OPTIONAL EXTENSIONS Add a three-day pre-trip extension to Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve or a seven-day post-trip extension to Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve, Arenal Volcano, and Tortuguero on select departures. Visit our website or call for details.

Hanging upside down from a tree branch, a two-toed sloth cradles its baby.

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/COSTARICA

I

93


CO S TA R I C A P R I VAT E E X P E D I T I O N

NEW

THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Trek into the jungle with a private guide to meet with a family of Cabécar Indians, Costa Rica’s largest and most isolated indigenous tribe. • Stay at Lapa Rios Eco Lodge and Pacuare Lodge, both National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World tucked deep within pristine Costa Rican rain forests. • Explore the unsurpassed biodiversity of the Osa Peninsula with naturalist guides. • Join a private guide for a canopy walk in the lush forests surrounding the Arenal Volcano. Land

|

ITINER ARY

9 D AY S

rain forest with a view of Arenal Volcano. The following day, take a guided canopy walk and see La Fortuna Waterfall. LOST IGUANA RESORT

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Photo

Activity Level

*G-Adventur

& SPA I MEALS: DAY 4: B; DAY 5: B, L

DAYS 6–9

I

Land OSA PENINSULA

Small Ship

Train

Private Jet

Private

Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Fly to the Osa Peninsula and settle into Lapa DATES Rios Eco Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World. Explore the unmatched *G-Adventures Family Photo Active ThisStudent is a private expedition that is offered year-round, biodiversity of the region’s rain forests, beaches, so you may select any dates that are convenient for you. and waters on a variety of naturalist-led group excursions. National Geographic travelers COST Strenuous Maximum 2017 2018 Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Light are exclusively invited to join a naturalist on a 4+ people from $4,195 from $4,495 private hike to a waterfall, followed by lunch in the canopy.

LAPA RIOS ECO LODGE MEALS: DAY 6: B, D; DAYS 7 AND 8: B, L, D DAILY; DAY 9: B

DAY 1

I

SAN JOSÉ, COSTA RICA

F E AT U R E D LO D G E S

Arrive in San José and enjoy an evening at leisure. HOTEL GRANO DE ORO

DAYS 2 AND 3

I

MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 4 AND 5 I PACUARE RIVER/ ARENAL VOLCANO NATIONAL PARK

from $4,495

Prices are per person, double occupancy and are subject to availability. Single-traveler prices are available upon request. A holiday surcharge may apply to certain travel dates. Airfare to/from San José and within Costa Rica is not included in the expedition cost. Flights within Costa Rica are $360 per person (subject to change).

throughout the trip, and you will meet other local experts as described in the itinerary.

Raft into the jungle to Pacuare Lodge and spend two nights in a stunning thatched bungalow. Explore with top guides and enjoy an exclusive visit with members of an isolated indigenous culture. At the tip of the Osa Peninsula, Lapa Rios Eco Lodge (pictured above) offers access to pristine rain forest and remote beaches. During a three-night stay, you’ll be treated to a private waterfall hike and a special lunch among the treetops.

Enjoy one last rafting excursion, or travel to the northern highlands for an evening at leisure at your lodge, located in 120 acres of preserved

Travelers navigate white water en route to Pacuare Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World.

Above: A sloth hangs languidly from a tree at Lapa Rios Eco Lodge. 94

I

from $4,795

Expedition Team: Top local guides will accompany you

PACUARE RIVER

Travel to Pacuare Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World accessible only via the Pacuare River. Go white-water rafting through black-rock canyons, or arrive at the lodge by hanging gondola. The next morning, join a birding walk. Then hike through the jungle to meet with the son of a traditional Cabécar shaman, an experience arranged exclusively for National Geographic travelers; or opt to go zip-lining. PACUARE LODGE

2 people

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PRIVATE

I

Moderate


CO S TA R I C A FA M I LY E X P E D I T I O N THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • See Costa Rica’s wild cats at a rescue center established to help orphaned and wounded animals, including jaguars and ocelots. • Go floating and zip-lining through tropical forests, surrounded by an astonishing variety of wildlife. • Eat lunch in the National Theatre of Costa Rica, have dinner in a tree house, and visit a coffee plantation. • Kids have the opportunity to correspond with a Costa Rican pen pal, then meet up with them in person in Colonia Libertad. Land

|

ITINER ARY

7 D AY S

DAY 4

I

GUANACASTE

Head to Guanacaste Province, full of fast rivers, volcanic scenery, and deep canyons. Float on the Corobicí River through the tropical dry forest, keeping your eyes peeled for otters, crocodiles, and monkeys. See wild cats up close at the Las Pumas Rescue Center, home to jaguars, pumas, ocelots, and jaguarundis. Our home for the next three nights is hidden away on a river nestled deep in a protected forest. RÍO PERDIDO MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

DAY 1

I

SAN JOSÉ, COSTA RICA

¡Bienvenidos! Your tropical adventure begins. Meet fellow travelers for a welcome dinner. INTERCONTINENTAL SAN JOSÉ I MEALS: D

DAY 2

I

SAN JOSÉ/MONTEVERDE

Explore San José, including the National Theatre of Costa Rica. Then head to the cloud forests of Monteverde. Go on a twilight forest walk as nocturnal creatures awaken. EL ESTABLO I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

MONTEVERDE

Hike with a local expert through the Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve. Spot some of the 500-plus species of orchids and look for wildlife such as howler monkeys, tapirs, sloths, snakes and frogs, and colorful birds and butterflies. See how coffee is grown and roasted on a coffee plantation, and ride in an ox-drawn cart. Or opt to ride a zip line through the forest canopy. Have dinner tonight in a tree house. EL ESTABLO I MEALS: B, L, D

I

RÍO PERDIDO

Spend the day on an excursion in and around the canyons of Río Blanco—a wild, arid landscape of hot springs and age-old rock formations. Go on an aerial adventure amid the forest canopy: clamber on canyon platforms, walk across hanging bridges, zip-line across the rushing river, and swing and hike through the treetops and canyons. After lunch, opt for a scenic hike with opportunities to swim in the river and soak in thermal pools. RÍO PERDIDO I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 6

I

COLONIA LIBERTAD

We’re off to the tropics today. At a sustainability-focused ranch, wander through an organic garden and take a tractor-pulled cart ride among macadamia orchards, tropical flowers, and groves of cacao trees. Spend the afternoon at Colonia Libertad, a farming community that maintains a traditional lifestyle closely connected to nature. Kids meet their pen pals at the local school, play basketball, plant trees together, and forge new friendships. Gather for a farewell dinner tonight.

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Land

Small Family Ship

Trip Type

Family

Train Photo

Private Jet *G-Adventu

Activity Level

*G-Adventures Light / Moderate Moderate Student Moderate Light Photo

DATES 2017: Dec.Light 16–22Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous 2018: Mar. 24–30 • June 9–15 • June 23–29 July 7–13 • Aug. 4–10 • Dec. 22–28 Dec. 27, 2018–Jan. 2, 2019

COST

2017

Adults

$3,890

$3,990

Children (ages 7–17)

$3,690

$3,790

2018

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $800. On the December departures, there is an additional holiday surcharge of $300 per person. Airfare to San José and return from Liberia is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 25 Expedition Team: A knowledgeable expedition

guide and a Young Explorer Leader will lead this trip, often accompanied by local guides.

KID to KID CONNECTION In the village of Colonia Libertad, kids will get to know their “tico” pen pals during an afternoon of fun activities. They’ll plant trees together and teach their new friends how to play basketball at hoops that have been donated to the community.

RÍO PERDIDO I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

I

LIBERIA

Transfer to the airport in Liberia for your flight home this morning. MEALS: B

Above: A young traveler discovers a colorful new friend in a keel-billed toucan. I

Small Ship

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/FAMILY

Zip lines strung through the treetops create the ultimate jungle playground. I

95

Strenu


REEFS AND RUINS: B E L I Z E TO T I K A L , G U AT E M A L A T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • S et out from the new National Geographic Quest to kayak amid palmfringed islands, and step ashore to view a colony of rare red-footed boobies. • S pot rainbow-colored fish, turtles, and rays while snorkeling or diving the coral reefs of the Belize Barrier Reef. • Venture into the jungles of Guatemala with local experts to discover Tikal's spectacular temples and pyramids. • E xplore the expansive Maya ruins of Yaxhá and the secluded site of Topoxte, located on a tiny island in a lake.

ITINER ARY

|

9

in terms of biodiversity, Belize’s barrier reef is home to a dazzling undersea world. We begin our exploration of this intricate ecosystem at the southern edge of the reef, anchoring along the shores of Laughing Bird Caye National Park or Sapodilla Cayes Marine Reserve. Take to the warm waters by snorkel, kayak, or stand-up paddleboard. For certified scuba divers, incredible dive opportunities abound. MEALS: B, L, D

D AY S

DAY 3

I

QUIRIGUÁ AND RÍO DULCE, GUATEMALA

Arrive in Belize City and embark our ship. Set sail this afternoon.

Venture inland to explore the ancient Maya city of Quiriguá, a UNESCO World Heritage site celebrated for its elaborate engraved stonework. Examine the site’s carved stelae, sculpted in the eighth century to glorify Maya kings. Have lunch on the shores of Lago de Izabal, Guatemala’s largest lake and home to manatees and several species of water birds. Then board a local boat and float through the limestone canyon of Río Dulce, where howler monkeys, herons, and toucans can be spotted. MEALS: B, L, D

NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC QUEST THROUGH DAY 6 I MEALS: D

DAY 4

DAY 1

I

BELIZE CITY, BELIZE

DAY 2 I LAUGHING BIRD CAYE NATIONAL PARK OR SAPODILLA CAYES MARINE RESERVE Second only to Australia’s Great Barrier Reef

I

GLOVER REEF, BELIZE/SOUTH WATER CAYE MARINE RESERVE

Enjoy world-class snorkeling and diving opportunities at the protected marine reserves of Glover Reef and South Water Caye, on the

A booby balances upon its ruby-red feet.

lookout for colorful fish, spotted eagle rays, and sea turtles. Then explore the palm-fringed shorelines and reef crests by kayak or stand-up paddleboard. Conditions permitting, we may stop at a remote field station to learn about local coral reef research. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5 I LIGHTHOUSE REEF AND HALF MOON CAYE NATURAL MONUMENT Sail north to Lighthouse Reef and go snorkeling,

Above: Marine creatures big and small inhabit the colorful coral gardens of Belize’s barrier reef. 96

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/BELIZE

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

*G-Adventur

Photo

Activity Level

Private Jet Moderate Private Moderate Light TrainLight / Moderate

DATES 2018: Feb. 8–16Photo • Feb. 13–21 • Feb. 18–26 *G-Adventures Family Student Feb. 23–Mar. 3 • Feb. 28–Mar. 8 • Mar. 5–13 Mar. 10–18

COST Light / Moderate

Light

The iconic Temple of the Great Jaguar presides over Tikal’s ceremonial center.

diving, or kayaking amid its corals. The shallow lagoon is dotted with hundreds of coral patches that harbor parrotfish, butterflyfish, octopus, and a myriad of other marine species. Visit Half Moon Caye, a pristine nature reserve of littoral forest and ivory beaches, and go for a walk to view a nesting population of red-footed boobies. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 6

I

BELIZE CITY/FLORES, GUATEMALA/TIKAL

Disembark our ship and board a charter flight to Flores, Guatemala. Upon arrival, transfer to Tikal, one of the largest cities in the Classic Maya world and a designated UNESCO World Heritage site. Spend the afternoon exploring this extraordinary site, where ancient pyramids tower more than 200 feet and thousands of temples, shrines, and plazas are scattered beneath the rain forest canopy. Later, settle into our hotel, located along the shores of the stunning Lago Petén Itzá. CAMINO REAL TIKAL HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

I

TIKAL

Delve deeper into the mysteries of the Maya with local experts. Explore Tikal’s architectural treasures, including the iconic Temple of the Great Jaguar, rising more than 150 feet above the jungle floor, and the North and South Acropolis. Encounter ancient Maya art and hieroglyphs, and examine carved stone inscriptions that illuminate the history and spiritual significance of Tikal. CAMINO REAL TIKAL HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

YAXHÁ AND TOPOXTE

Explore Yaxhá, a former Maya ceremonial center situated on a ridge overlooking Yaxhá Lake. If you wish, climb a temple for a panoramic view. Next, take a local boat to visit the secluded site of Topoxte, located on an island in the middle of a lake. Explore the ruins of this fortified Maya city, listening for the calls of birds and monkeys in the surrounding jungle.

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

Active

Strenuous

Category 1

$5,490

Category 2

$5,890

Category 3

$6,290

Category 4

$6,990

Category 5

$7,790

See the National Geographic Quest description and deck plan on page 150. Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single cabin, add $2,750 in Category 1 and $2,950 in Category 2. Airfare to Belize City and return from Flores is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum ship capacity: 100

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. Archaeologist Richard Hansen, a National Geographic grantee specializing in early Maya civilization, will join the February 28 departure. Read his bio on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

A B O U T T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGRAPHIC QUEST

CAMINO REAL TIKAL HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 9

I

FLORES/GUATEMALA CITY

Transfer to the airport in Flores and fly to Guatemala City to connect with your flight home. MEALS: B

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Combine your Belize to Tikal expedition with our nine-day Costa Rica: Cloud Forest to the Caribbean expedition. Visit our website or call for details.

The state-of-the-art National Geographic Quest is one of the latest additions to the National Geographic–Lindblad fleet. This ship is large enough to operate in coastal waters, yet small enough to navigate narrow inlets and passages. Each of the 50 cabins has a window, balcony, or porthole facing the sea; and common areas include a deck with an outdoor grill, a lounge with a bar and audiovisual facilities, a spa, and an observation deck.

A snorkeler explores the shallows just beyond the beaches of Half Moon Caye.

I

Maximum

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/BELIZE

I

97


M Y S T E R I E S O F T H E M AYA THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Delve into the world of the Maya on an expedition inspired by the work of National Geographic scientists and archaeologists. • Explore some of the most influential cities of the Maya world, including four UNESCO World Heritage sites: Chichén Itzá, Uxmal, Palenque, and Tikal. • During a special after-hours visit, get an in-depth look at Palenque’s illuminative hieroglyphs. • Witness the ongoing National Geographic-sponsored excavations of Bonampak’s wall murals, depicting vivid scenes of Maya warfare. Land

|

ITINER ARY

9 D AY S

DAYS 4 AND 5 I MÉRIDA/ VILLAHERMOSA/PALENQUE

Stroll among colorful textiles in Mérida’s lively market, and join a local chef for a walk through the food stalls. This afternoon, fly to Villahermosa. Venture into the ancient city of Palenque, where archaeologists have found rare Maya texts. After a free afternoon, return to the ruins for a specially arranged after-hours visit. CHAN-KAH RESORT VILLAGE MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 6

DAY 1

I

MÉRIDA, MEXICO

Arrive in Mérida this afternoon and transfer to our hotel. Tonight, make traditional dips with a local chef, and savor them before our welcome dinner. HOTEL ROSAS & XOCOLATE I MEALS: D

DAY 2

I

UXMAL

Delve into the world of the Maya at Uxmal, discovering intricately carved temples and palaces. Take a swim in a nearby cenote, and help make tortillas for our picnic lunch before visiting a modern-day Maya village. HOTEL ROSAS & XOCOLATE I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

CHICHÉN ITZÁ/IZAMAL

Uncover fascinating clues to Maya culture at Chichén Itzá, exploring tombs, pyramids, and the largest known Maya ball court. Return to Mérida, stopping in Izamal to see a Franciscan monastery built atop a Maya temple. HOTEL ROSAS & XOCOLATE I MEALS: B, L

I

BONAMPAK/FRONTERA COROZAL

Journey to remote Bonampak, home to stunning frescoes that were unearthed in the 1940s and featured in National Geographic magazine in February 1995. Take time to examine ancient battles and ceremonies depicted in vivid hues before we head to the town of Frontera Corozal. HOTEL ESCUDO JAGUAR I MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 7 AND 8

I

CAMINO REAL TIKAL I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 9

I

FLORES/GUATEMALA CITY

Transfer to Flores and fly to Guatemala City to connect with your flight home. MEALS: B

Above: The ancient observatory of El Caracal in Chichen Itza is a testament to the Maya’s prowess in astronomy. 98

I

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Light / Moderate Moderate Light Small Ship Train ModeratePrivate Jet

DATES 2017: Nov. 9–17Family • Dec. 29, 2017–Jan. 6, 2018 *G-Adventures Photo 2018: Jan. 18–26 • Feb. 15–23 • Mar. 1–9

COST

Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Student

$5,995

Moderate / Strenuous

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $950 in 2017 and $1,100 in 2018. On the December departure, there is an additional holiday surcharge of $200 per person. Airfare to Mérida and return from Guatemala City, and airfare within Mexico and Guatemala, are not included in the expedition cost. The group flights within Mexico and Guatemala are $420 per person (subject to change).

Maximum group size: 25

O U R

YAXCHILÁN/TIKAL, GUATEMALA

Cruise the Usumacinta River to the jungleshrouded ruins of Yaxchilán. Continue by boat to the border town of Bethel, and transfer to our hotel on the shores of Lago Petén Itzá. Rise early for an optional morning birding walk through the Cerro Cahuí nature reserve. Then encounter Tikal, one of the largest cities in the Classic Maya world. During a full day at the site, decipher carvings and hieroglyphs with our expert. Tonight, celebrate our journey at a farewell dinner.

Small Ship

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Archaeologist and National Geographic grantee William Saturno will join the November 2017 and February and March 2018 departures. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

W H AT T O E X P E C T For the one-night stay in remote Frontera Corozal, accommodations are basic, with thatched-roof cabins featuring en suite bathrooms and ceiling fans but no air conditioning. Transportation includes travel by small motorized boat on Day 7, and several 2–4 hour drives on partially unpaved roads.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Add a four-day post-trip extension to El Mirador in Guatemala or a five-day post-trip extension to Antigua and Lake Atitlán. Visit our website or call for details.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/MAYA

I

Strenuo


SAILING THE CARIBBEAN THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Sail aboard the elegant square-rigger Sea Cloud, once owned by Marjorie Merriweather Post. • Explore some of the Caribbean’s lesser visited islands, including jungle-clad Dominica; sleepy Bequia; and Terre-de-Haut, rich in Norman and Breton history. • Go on historian-led walks in colonial old towns infused with an intriguing mélange of cultures. • Learn about the region’s natural history from our team of experts, and encounter marine wonders while snorkeling in crystal-clear waters. Land

ITINER ARY

|

8

D AY S

DAY 4

I

ÎLES DES SAINTES

Sail to Terre-de-Haut in the Îles des Saintes and explore the main town, laced with brightly painted houses. Walk up to Fort Napoléon, a 19th-century French barracks that now houses a museum and cactus garden, and go snorkeling or swimming. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

I

BEQUIA, THE GRENADINES

Delve into the unique culture of Bequia, once home to a diverse group of seafarers, whalers, and buccaneers. Take a drive around the island, stopping to visit a hawksbill turtle sanctuary. In Port Elizabeth, browse the local market and stroll the waterfront Belmont Walk, or relax at a local beach bar. Or you may choose to go snorkeling or swimming. MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

BARBADOS/AT SEA

Arrive in Barbados and settle into your cabin aboard the elegant Sea Cloud. Cast off this afternoon, then enjoy dinner and our first sunset. Spend the next day sailing the turquoise waters of the Caribbean. Watch sailors climb the lines to raise the Sea Cloud’s sails by hand; relax with a book; and attend talks by our experts. SEA CLOUD FOR THE ENTIRE VOYAGE MEALS: DAY 1: D; DAY 2: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

DOMINICA

Spend the day exploring Dominica, known as “the nature island.” Hike in a mountain rain forest and discover hot springs created by active volcanoes. Join our historian at the ruins of Fort Shirley, an 18th-century British garrison, and learn about Dominica’s turbulent colonial history. Then head to a secluded beach to swim or snorkel. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 6

I

THE GRENADINES

Spend the morning sailing the idyllic Grenadines, known for their golden beaches, superb coral reefs, and relaxed and inviting atmosphere. We’ll anchor to swim in coves inhabited by green and hawksbill sea turtles and snorkel spots rich in tropical fish, rays, and other marine life. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

I

SAINT LUCIA

Arrive at St. Lucia and anchor under the island’s iconic twin peaks, Les Pitons. Explore the fishing port of Soufrière, then set off on a thrilling drive into St. Lucia’s active volcanic crater. Discover island wildlife on a nature walk, and take a plunge under a waterfall. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

BARBADOS

Disembark this morning and take a driving tour of the island that includes St. James Parish Church, St. Nicholas Abbey, and the fishing village of Bathsheba. Transfer to the airport for your return flight. MEALS: B, L

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

*G-Adventur

Photo

Activity Level

Private JetModeratePrivate Moderate LightTrainLight / Moderate

DATES Mar. 8–15Photo • Mar. 15–22 • Mar. 22–29 2018: *G-Adventures Family Student

Active

COST Light

Category 1

Light / Moderate

Category 2

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

$8,640

Strenuous

$9,880

Category 3

$11,970

Category 4

$12,490

Maximum

Original/Deluxe Category B

$13,990

Original/Deluxe Category A

$14,750

Owner’s Suites

$17,000

See the Sea Cloud description and deck plan on page 152. Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single cabin in Category 1, add $4,320. Airfare to/from Barbados is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum ship capacity: 58

SPECIAL OFFER Travel on the Sea Cloud in 2018 and we will cover your bar tab on board and all tips for the crew.

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. Travel and editorial photographer Susan Seubert will join the March 22 departure. Read her bio on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

Above: Sails furled, the Sea Cloud rests for the evening between Caribbean shores. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/CARIBBEAN

I

99


C U B A : D I S COV E R I N G I T S P E O P L E A N D C U LT U R E T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • C onnect with the extraordinary people and lively culture of Cuba through experiences made possible by the relationships we’ve developed over almost ten years of licensed expeditions to the island. • D iscuss historic preservation with local restoration experts in Havana and Trinidad, then set to see centuries-old buildings and meet the Cubans who live and work in them. • Talk with local artists on a behindthe-scenes tour of a factory-turned-art gallery, and soak up Afro-Cuban rhythms during a private dance performance. • G ain insights on the future of Cuba during a specially arranged discussion with a Cuban economist and sociologist.

ITINER ARY

|

8

DAY 2

D AY S

I

HAVANA

The architecture of Havana is astounding in its breadth and elegance, yet years of neglect have left many buildings in need of restoration. Learn about the challenges and successes of historic preservation from a local expert, then set out into Old Havana to see centuries-old gems—and meet the Cubans who live and work in them. Later, enjoy a behind-the-scenes tour of a factory-turned-art gallery and meet with local artists to learn about the contemporary art scene in Havana. After dinner, you will have the opportunity to attend a traditional Cuban music performance. HOTEL PARQUE CENTRAL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3 DAY 1

I

MIAMI, FLORIDA/HAVANA, CUBA

Depart Miami for Havana, Cuba. Upon arrival, take a brief driving tour of the city. Then, meet troupe members of an Afro-Cuban dance group and enjoy an energetic private performance. Later, check in to our hotel before gathering for a welcome reception and dinner tonight at a local paladar (privately owned restaurant). HOTEL PARQUE CENTRAL I MEALS: D

I

CIENFUEGOS

This morning, visit an urban organic farm to meet with a local farmer and discuss agriculture in Cuba. Then drive south to Cienfuegos, a port city with French colonial roots. Stroll along the main commercial street on a walking tour of the city, stopping to talk to cuentapropistas (self-employed workers) about the burgeoning private economy here. At the prestigious Benny Moré Art School, watch students perform music and dance, view their artwork, and hear the stories of these talented youth and their teachers.

DAY 4

I

TRINIDAD/CIENFUEGOS

DAY 5

I

CIENFUEGOS

Travel along the Caribbean coast to charming Trinidad, where we explore Cuba’s best preserved colonial city with a restoration expert. Set off along its cobblestoned streets, pausing at colorful houses along the way to meet artisans, antiques collectors, and longtime residents who have transformed their historic homes into guesthouses. One such man is Julio Muñoz, a photographer and union representative for the self-employed whose family appeared in an October 1999 National Geographic magazine article. At his colonial-era house, learn about his private businesses, such as his bed-and-breakfast, and hear about his program promoting equine care. HOTEL JAGUA I MEALS: B, L Near Cienfuegos, explore Cuba’s oldest botanical garden with a botany expert who will educate us about ongoing efforts to maintain the rich biodiversity of its extraordinary plant life. Then stop in a former sugar mill town and meet with the town’s present-day inhabitants. After lunch, hear from a local athlete about the role that sports, such as baseball, play in Cuban culture. Later, enjoy a choral performance and discussion with a world-renowned a cappella group, the Choir

HOTEL JAGUA I MEALS: B, L, D

Above: A dancer whirls on the colorful streets of Old Havana, Cuba. 100

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/CUBA

I


Land

Small Ship

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Photo

Activity Level

Small Ship Light

Light / Moderate Train PrivateModerat Jet

DATES 2017: Nov. 6–13 Family • Nov. 13–20 • Nov.*G-Adventures 20–27 Photo Nov. 27–Dec. 4 • Dec. 4–11 • Dec. 11–18 Dec. 15–22 • Dec. 28, 2017–Jan. 4, 2018

Student

2018: Jan.Light 8–15 Light • Jan. 15–22 • Jan. 22–29 / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Feb. 5–12 • Feb. 19–26 • Feb. 26–Mar. 5 Mar. 5–12 • Mar. 12–19 • Mar. 26–Apr. 2 • Apr. 9–16 Apr. 23–30 • May 14–21 • May 28–June 4 June 11–18 • June 25–July 2

COST

Classic cars cruise past Havana’s National Capitol Building at dawn.

of Cienfuegos. After dinner, there will be an opportunity to get to know residents of a typical neighborhood in Cienfuegos. HOTEL JAGUA I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 6

I

BAY OF PIGS/HAVANA

Today, head to the historic Bay of Pigs. Trace the dramatic events that occurred here at a small museum, then step foot on the Playa Girón, one of two landing sites for the 1961 U.S.-backed invasion. Stop for lunch and enjoy an opportunity to talk with a park ranger visiting us from the nearby Ciénaga de Zapata National Park. Learn about the ecology and conservation efforts of the

protected area, declared a UNESCO Biosphere Reserve. On our way back to Havana, pay a visit to Finca Vigía, the former home of Ernest Hemingway. A museum expert joins us to share a Cuban perspective on Hemingway’s strong connection to the Cuban people. HOTEL PARQUE CENTRAL I MEALS: B, L

DAY 7

I

HAVANA

Spend the morning with Cuban professionals, engaging in a specially arranged discussion on education, economics, social issues, the role of government, and other topics of interest. Later, learn about Cuba’s rich artistic traditions at the National Museum of Fine Arts. Tonight, celebrate our Cuban experience together at a farewell dinner. HOTEL PARQUE CENTRAL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

HAVANA/MIAMI, FLORIDA

After breakfast, transfer to the airport for your flight back to Miami. MEALS: B

SPECIAL PHOTOGRAPHY EXPEDITION

Young Cubans play soccer against the pastel backdrop of Trinidad’s Iglesia y Convento.

I

November 2017–April 2018

$7,295

May–June 2018

$6,595

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,850. On the December 28, 2017 departure, there is an additional holiday surcharge of $200 per person. Airfare is not included in the expedition cost. The round-trip group flights between Miami and Havana are $450 per person. A $75 per-person airfare supplement applies for the December 28, 2017 departure. Group flight cost includes air ticket, taxes and fees, and required Cuban health insurance, as well as expedited check-in service, one checked bag, and a Cuban visa processed on your behalf. Please Note: This trip is permitted through the peopleto-people general license category authorized by the Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. The itinerary was designed to provide an in-depth cultural experience with numerous opportunities for meaningful interaction with Cubans. Information about travel restrictions in Cuba will be provided in your pre-departure materials. While we do our best to adhere to the itinerary listed here, traveling in Cuba requires flexibility, and changes to hotels and activities may occur.

Maximum group size: 25

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Travel writer Christopher P. Baker will join several departures of this expedition. To see these dates, read his bio, and find more experts, please visit our website.

Engage with the vibrant people of Havana through the lens of your camera on our photo expedition, Cuba and Its People: A Photographic Exploration (limited to 16 travelers). Visit our website for details and the National Geographic photographer leading each departure. DATES: Nov. 6–13, 2017 Dec. 27, 2017–Jan. 3, 2018 Cost: From $6,695

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/CUBA

I

101

Strenuo


C U B A B Y L A N D A N D S E A : C U LT U R A L H E R I TAG E A N D N AT U R A L W O N D E R S T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • E xperience Cuba’s cultural and natural wonders on a voyage aboard the Harmony V, exploring colorful colonial cities and cruising to pristine coastal isles. • D elve into the country’s past and present while getting to know Cuban artists, musicians, medical professionals, merchants, and more. • G et a local perspective on the Bay of Pigs invasion, and go ashore on the seldomvisited Isla de la Juventud, where Fidel and Raúl Castro were once exiled. • I n Ciénaga de Zapata National Park, seek out endemic birdlife with local naturalists, and meet with researchers at a sea turtle breeding center on Cayo Largo.

ITINER ARY

|

11

DAYS 2 AND 3

D AY S

I

HAVANA

Get acquainted with local life through your choice of people-to-people excursions: visit an auto workshop where inventive mechanics repair classic American cars, wander through Ernest Hemingway’s estate at Finca Vigía, or get a Cuban perspective on Castro’s revolution at the city’s history museums. Set out on a walking tour, tracing the story of the city as told through its people and its buildings, and learn about ongoing efforts to preserve Old Havana. Visit a cigar factory, or learn about environmental education projects at the Fundación Antonio Núñez Jiménez. Enjoy meals in some of Havana’s best paladares, or privately owned restaurants, and hear the signature rhythms of Cuba at an evening performance. HOTEL NACIONAL DE CUBA MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 1

I

M  IAMI, FLORIDA/HAVANA, CUBA

From Miami, fly to Havana and transfer to our hotel. Enjoy a lively dance percussion performance and meet members of the troupe. Later, drive along the Malecón, the waterfront esplanade where Cubans from all walks of life come to stroll and socialize. HOTEL NACIONAL DE CUBA I MEALS: L, D

DAY 4

I

HAVANA/CIENFUEGOS

After another chance to meet with residents of Havana this morning, drive to Cienfuegos and embark our ship. Gather for a welcome dinner on board. HARMONY V FOR THE REMAINDER OF THE TRIP I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

I

BAY OF PIGS/CIENFUEGOS

Cigarette steadied, a Cuban poses for a portrait in the colorful town of Trinidad.

ecologically important area that gained worldwide renown when U.S.-backed Cuban exiles attempted to invade in 1961. In the beach town of Playa Girón, visit a museum that recounts the failed invasion, and talk to local people to learn what the episode means to Cubans today. In nearby Ciénaga de Zapata National Park, meet with naturalists and look for endemic birdlife, or go scuba-diving at the Bay of Pigs (at an additional cost). Drive back to Cienfuegos and rejoin our ship in the afternoon. MEALS: B, L, D

This morning we drive to the Bay of Pigs, an

Above: The Castillo del Morro stands at the entrance to Havana’s bay, a sentinel since the early 17th century. 102

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/CUBA

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

ModeratePrivate Moderate Private Jet LightTrainLight / Moderate

DATES 2017:Family Dec. 6–16Photo • Dec. 13–23 • Dec. 20–30 *G-Adventures Student Active Dec. 27, 2017–Jan. 6, 2018 2018: Jan. 3–13 • Jan. 10–20 • Jan. 17–27 Jan. 24–Feb. 3 • Jan. 31–Feb. 10 • Feb. 7–17 / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Maximum Light Feb. Light 14–24 • Feb. 21–Mar. 3 • Feb. 28–Mar.Strenuous 10 Mar. 7–17 • Mar. 14–24 • Mar. 21–31 These departures are photography expeditions. See the box below for details and special pricing.

COST

Two fixtures of Cuba intersect: Ché images and classic cars.

DAYS 6 AND 7

I

TRINIDAD/AT SEA

Today we’ll go ashore at Trinidad, a UNESCO World Heritage site of cobblestoned streets and colonial houses, originally founded in 1514. Stroll through the town, visiting museums and meeting entrepreneurs and artists. After lunch, stroll this charming town and get to know its residents. Spend the following day at sea, relaxing and enjoying talks by our staff. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 8

I

ISLA DE LA JUVENTUD

Anchor at Siguanea Bay on Isla de la Juventud— or the Isle of Youth—once home to an infamous penal colony. Drive to the city of Nueva Gerona,

where we’ll visit a clinic and art school. Stroll the main boulevard, meeting with local residents and taking in cultural performances along our walk. After lunch, visit the Presidio Modelo, the prison where Fidel and Raúl Castro, along with their fellow revolutionaries, were confined following their failed attack on the Moncada barracks near Santiago de Cuba. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 9

I

CAYO LARGO

On Cayo Largo, pay a visit to a local clinic to discuss Cuba’s medical system with island doctors and nurses. Then meet with researchers at a sea turtle breeding center and endangered species protection program. In the afternoon, explore the island, or go swimming or snorkeling in the company of Cuban guides (schedule permitting). MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 10

I

CIENFUEGOS

Sail into the port of Cienfuegos, a World Heritage site stretched along a bay and filled with elegant French-inspired architecture. Head into the town center on foot, seeing palaces, schools, churches, and residential houses. At the Benny Moré Art school, get to know students and teachers. Meet up with musicians and singers in the afternoon, then take in a musical performance. Later, return to the ship to toast our Cuban voyage at a farewell dinner. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 11

I

CIENFUEGOS/MIAMI, FLORIDA

Disembark this morning and transfer to the airport for our flight back to Miami. MEALS: B

Category 1

$9,500

Category 2

$10,200

Category 3

$11,000

Category 4

$11,500

See the Harmony V description, photo, and deck plan on page 153. Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single cabin, add $4,750 in Category 1 and $5,100 in Category 2. Airfare is not included in the expedition cost. Round-trip airfare from Miami to Havana and return from Cienfuegos is $440 per person.

Maximum ship capacity: 44 Please Note: This trip is permitted through the people-topeople general license category authorized by the Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. The itinerary was designed to provide an in-depth cultural experience with numerous opportunities for meaningful interaction with Cubans. Travel restrictions in Cuba will be provided in your pre-departure materials. While we do our best to adhere to the itinerary listed here, traveling in Cuba requires flexibility, and changes to hotels and activities may occur.

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. Archaeologist and anthropologist Fabio “Fe” Amador will join the December 6 and 13, 2017 departures. Read his bio and find more experts on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

SPECIAL PHOTOGRAPHY D E PA RT U R E S As indicated in the Dates section above, a few special departures of this expedition are designated as Cuba by Land and Sea Photography Expeditions. Visit our website for details and for the National Geographic photographer leading each departure.

A pelican takes a shy stance in Cayo Largo.

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/CUBA

I

103


G A L Á PA G O S T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • The National Geographic Islander and new National Geographic Endeavour II are each equipped with kayaks, stand-up paddleboards, and Zodiacs, allowing for up close exploration. • J oin our expert naturalists on interpretive island walks to learn about Galápagos wildlife, and witness incredible interactions between the animals. • M eet endangered Galápagos giant tortoises at a National Geographicsupported captive breeding program, and then observe these creatures in the wild. • S norkel amid shimmering fish, sea turtles, penguins, and playful sea lions.

ITINER ARY

|

10

D AY S

wildlife. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC ISLANDER OR NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC ENDEAVOUR II THROUGH DAY 8 I MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 3–8

I

EXPLORING THE GALÁPAGOS

In keeping with the nature of an expedition, our itinerary is flexible, allowing you to fully immerse yourself in this extraordinary wildlife sanctuary. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY Itineraries vary and are subject to Galápagos National Park regulations. All expeditions travel between Isla San Cristóbal and Isla Baltra, and include Isla Santa Cruz and a selection of the following islands:

I DAY 1

I

GUAYAQUIL, ECUADOR

Arrive in Guayaquil and transfer to our hotel upon arrival. HILTON COLON GUAYAQUIL

DAY 2

I

G  UAYAQUIL/GALÁPAGOS

This morning, fly to the Galápagos Islands and board our expedition ship. After lunch, we begin our exploration of the islands and their diverse

I SLA BARTOLOMÉ

Walk to the top of Bartolomé’s volcanic cone for a stunning view of Pinnacle Rock and the surrounding beaches. You may also have the opportunity to swim with Galápagos penguins.

I

I SLA SANTIAGO

Santiago offers some of the best “tide pooling” in the islands. Follow a path along a series of pools and underwater caverns in search of Galápagos fur seals, marine iguanas, sea lions, and Sally Lightfoot crabs.

Kayaking brings you close to the action.

I

ISLA SANTA CRUZ

At the Charles Darwin Research Station, learn about ongoing research on the islands’ wildlife. Visit the neighboring captive breeding program for endangered species of Galápagos giant tortoises. Later, travel into the highlands, where wild tortoises forage, to observe and photograph these giant creatures in their natural habitat.

I

ISLA ISABELA

Explore the largest island in the group, home to marine iguanas, sea turtles, penguins, and the only species of flightless cormorant in the world. Cruise by Zodiac and snorkel in the cool, rich

Above: Strutting blue-footed boobies flaunt their azure appendages in hopes of luring a mate. 104

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/GALAPAGOS

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Private Jet Moderate Private Moderate LightTrainLight / Moderate

DATES 2017Family and 2018:Photo Expeditions depart Fridays *G-Adventures Studenton the Active National Geographic Endeavour II and Saturdays on the National Geographic Islander. See the calendar on page 158 for specific departure dates through Light /2018. Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Strenuous Maximum Light October

A photographer frames a cluster of sea lions lounging on shore.

waters that often draw whales and dolphins to the area.

I

ISLA FERNANDINA

Discover the marine iguana haven of Punta Espinoza as we hike over lava flows. Galápagos hawks, sea lion nurseries, and rare flightless cormorants can be found while exploring this island. Snorkel among sea turtles, penguins, and the occasional marine iguana.

I

ISLA FLOREANA

Office Bay—if you see a letter addressed to someone who lives near you, the tradition is to deliver it by hand.

I

ISLA ESPAÑOLA

A paradise for bird lovers, Isla Española is home to Darwin’s finches, blue-footed boobies, and waved albatrosses. Walk among vivid green-andred marine iguanas and observe sea lions up close on a pristine white-sand beach.

DAY 9

At Champion Islet, snorkel among sea lions, keeping an eye out for the endangered Floreana mockingbird. Those interested can visit Post

N E W ! N AT I O N A L G E O G R A P H I C G LO B A L E X P LO R E R S P R O G R A M

I

GALÁPAGOS/GUAYAQUIL

After breakfast, disembark the ship and fly to Guayaquil. The evening is at your leisure. HILTON COLON GUAYAQUIL I MEALS: B

DAY 10

I

GUAYAQUIL

Depart Guayaquil this morning. MEALS: B

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Add a six-day pre-trip extension that includes Colonial Quito and a stay at Mashpi Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World set in Ecuador's Chocó rain forest. Or combine this Galápagos voyage with our Peru: Land of the Inca expedition (see page 110) in one extraordinary 16day journey. Visit our website or call for details.

YOUR TRIP MAKES A DIFFERENCE Beginning in June 2017, young travelers on all departures of our Galápagos expedition can participate in our new National Geographic Global Explorers Program. Developed in conjunction with National Geographic Education, this hands-on, interactive program teaches kids how to explore like scientists and tell the stories of the archipelago’s legendary wildlife. Our certified field educators are trained to optimize the myriad learning opportunities found in the Galápagos. Kids will hone their observation skills and learn to capture and share their experiences through photographs, videos, maps, drawings, and more. With a range of activities to choose from—in the field and on board—our flexible program encourages young travelers to explore their own interests, whether it’s marine biology or photography.

I

The National Geographic Society funds research, conservation, and exploration, including vital studies on the endangered Galápagos penguin and the seasonal migration patterns of Galápagos tortoises.

SPECIAL PHOTOGRAPHY D E PA RT U R E S A few special departures of this expedition are designated as Galápagos Photography Expeditions. Or, if you are interested in a more in-depth experience, choose our 17-day Epic Galápagos Photography Expedition. Visit our website or call for details on both Galápagos photography expeditions.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/GALAPAGOS

All Galápagos departures are family friendly. See the box below for details.

COST 2017/2018:

Endeavour II Endeavour II 2017 2018

Islander 2017/2018

Category 1

$6,960

$6,960

$7,330

Category 2

$7,940

$8,100

$8,290

Category 3

$8,740

$8,990

$9,170

Category 4

$9,590

$9,970

$9,750

Category 5

N/A

N/A

$11,860

Suite A

$11,440

$11,950

N/A

Suite B

$12,280

$12,890

N/A

Suite C

$12,980

$13,660

N/A

Category 2 Solo

$9,930

$10,130

N/A

Category 3 Solo

$10,930

$11,240

N/A

See the National Geographic Endeavour II and National Geographic Islander descriptions, photos, and deck plans on page 151. Prices are per person, double occupancy, except those marked solo, which are based on single occupancy. For holiday pricing aboard both ships and single-cabin pricing on the National Geographic Islander, please visit our website. Holiday departures that incur an additional surcharge are December 22, 23, 29, and 30, 2017 and December 21, 22, 28, and 29, 2018. Airfare to/from Guayaquil and airfare within Ecuador are not included in the expedition cost. The round-trip group flights between Guayaquil and the Galápagos are $520 per person (subject to change).

Maximum ship capacity: Islander: 48 Endeavour II: 96

SPECIAL OFFER Book by October 31, 2017 and receive free roundtrip international airfare between Miami and the Galápagos on select departures. Plus, save 10% when you combine this Galápagos voyage with our Upper Amazon voyage (see page 106). Visit our website or call for details.

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. Biologist Lynn Fowler, one of the first female guides to work in the Galápagos, will accompany several departures on the National Geographic Islander. To see these dates and read her bio, please visit our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions. I

105


U P P E R A M A ZO N T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • E xplore the amazing biodiversity of the Pacaya-Samiria National Reserve with our team of naturalists, and encounter rare pink dolphins, sloths, howler monkeys, giant lily pads, and an astounding variety of birdlife. • Learn from a National GeographicLindblad certified photo instructor, who travels with us aboard the Delfin II riverboat. • G lide into the Amazonian backwaters by kayak or skiff for an up close look at the intricacies of this rain forest ecosystem. • M eet the ribereños, indigenous people who live along the river’s edge, and get a glimpse into their traditions and way of life.

ITINER ARY

|

10

D AY S

to Nauta, where our riverboat awaits. Get settled into your elegant, hardwood-paneled cabin, and gather for a welcome dinner of fine Peruvian cuisine prepared by our riverboat’s chef. Tonight, step out on deck to gaze at the night sky over the Amazon. DELFIN II THROUGH DAY 8 I MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 3–8

I

EXPLORING THE PACAYASAMIRIA RESERVE

In keeping with the nature of an expedition, our itinerary is flexible, allowing us to take advantage of opportunities to explore the Amazon River basin in depth.

DAY 1

I

LIMA, PERU

Arrive in Lima at any time and transfer to our hotel. WYNDHAM COSTA DEL SOL LIMA AIRPORT HOTEL

DAY 2

I

L  IMA/IQUITOS/NAUTA

After a morning visit to the celebrated Larco Museum, fly to Iquitos and continue overland

Glide into the Pacaya-Samiria National Reserve, and spend a week inside this pristine swath of jungle, which stretches more than five million acres and harbors some of the Amazon’s most fascinating flora and fauna. The reserve is bordered by the Marañón and the Ucayali—two powerful rivers that converge to create the famed Amazon. Here, annual flooding of nutrient-rich waters creates what is known locally as the Mirrored Forest, named for the reflections emitted by its glass-like waterways.

During the dry season, giant lily pads float on the glassy waters of the Pacaya-Samiria National Reserve.

Set out into this remarkable wilderness on daily excursions by skiff and kayak, skimming past giant lily pads afloat on black-water lakes. Venture deep into the rain forest on narrow tributaries seeking out sloths and monkeys, including variably colored saddleback tamarins, noisy howlers, and shaggy-tailed monk saki monkeys. In the river, look for massive paiche

Above: A scarlet macaw nestles amid the foliage.

106

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/AMAZON

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Moderate LightTrainLight / Moderate Private JetModeratePrivate

DATES 2017:Family Dec. 9–18Photo • Dec. 16–25 *G-Adventures Student Active Dec. 23, 2017–Jan. 1, 2018 2018: Jan. 20–29 • Jan. 27–Feb. 5 Feb. 3–12 • Feb. 10–19 • Mar. 3–12 • Mar. 10–19 / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Maximum Light Mar. Light 17–26 • Mar. 24–Apr. 2 • Mar. 31–Apr.Strenuous 9 • May 5–14 Apr. 28–May 7 May 26–June 4 • June 30–July 9 • July 7–16 Aug. 18–27 • Aug. 25–Sept. 3 • Sept. 1–10 Oct. 13–22 • Oct. 20–29 • Oct. 27–Nov. 5 Nov. 3–12 • Dec. 8–17 • Dec. 15–24 Dec. 29, 2018–Jan. 7, 2019 These departures are photography expeditions. See the box below for details.

COST Travelers take in the views during a sunset skiff excursion.

fish, the Amazon’s largest; rare pink dolphins; and the infamous piranha—an important food source for the local people. From December through May, we are able to explore more of the Amazon’s waterways and flooded forest by skiff. As the water recedes later in the year, explore the spontaneous habitats of temporary islands that appear. When the water level permits, set out on walks across dry land. Hike through the rain forest as you gaze at soaring ceiba or kapok trees; and go on bird-watching hikes to look for an astounding variety of avian species—from tanagers and hummingbirds to parrots and scarlet macaws. Visit villages on the river’s edge to learn about the traditions of local ribereños—the people who live along the banks of the Amazon. Get acquainted with the residents of villages like

Puerto Miguel, learning about their culture, folklore, and daily lives. We’ll also hear about the inspiring work of Minga Peru, a nonprofit that has helped improve health and livelihoods for the people of the Amazon with the support of the Lindblad–National Geographic Fund. Watch spectacular sunsets and listen to a cacophonous symphony of nocturnal animals calling out across the treetops. Then slip through the forest in a skiff as night falls, using a spotlight to look for caimans, frogs, fishing bats, and other creatures of the night. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 9 AND 10

I

NAUTA/IQUITOS/LIMA

Enjoy one last morning excursion by skiff to view wildlife. After lunch, disembark in Nauta and transfer to Iquitos in time for a late afternoon flight to Lima. After breakfast the next day, transfer to the airport for your flight home. WYNDHAM COSTA DEL SOL LIMA AIRPORT HOTEL I MEALS: DAY 9: B, L; DAY 10: B

SPECIAL PHOTOGRAPHY D E PA RT U R E S

Sunset casts its rays on the 28-guest Delfin II.

I

As indicated in the Dates section above, a few special departures of this expedition are designated as Upper Amazon Photography Expeditions. You′ll learn tips and techniques while gliding along the Amazon headwaters deep in the heart of the Peruvian rain forest. Visit our website for details and for the National Geographic photographer leading each departure.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/AMAZON

Suites

$6,990

Master Suites

$8,260

See the Delfi n II description, photo, and deck plan on page 153. Prices are per person, double occupancy. Due to limited availability, single cabins are offered on a request basis only; please call for availability and rates. On the December 23, 2017 and Decemebr 29, 2018 departures, there is an additional holiday surcharge of $690 per person for a Suite and $430 per person for a Master Suite. Airfare to/from Lima and airfare within Peru are not included in the expedition cost. The round-trip flight between Lima and Iquitos is $440 per person (subject to change).

Maximum ship capacity: 28

SPECIAL OFFERS Save 10% on the expedition cost when you combine this Upper Amazon voyage with our Galápagos voyage (see page 104) or our Peru: Land of the Inca expedition (see page 110). Plus, book by October 31, 2017 and receive free round-trip airfare from Miami to Iquitos when combining select departures with our Galápagos voyage. Visit our website or call for details.

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. National Geographic Traveler photographer Krista Rossow will join the January 20 and 27 departures. Read her bio and find more experts on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

I

107


P E R U : A M A ZO N , M AC H U P I CC H U , A N D T H E S AC R E D VA L L E Y T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • G et an in-depth perspective on Hiram Bingham’s National Geographic-funded excavation of Machu Picchu during a tour of the spectacular Inca citadel. • Paddle a dugout canoe across Amazonian backwaters in the company of a naturalist. • S ettle into four spectacular National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World: Inkaterra Hacienda Concepción, Inkaterra La Casona, Inkaterra Hacienda Urubamba, and Inkaterra Machu Picchu Pueblo Hotel. • V isit the workshop of Nilda Callañaupa, a National Geographic grantee who has revived Andean weaving traditions in the Sacred Valley of the Inca.

ITINER ARY

|

12

flora and fauna on a walk with a naturalist, then set off on a sunset canoe cruise. Spend the next morning in Tambopata National Reserve, looking for caimans, giant river otters, and diverse birdlife while exploring Lake Sandoval in a dugout canoe. Go on an afternoon canopy walk; and after dark, take a nocturnal tour of the forest. Visit the lodge’s farm and botanical garden to learn about the cultivation and myriad uses of indigenous plants. Later, take canoes out on a lagoon to catch and release fish or watch for birds.

D AY S

INKATERRA HACIENDA CONCEPCIÓN MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 5 AND 6

DAY 1

I

LIMA, PERU

Arrive in Lima at any time and check in to our airport hotel. WYNDHAM COSTA DEL SOL LIMA AIRPORT HOTEL

I

DAYS 2, 3, AND 4

AMAZON RAIN FOREST

Fly to Puerto Maldonado and take an outboard motorized canoe to our lodge, set on the banks of the Madre de Dios River. Examine fascinating

I

SACRED VALLEY OF THE INCA

Return to Puerto Maldonado and fly to Cusco. Travel into the Sacred Valley, stopping to meet llamas at Awana Kancha along the way. Settle into our stunning lodge and enjoy a pisco sour, Peru’s national drink, with spectacular views of the valley. The next day, visit the workshop of Nilda Callañaupa, a National Geographic grantee who has revived Andean weaving traditions. See the agricultural terraces of Moray and the saltpans of Maras, and participate in an ancient Andean ceremony to honor the Earth. Return to

Evening light sets off the Spanish colonial architecture on the Plaza de Armas in Cusco.

the lodge for a talk by our expert before dinner. INKATERRA HACIENDA URUMBAMBA MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 7 AND 8

I

OLLANTAYTAMBO/ MACHU PICCHU

Travel to Ollantaytambo and tour its Inca fortress. Then ride the train to Machu Picchu, following the Urubamba River through dramatic

Above: Women in traditional Andean dress stand in vibrant contrast to the neutral palette of the Andean highlands. 108

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PERU

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Light / Moderate Moderate Light Small Ship Train ModeratePrivate Jet

DATES *G-Adventures 2018: Mar. 16–27Family • May 7–18Photo • June 5–16 • July 3–14Student Aug. 7–18 • Sept. 4–15

COST

Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

$7,495

Moderate / Strenuous

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $2,500. Airfare to/from Lima and airfare within Peru are not included in the expedition cost. The flights within Peru are $650 per person (subject to change).

Maximum group size: 22

O U R

The vibrant colors of a child’s traditional poncho set off a classic view of Machu Picchu.

scenery. Venture into the breathtaking Inca citadel with a guide, discovering the ingenuity behind its design and use. Spend a full day exploring the area, hiking to the Sun Gate or the Inca Bridge and discovering the orchids, birds, and hot springs in the lush cloud forests that surround our lodge.

transfer to Cusco. Our home here is an exquisite 16th-century manor house in the heart of the old city. The next day, take a guided tour of historic Cusco and enjoy plenty of free time to discover this charming city on your own. Toast our Peruvian adventure at a farewell dinner this evening. INKATERRA LA CASONA

INKATERRA HACIENDA MACHU PICCHU PUEBLO HOTEL I MEALS: DAY 7: B, L, D; DAY 8: B, D

MEALS: DAY 9: B; DAY 10: B, D

I

DAYS 9 AND 10

MACHU PICCHU/ CUSCO

Learn about the lodge’s efforts to rehabilitate native spectacled bears on a visit to the Andean Bear Rescue Center. Board the train back to Ollantaytambo. After lunch on your own,

DAYS 11 AND 12

I

CUSCO/LIMA

Enjoy the morning at leisure in Cusco. Then fly to Lima, where we have secured hotel rooms for the night. You may choose to depart later this evening; or the following morning, at your leisure. WYNDHAM COSTA DEL SOL LIMA

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Ethnomusicologist and Fulbright scholar Holly Wissler will join the March 16, June 5, and September 4 departures. Read her bio and find more experts on our website.

W H AT T O E X P E C T We will be traveling at high elevations while in Cusco and Machu Picchu. Cusco is at an altitude of 11,200 feet and Machu Picchu is at 8,000 feet. Participants should be physically fit. This expedition is not suitable for anyone who suffers from a respiratory disorder, a circulatory ailment, or a disability that limits mobility.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION

AIRPORT HOTEL I MEALS: DAY 11: B

F E AT U R E D LO D G E S Hacienda Concepción. Take in incredible views of the Sacred Valley from Inkaterra Hacienda Urubamba, where Inca and colonial architecture intermingle. At Inkaterra Machu Picchu Pueblo Hotel, stay in charming casitas nestled in the cloud forest just below the Inca site; and enjoy an intimate view of Cusco from Inkaterra La Casona (pictured left), a historic mansion Simón Bolívar once called home. Visit our website for more details. Stay in four stunning National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World that capture the essence of their surroundings while working to preserve the local culture and environment. Settle into thatched cabanas tucked into the rain forest at Inkaterra

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PERU

Add a three-day extension to Lake Titicaca. Visit our website or call for details.

I

109

Strenuo


PERU: LAND OF THE INCA T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • Watch day break over the Inca ruins of Machu Picchu and learn about National Geographic-funded excavations that helped uncover the site. • J oin archaeologist Peter Frost for talks on his archaeological expeditions in Peru, which have been featured in National Geographic magazine.* • Attend a private demonstration of traditional Andean weaving techniques by a National Geographic grantee. • I n the Sacred Valley of the Inca, visit a private family museum filled with colonial artwork, and witness a performance of Peruvian Paso horses.

ITINER ARY

|

8

DAY 2

D AY S

I

CUSCO/SACRED VALLEY OF THE INCA

Fly from Lima to Cusco this morning and drive into the Urubamba Valley, known as the Sacred Valley of the Inca. Continue to the Inca site of Moray—believed to have been an agricultural laboratory where priests tested soils and crops. Enjoy a traditional Peruvian lunch at the parador overlooking the ruins. Stop at a colorful local market before an optional visit to the pottery studio of Pablo Seminario, featuring ceramics made with ancient Peruvian techniques and designs. HOTEL SOL Y LUNA I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

DAY 1

I

LIMA, PERU

Arrive in Lima, Peru’s capital, founded in the 1500s by conquistador Francisco Pizarro, and transfer to our hotel. WYNDHAM COSTA DEL SOL LIMA AIRPORT HOTEL

I

SACRED VALLEY OF THE INCA

After breakfast, enjoy a talk by National Geographic grantee Peter Frost,* who has been exploring the Andes for 35 years. In 2001 and 2002, Peter led National Geographic Societysponsored expeditions into the remote region of Vilcabamba, Peru, finding and exploring the previously unknown Inca and pre-Inca site of Qoriwayrachina (as featured in the February 2004 issue of National Geographic magazine).

*On departures that coincide with Peter’s field work, one of Peter’s colleagues will join us instead.

Peter Frost, an archaeologist, writer, photographer, and National Geographic grantee, joins us on Day 3 of our expedition.*

Travel further into the valley to Ollantaytambo and explore the massive stone fortress where the Inca won their greatest victory against the conquistadores. Visit the family-owned hacienda Casa Orihuela for lunch; then view the family’s private museum, filled with colonial artwork; and witness the delicate dance of Peruvian Paso horses during a presentation. Back at the lodge, meet National Geographic grantee Nilda Callañaupa, who has helped preserve and revive traditional Inca textiles. Learn about her ancient craft and watch a weaving demonstration. Tonight, gather for a captivating performance of folkloric stilt dancing. HOTEL SOL Y LUNA I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

I

MACHU PICCHU

An exhilarating train ride brings us through steep slopes to magnificent Machu Picchu. Isolated among mountain peaks, Machu Picchu

Above: Perched on a secluded hilltop in the Peruvian Andes, Machu Picchu is one of the world’s most celebrated archaeological sites. 110

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PERU

I


Land

DAY 5

I

MACHU PICCHU/SACRED VALLEY OF THE INCA/CUSCO

Before sunrise, you may choose to hike up to the Sun Gate, the final checkpoint of the Inca Trail, and watch the day break over the timeless ruins of Machu Picchu. Spend the rest of the morning wandering through the site on your own. After lunch, board the train back to the Sacred Valley and head to Awana Kancha, a farm where llamas and alpacas are bred. Continue to Cusco, a city of astonishing charm and beauty that was once the capital of the Inca Empire. Our home here is a 16th-century monastery just steps from the city square. Take a stroll in the elegant arcaded courtyard and admire the antiques and paintings decorating the halls before enjoying a special dinner. BELMOND MONASTERIO HOTEL MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 6

Hiram Bingham poses at his expedition camp during the excavation of Machu Picchu.

is one of the world’s most awe-inspiring sites. This royal retreat was abandoned by the Inca, reclaimed by the jungle, and lost to history until it was rediscovered by Hiram Bingham in 1911 and excavated with support from the National Geographic Society. Discover the mysteries of the “lost city of the Inca” on a guided tour of the site, and then check in to our lodge—the only accommodation adjacent to Machu Picchu. This afternoon, explore the ruins further with a guide; or head off on your own to see the Inca Bridge, built into a cliff face. Watch twilight descend on Machu Picchu after the crowds have disappeared, and soak up the quiet enchantment of this legendary place. BELMOND SANCTUARY LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D

I

CUSCO

Spend a full day exploring magnificent Cusco. Examine the massive stone boulders that make up the 15th-century Sacsayhuaman fortress, site of one of the bloodiest battles of the Spanish conquest. See the Coricancha, a 17th-century cathedral and convent built atop the ruins of an Inca temple. Then enjoy the rest of the day at leisure to stroll around this beautiful city or relax at our historic hotel. BELMOND MONASTERIO HOTEL I MEALS: B, L

DAY 7

I

CUSCO/LIMA

Fly back to Lima and visit the renowned Larco Museum, home to the world’s largest private collection of pre-Columbian art. Stroll the Plaza Mayor before enjoying a farewell lunch at Casa Aliaga, a lovely colonial home. Experience the sounds of the Andes at a special presentation of indigenous instruments. Later, check in to our hotel, perched on the waterfront in the elegant Miraflores district, and take the rest of the day to relax or explore on your own. BELMOND MIRAFLORES PARK HOTEL MEALS: B, L

DAY 8

I

LIMA

After breakfast, transfer to the Lima airport for your return flight home. MEALS: B

YOUR TRIP MAKES A DIFFERENCE The National Geographic Society funds research, conservation, and exploration, including excavations of early Inca religious sites in Peru.

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Light / Moderate Moderate Light Small Ship Train ModeratePrivate Jet

DATES 2017 and 2018: Expeditions depart every week *G-Adventures Family Photo on either Saturday or Sunday. See the calendar on page 158 for specific departure dates through October 2018. Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Student

Moderate / Strenuous

COST

$5,690

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,380. On the December 23 and 31, 2017 and December 22 and 30, 2018 departures, there is an additional holiday surcharge of $730 per person. Airfare to/from Lima and airfare within Peru are not included in the expedition cost. The round-trip group flight between Lima and Cusco is $435 per person (subject to change).

Maximum group size: 24

SPECIAL OFFER Book by October 31, 2017 and receive free roundtrip international airfare between Miami and Cusco when combining select departures with our Galápagos voyage (see page 104). Visit our website or call for details.

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. Peruvian native and conservationist Ernesto Ore will join several departures of this expedition. To see these dates and read his bio, please visit our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

W H AT T O E X P E C T We will be traveling at high elevations while in Cusco and at Machu Picchu. Cusco is at an altitude of 11,200 feet, and Machu Picchu is at 8,000 feet. Participants should be physically fit. This expedition is not suitable for anyone who suffers from a respiratory disorder, a circulatory ailment, or a disability that limits mobility.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Combine this trip with a voyage to the Galápagos (see page 104) or the Upper Amazon (see page 106), or join all three. Visit our website or call for details.

Wrapped in traditional Andean weavings, a Quechua woman totes her young child.

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PERU

I

111

Strenu


P E R U : M AC H U P I CC H U I N N TO I N N T R E K THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Hike the Cordillera Vilcabamba from one beautiful mountain lodge to the next, and cap off the trip at Inkaterra Machu Picchu Puebo Hotel, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World. • Delve into the enchanting world of the Inca during an evening with National Geographic grantee Peter Frost or one of his colleagues. • Spend a full day exploring the magnificent citadel of Machu Picchu, and make the optional climb up the iconic peak of Huayna Picchu. • Go off the beaten path to explore less visited Inca ruins, including Tarawasi and Llactapata. Land

|

ITINER ARY

1 0 D AY S

DAY 7

I

Light

Light / Moderate

AGUAS CALIENTES

Moderate

DAY 8

Arrive in Cusco. Take a guided walk through the city, then gather for a talk by either National Geographic grantee Peter Frost or another prominent anthropologist. PALACIO DEL INKA I MEALS: D

DAYS 2 AND 3

I

SORAYPAMPA

Drive to our first lodge, stopping en route to visit the ruins of Tarawasi. Continue to Marcoccasa and set out on an optional hike along the Camino Real. The next day, go on an optional half-day hike to a glacial lake. SALKANTAY LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6 I HUAYRAQMACHAY/ COLLPAPAMPA/LUCMABAMBA

Private

Moderate / 2018: StrenuousApr. Strenuous Maximum 8–17 • Apr. 22–May 1

PICCHU PUEBLO HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

CUSCO

Private Jet

DATES

The trail winds uphill toward Llactapata Pass, where we’ll catch a glimpse of Machu Picchu in the distance. Explore the ruins of Llactapata, then board the train to Aguas Calientes. Settle into our hotel, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World tucked into the cloud forest beneath towering peaks. IN KATERRA MACHU

I

Train

Humantay. Climb to the highest point of our trip, I N F O R M AT I O N at 15,213 feet, before continuing to Wayra Lodge. Train Private Land Small Ship Private Jet *G-Adventures Family Student Photo Active Trip Type Activity Level The next day, descend into the Collpapampa Valley, and enjoy a traditional pachamanca barbecue dinner. Hike downhill through the Santa *G-Adventures Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Strenuous Maximum Family Active Photo Light Teresa River Valley, then make the short climb toLight / ModerateStudent Lucma Lodge. WAYRA LODGE; COLLPA LODGE; LUCMA LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 1

Small Ship

I

MACHU PICCHU

Spend an entire day exploring breathtaking Machu Picchu. Take an optional hike to the summit of Huayna Picchu, then delve into the site with our guides, discovering the secrets of this royal city lost to the wider world for some 500 years. IN KATERRA MACHU PICCHU PUEBLO HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 9 AND 10

I

MACHU PICCHU/ CUSCO

• May 9–18 May 25–June 3 • June 23–July 2 • July 5–14 July 23–Aug. 1 • Aug. 5–14 • Aug. 25–Sept. 3 Sept. 9–18 • Sept. 30–Oct. 9 • Oct. 27–Nov. 5

COST

$6,295

Price is per person, double occupancy. Single rooms are not available; all travelers will be paired with a same-gender roommate when available. Otherwise a single supplement of $2,300 will be charged. Airfare to/from Cusco is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 12 Expedition Team: One or two top adventure guides, often accompanied by local guides, will lead this trip.

W H AT T O E X P E C T We will be hiking 4–7 hours a day (4–11 miles) on moderate to steep grades and at elevations ranging from 6,200 feet to 15,300 feet. We will stay two nights in city hotels, five nights in mountain lodges, and two nights in a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World.

Explore the cloud forest trails surrounding our lodge, spotting rare orchids and birds, then return to Cusco by train for a free afternoon. The next day, head to the airport for your return flights home. PALACIO DEL INKA I MEALS: DAY 9: B, L, D; DAY 10: B

Begin our four-day trek to Machu Picchu. Follow the Río Blanco Valley, hiking the girth of

Above: A hiker takes in an extraordinary panorama of Machu Picchu and the surrounding Andes.

112

I

Hikers take a break amid the mist-covered Andean peaks.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PERU

I


P E R U FA M I LY E X P E D I T I O N THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Spend an entire day at Machu Picchu exploring the mysterious ruins and hiking the surrounding slopes in search of stunning views. • Meet bakers, horseback-riders, weavers, and more for hands-on experiences featuring ancient Andean traditions. • Join National Geographic grantee Nilda Callañaupa for a hands-on demonstration of traditional Peruvian weaving techniques. • Alongside a local chef, enjoy pachamanca, a traditional Andean dish baked in the earth. Land

|

ITINER ARY

7 D AY S

or set up a loom. Later, take a Peruvian paso horse for a ride, or hike among glittering salt terraces in Maras. ARANWA SACRED VALLEY

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Land

Trip Type

Small Ship Family

TrainPhoto

Private Jet *G-Adventu

Activity Level

HOTEL RESORT & WELLNESS I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

I

SACRED VALLEY/AGUAS CALIENTES

Join a master chef and local farmers for a pachamanca, a traditional meal cooked in the ground. Explore Ollantaytambo, where you can still see traces of the old Inca town; then hop on the train to Machu Picchu, following the wild Urubamba River. INKATERRA MACHU PICCHU PUEBLO HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

DAY 1

I

LIMA, PERU

Welcome to Peru, land of the Inca! Enjoy a free eveing to rest up for our adventure. WYNDHAM COSTA DEL SOL LIMA AIRPORT HOTEL

DAY 2

I

CUSCO/SACRED VALLEY

Meet the rest of the group and fly to the Inca capital of Cusco. Explore the Sacsayhuaman fortress, made with 100-ton stones that fit together so tightly that not even a knife can slide between. After lunch and a hike in the colorful market town of Pisac, enter the Sacred Valley of the Inca, our stomping ground for the next three days. Our welcome dinner features delicious Peruvian cuisine. ARANWA SACRED VALLEY HOTEL & WELLNESS I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

SACRED VALLEY

National Geographic grantee Nilda Callañaupa welcomes us to her Center for Traditional Textiles, where we'll delve into the ancient art of Andean weaving. Learn to dye wool, spin yarn,

I

MACHU PICCHU

Machu Picchu is one of the world’s most amazing sights. Spend all day exploring the ruins, hiking to viewpoints, and pondering the mysteries of this “lost” city of the Inca, forgotten at the Spanish conquest and only rediscovered to the West in 1911 by Hiram Bingham with funding from National Geographic. INKATERRA

MACHU PICCHU PUEBLO HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 6

I

SACRED VALLEY TRAIN/CUSCO

Ride back up the valley to sample pan chuta, a sweet spiced flatbread baked in traditional clay ovens. Then young explorers will meet their pen pals to play soccer, participate in an art project, and practice their Spanish. This evening, enjoy a special farewell dinner in the Museum of Pre-Columbian Art. HOTEL LIBERTADOR

*G-Adventures ModerateStudent Moderate LightPhotoLight / Moderate

DATES / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous 2017: Dec. Light 22–28Light • Dec. 27, 2017–Jan. 2, 2018 2018: June 23–29 • July 14–20 • Aug. 4–10 Dec. 22–28 • Dec. 27, 2018–Jan. 2, 2019

COST Adults

$4,690

Children (ages 7–17)

$4,490

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $800 in 2017 and $1,000 in 2018. On the December departures, there is an additional holiday surcharge of $300 per person. Airfare to/from Lima and airfare within Peru are not included in the expedition cost. The group flights within Peru are $500 per person (subject to change).

Maximum group size: 25 Expedition Team: A knowledgeable expedition

guide and a Young Explorer Leader will lead this trip, often accompanied by local guides.

KID to KID CONNECTION Meet our pen pals at a weaving center in Chinchero, and work together on a creative art project, sharing phrases in Spanish, Quechua, and English. Then head outside for a fun game of soccer.

PALACIO DEL INKA I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

I

CUSCO/LIMA

Explore the marvelous streets and plazas of Cusco, once lavishly adorned with Inca gold that was stolen by the Spanish during the conquest. This afternoon, return to Lima and connect with your flight home. MEALS: B, L

Above: Budding photographers train their cameras on the mountaintop ruins of Machu Picchu. I

Family

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/FAMILY

A young traveler learns the ancient craft of Andean weaving. I

113

Stren


EXPLORING PATAGONIA T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • G et expert insights as you explore Patagonia by land and sea, gliding past pristine fjords and vast glaciers on a four-day cruise, then heading inland to explore granite spires, sapphire lakes, and hidden waterfalls. • S ettle into the stunning Tierra Patagonia, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World overlooking the staggering peaks of Torres del Paine National Park. • S et out on an interpretive walk across Magdalena Island, home to a colony of more than 100,000 Magellanic penguins. • Enjoy a festive barbecue with local gauchos and get a glimpse into traditional Patagonian cowboy culture.

ITINER ARY

|

11

DAY 2

D AY S

I

BUENOS AIRES

Spend the day discovering Argentina’s cosmopolitan capital, known as “the Paris of South America.” On a city tour, see the remarkable Recoleta Cemetery, burial site of Eva Perón. Continue to the historic presidential palace, La Casa Rosada, and the cathedral in Plaza de Mayo. After lunch, explore the cobblestoned lanes of San Telmo, as well as the colorful artists’ quarter of La Boca. THE BRICK HOTEL BUENOS AIRES I MEALS: B, L

DAY 3

I

USHUAIA/TIERRA DEL FUEGO NATIONAL PARK

Fly to Ushuaia, the southernmost city in the world, and visit Tierra del Fuego National Park. Embark our ship and sail toward the famed Beagle Channel.

DAY 1

I

BUENOS AIRES, ARGENTINA

Arrive this morning in Buenos Aires, the capital of Argentina. Transfer to our hotel in the heart of the fashionable Recoleta neighborhood and explore the nearby galleries, museums, and cafés. Enjoy a tango performance, followed by our welcome dinner tonight. THE BRICK HOTEL BUENOS AIRES I MEALS: D

M.V. STELLA AUSTRALIS I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

I

CAPE HORN, CHILE/ WULAIA BAY

Weather permitting, take Zodiacs to legendary Cape Horn for a panoramic view from the southernmost tip of South America. Later, explore Wulaia Bay, where Charles Darwin landed during his voyage on the H.M.S. Beagle. Choose one of

A Patagonian guanaco surveys the landscape.

three walks to experience the spectacular beauty of the Magellanic forest. M.V. STELLA AUSTRALIS I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

I

MAGDALENA CHANNEL/ AGOSTINI SOUND

As we navigate the Magdalena Channel, spot penguins, dolphins, sea lions, and Andean condors. Cruise through majestic Agostini Sound and disembark for a closer look at Águila Glacier. During an easy walk on shore, take in spectacular views of the brilliant blue-and-white ice set

Above: The twisted “horns” of Cuernos del Paine jut skyward in Patagonia’s Torres del Paine National Park.

114

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PATAGONIA

I


Land

off by black mountains, and learn about the geological forces that shaped this dramatic land.

I

DATES 2017: Oct. 30–Nov. 9 • Dec. 30, 2017–Jan. 11, 2018* *G-Adventures Family Photo

*The December departure is two days longer and includes a Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Light special New Year’s Eve tango performance in Buenos Aires. Visit our website for details.

COST Oct. 2017

TORRES DEL PAINE NATIONAL PARK

Tango dancers are caught mid-lunge against the colorful walls of La Boca in Buenos Aires, Argentina.

advantage of its wonderful amenities. Enjoy evening lectures, and cap off your stay in the park with a festive barbecue in the company of local gauchos, getting a glimpse into traditional Patagonian cowboy culture. TIERRA PATAGONIA HOTEL & SPA MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

F E AT U R E D LO D G E

DAY 10

I

PUNTA ARENAS/SANTIAGO, CHILE

Today, drive to the Punta Arenas airport for the flight to Santiago, stopping for lunch along the way. Arrive in Santiago this evening and check in to our hotel. THE SINGULAR SANTIAGO I MEALS: B, L

DAY 11 On this trip you’ll spend four nights at Tierra Patagonia Hotel & Spa (pictured above), celebrated for its award-winning architecture that blends in with the landscape while offering stunning views of the peaks of Torres del Paine from each room. Selected as a charter member of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection, the hotel is a model of sustainable tourism while providing an exceptional guest experience. Explore the spectacular Torres del Paine National Park with top guides, enjoy excellent cuisine and a world-class spa, and learn about the lodge’s cutting-edge design on a private behind-the-scenes tour.

I

Student

2018: Jan. 29–Feb. 8 • Feb. 12–22 • Feb. 26–Mar. 8 Mar. 12–22

TIERRA PATAGONIA HOTEL & SPA MEALS: B, L, D

During the next three days, tailor your exploration to your interests, choosing among a variety of hiking and horseback-riding excursions in the park. Discover Lago de Grey and its incredibly blue sculpted ice; hike through beech forests along the shore of Laguna Azul; and marvel at rock paintings left by the indigenous Aonikenk people, some of the earliest inhabitants of the region. Photograph wildlife near the northern limits of the park; or relax at the hotel, taking

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Light / Moderate Moderate Light Small Ship Train ModeratePrivate Jet

Land

Take a morning walk on Magdalena Island, home to a colony of over 100,000 Magellanic penguins. Disembark in Punta Arenas and continue across the southern pampas, looking for herds of guanacos as well as rheas, gray foxes, Patagonian hares, and black-necked swans. Settle into our spectacular hotel—a member of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection.

I

Family

Trip Type

MAGDALENA ISLAND/ PUNTA ARENAS

DAYS 7, 8, AND 9

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N

M.V. STELLA AUSTRALIS I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 6

Small Ship

I

SANTIAGO, CHILE

Spend a full day exploring Santiago. On a walking tour of the city center, see the elegant Plaza de Armas, the Palacio de la Moneda, and the 18th-century Metropolitan Cathedral. View the impressive collection at Santiago’s Chilean Museum of Pre-Columbian Art, and enjoy a farewell celebration at a Chilean winery. This evening, transfer to the airport for your flight home. MEALS: B, L

OPTIONAL EXTENSIONS Add a four-day post-trip extension to Easter Island. Or extend your trip to Chile’s Atacama Desert with a stay at Tierra Atacama Hotel & Spa, another member of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection. Visit our website or call for details.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PATAGONIA

Dec. 2017*

2018

Category A

$10,390

$12,990

$10,490

Category AA

$12,290

$14,950

$12,690

Category AAA

$13,790

$16,450

$14,490

Prices are per person, double occupancy. Please visit our website for single-room pricing. Airfare to Buenos Aires and return from Santiago, and airfare within Argentina and Chile, are not included in the expedition cost. The group flights within Argentina and Chile are $890 per person (subject to change).

Maximum group size: 25

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. National Geographic Emerging Explorer and high-altitude archaeologist Constanza Ceruti will join the January 29 and February 26 departures. Read her bio and find more experts on our website.

W H AT T O E X P E C T Please see this trip’s “What to Expect” section on our website for important information regarding local conditions and/or physical considerations.

ABOUT THE M .V. S T E L L A A U S T R A L I S

Built in 2010, the M.V. Stella Australis has 100 outsidefacing cabins and was designed specifically to cruise the spectacular Patagonian waterways. All cabins feature a large window, an en suite bathroom, a satellite phone, and individual temperature controls. Cabins are available on three levels: Category A on the second level, Category AA on the third level, and Category AAA on the fourth level. Facilities include an open deck, three lounges, a library, a game room, and a single-seating dining room. See the M.V. Stella Australis photo and deck plan on our website. All cabins in our allotment are the same size. I

115

Strenu


PATAG O N I A H I K I N G A DV E N T U R E THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Hike through Patagonia’s exceptionally scenic national parks: Torres del Paine in Chile and Argentina's Los Glaciares. • Trek to the base of Torres del Paine’s sheer granite walls, and surround yourself with twisting peaks in the French Valley. • Experience up close the power and magnificence of Grey and Perito Moreno Glaciers, two of the most impressive in the world. • Follow trails to serene lakes at the foot of spectacular Cerro Torre and the Fitz Roy massif. Land

|

ITINER ARY

1 3 D AY S

DAYS 5 AND 6

I

PASO LOS CUERNOS/ TORRES DEL PAINE Land Small Ship

Small Ship

Train

Private Jet

Private

I N F O R M AT I O N Train Family

Private Jet Photo

Private *G-Adventures

Student

Active

Trip Type Activity Level Follow the Paso Los Cuernos trail along the north shore of Lago Nordenskjöld, hiking beneath the soaring Cuernos del Paine Massif. *G-Adventures Family Moderate Moderate Strenuous Maximum Active / Strenuous Photo Light Continue to our hotel at the base of the Torres Light / ModerateStudent mountains. Rise early the next morning for our DATES all-day hike to the Torres del Paine. Our path Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate / 2017: Strenuous Light cuts through beech forests and up barren slopes Oct.Strenuous 8–20* •Maximum Oct. 22–Nov. 3* • Nov. 5–17* Nov. 19–Dec. 1* • Dec. 3–15* • Dec. 10–22* to a magnificent viewpoint of the iconic granite 2018: Jan. 7–19 • Jan. 14–26 • Feb. 4–16 towers. Feb. 11–23 • Mar. 4–16 • Mar. 11–23 HOTEL LAS TORRES I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 7–10

DAYS 1 AND 2 I PUERTO NATALES, CHILE/TORRES DEL PAINE NATIONAL PARK Arrive in Puerto Natales. The next day, travel to Torres del Paine National Park for a short hike before settling into our hotel on the shores of Lago de Grey. HOTEL COSTAUSTRALIS; HOTEL LAGO GREY I MEALS: DAY 1: D; DAY 2: B, L, D

DAYS 3 AND 4

I

GREY GLACIER/FRENCH VALLEY

Cruise across Lago de Grey to the foot of Grey Glacier. Trace the lakeshore on foot, taking in views of the glacier and the dramatic Paine massif. The next day, hike in the magnificent French Valley, a natural basin ringed by the black slate “horns” of the Cuernos del Paine. Walk beneath the glacier-covered slopes of Cerro Paine, the highest summit in the range. Tonight we stay at cabins tucked into mountain slopes beside a beautiful waterfall. REFUGIO PAINE

I

EL CHALTÉN/LOS GLACIAES NATIONAL PARK

Cross the Argentine border en route to the town of El Chaltén in Los Glaciares National Park. Spend the next three days exploring the park on a variety of hikes into the interior. Climb to pristine glacial lakes at the base of the park’s most iconic sites: Monte Fitz Roy and Cerro Torre. Discover the Piedras Blancas glacier, or head to Piedra del Fraile, overlooking the dramatic north face of Fitz Roy.

*The itinerary shown describes the 2018 departures. The 2017 departures begin in Punta Arenas, and included activities follows a slightly different order. Visit our website for the detailed 2017 itinerary.

COST

$6,395 $6,595

2017 2018

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,900 in 2017 and $2,000 in 2018. Airfare to Puerto Natales and return from El Calafate is not included in the expedition cost.

HOTEL DESTINO SUR I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

Maximum group size: 16

DAYS 11, 12, AND 13 I EL CALAFATE/ PERITO MORENO GLACIER

Expedition Team: One or two top adventure guides,

Travel across the steppe to El Calafate, stopping along the way for a hike in La Leona Petrified Forest. The next day, visit Perito Moreno, an active glacier on the southern arm of Lake Argentino. Watch the glacier calve great chunks of ice into the lake; then explore the area’s picturesque trails on a short hike. On our final day, transfer to the airport for your flight home.

often accompanied by local guides, will lead this trip.

W H AT T O E X P E C T We will be hiking 3–10 hours per day (5–16 miles) on moderate to steep grades and at elevations ranging from 200 feet to a maximum of 3,000 feet. We will stay 11 nights in hotels and small mountain inns and one night in a traditional refugio. Note that there are shared bathrooms on two nights while we are trekking in a remote part of the region.

HOTEL MIRADOR DEL LAGO I MEALS: DAYS 11 AND 12: B, L, D DAILY; DAY 13: B

GRANDE; CABAÑAS EN LOS CUERNOS MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

Above: Sunset paints the mountain peaks of Torres del Paine, creating a dazzling backdrop for a lone hiker. 116

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PATAGONIA

I


PATAG O N I A P R I VAT E E X P E D I T I O N

NEW

THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Join a private guide for a hike beneath the iconic Fitz Roy Massif in Argentina’s Los Glaciares National Park. • Stay at the stunning Tierra Patagonia, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World at the edge of Torres del Paine National Park. • Accompanied by a gaucho, horseback ride through an ancient forest to a lookout point with panoramic views of the Paine Massif. • Witness the powerful calving of the Perito Moreno Glacier from multiple perspectives, strolling nearby walkways and joining a boat cruise for up close views. Land

|

ITINER ARY

1 0 D AY S

DAYS 6–10

I

TORRES DEL PAINE NATIONAL PARK, CHILE

Small Ship

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Photo

Trip Type Activity Level Drive to Tierra Patagonia, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World overlooking Lake Sarmiento at the edge of Torres del Paine Light / Moderate Moderate Light Private Land Small Ship Train Private Jet National Park. Take an architecture tour of this award-winning structure, an experience excluDATES sively reserved for National Geographic travelers. is a private expedition, so you may select any *G-AdventuresThisStudent Spend the next three daysFamily exploring Photo the park’s Active dates that are convenient for you. This private stunning wonders in a variety of ways, including expedition is offered September through April. hiking, walking, and 4x4 or horseback-riding COST 2017 2018 excursions. TIERRA Light / Moderate HOTEL Moderate& SPA Moderate / Strenuous Strenuous Maximum Light PATAGONIA

MEALS: DAYS 6, 7, 8, AND 9: B, L, D DAILY; DAY 10: B

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Stay at Tierra Atacama, a National Geographic Unique Lodge, and discover the otherwordly moonscapes and volcanoes of the Atacama Desert. Visit our website for details.

DAY 1

I

BUENOS AIRES, ARGENTINA

Arrive in Buenos Aires and spend the day at leisure, or go on an optional private city tour.

F E AT U R E D LO D G E

I

HOSTERIA SENDEROS I MEALS: B, L DAILY

DAYS 4 AND 5

I

EL CALAFATE/PERITO MORENO GLACIER

from $7,495

from $7,995

from $7,995

from $8,495

Prices are per person, double occupancy and are subject to availability. Single-traveler prices are available upon request. A holiday surcharge may apply to certain travel dates. Airfare to Buenos Aires and return from Punta Arenas, and airfare within Argentina, are not included in the expedition cost. The flight within Argentina is $350–385 per person (subject to change), depending on the departure date. For the detailed itinerary, please visit our website. throughout the trip, and you will meet other local experts as described in the itinerary.

EL CHALTÉN/MONTE FITZ ROY

Fly to El Calafate in the southern Andes and take a scenic drive to El Chaltén, situated at the northern edge of Los Glaciares National Park. The following day, join a private guide for a trek to the Laguna del los Tres, a turquoise lake framed by the jagged peaks of Monte Fitz Roy.

4+ people 2 people

*G-Adventu

Expedition Team: Top local guides will accompany you

MIO BUENOS AIRES

DAYS 2 AND 3

Train

During four nights at Tierra Patagonia, explore the spectacular Torres del Paine National Park with top guides, enjoy excellent cuisine and a worldclass spa, and learn about the lodge’s cutting-edge design on a private behind-the-scenes tour.

Return to El Calafate to explore on your own. The next day, witness the calving of the Perito Moreno Glacier from nearby walkways; then join a boat cruise on the lake for a different perspective. DESIGN SUITES CALAFATE MEALS: B, L DAILY

A gaucho minds his charges in the meadows of Patagonia.

Above: A guest takes in the view of the Torres del Paine peaks from the pool at Tierra Patagonia. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PRIVATE

I

117

Moderate


MADAGASCAR WILDLIFE EXPEDITION T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • Encounter fascinating endemic species with a wildlife biologist, including the wailing indri lemur, the dancing sifaka, tiny amphibians, and unusual birds. • V isit the field station of primatologist and National Geographic grantee Patricia Wright, one of the world’s foremost experts on lemurs. • G o behind the scenes at Tsimbazaza Botanical Gardens with nine-time National Geographic grantee Dr. Christopher Birkinshaw. • Learn about the National Geographicfunded research conducted among the unusual baobab trees of Tsimanampetsotsa National Park.

ITINER ARY

|

13

Private Park to look for orchids, lemurs, and birds amid lush lianas and ferns. Before a welcome dinner, go on a guided night stroll, spotting brightly colored chameleons, frogs, and lizards— many no bigger than your pinkie. Spend the next day exploring Andasibe-Mantadia National Park on a variety of walks and hikes, and keep your eye out for 14 lemur species as well as birds such as the beautiful blue coua. Take a dugout canoe to observe at close range ruffed, brown, bamboo, and ring-tailed lemurs rescued from the pet trade. Enjoy another nocturnal walk after dinner.

D AY S

VAKONA FOREST LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 4

DAY 1

I

ANTANANARIVO, MADAGASCAR

Arrive in Antananarivo, known locally as “Tana.” Transfer to our hotel and enjoy an evening on your own. LE LOUVRE HÔTEL & SPA

DAYS 2 AND 3

I

ANDASIBE-MANTADIA NATIONAL PARK

Drive to Andasibe-Mantadia National Park, arriving in time for lunch. Head into Vakona

I

ANALAMAZAOTRA/ANTSIRABE

Rise early for an excursion into the Analamazaotra Reserve to track the indri, the largest lemur species. Listen for their eerie calls echoing through the canopy, and watch for indri families in the treetops. Travel through the highlands to Antsirabe, and enjoy a soak in the thermal hot springs when we arrive. PLUMERIA HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

I

AMBOSITRA/RANOMAFANA NATIONAL PARK

Continue south today, stopping in the town of Ambositra to visit a woodcarving workshop. Then travel into the thick forests to our lodge

From its palette of disguising hues, a Parson’s chameleon dons a brilliant shade of jade.

outside Ranomafana National Park.

HOTEL THERMAL RANOMAFANA I MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 6 AND 7

I

RANOMAFANA NATIONAL PARK

Spend two full days exploring Ranomafana, declared part of a UNESCO World Heritage site for its incredible biodiversity. In 1986, National Geographic grantee and leading primatologist Patricia Wright discovered a new lemur species here—the golden bamboo lemur. She spearheaded the effort to protect this rain forest and continues to conduct important research at her field station here. On hikes and walks, look for more than ten species of lemurs, including red-bellied

Above: A ring-tailed lemur pup catches a ride on its mother’s back. 118

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/MADAGASCAR

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

Private

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

*G-Adventures

Photo

Trip Type

Activity Level

Studen

Land Light / Moderate Small ShipModerateTrain Private Jet Moderate / Strenuous Light

DATES 2018: July 2–14 •Family Aug. 6–18 Photo • Sept. 10–22 *G-Adventures Sept. 24–Oct. 6 • Oct. 8–20 • Oct. 22–Nov. 3 Nov. 6–18

COST

Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Student

$6,995

Moderate / Strenuous

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $2,000. Airfare to/from Antananarivo and within Madagascar is not included in the expedition cost. The group flight within Madagascar is $325 per person (subject to change)

Maximum group size: 25

O U R Easily identified by its sideways leaping, a Verreaux’s sifaka and her young spring exuberantly across the landscape.

lemurs, Milne-Edward’s sifakas, and greater dwarf lemurs; as well as tenrecs; mongooses; and myriad butterflies, frogs, and birds. Visit the Centre ValBio, founded by Dr. Wright, and hear about the latest studies that Pat and her team are conducting. On evening walks, watch the park come alive after dark, and keep your eye out for nocturnal animals like Malagasy civets and mouse lemurs. HOTEL THERMAL RANOMAFANA MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 8

I

ISALO NATIONAL PARK

Head west into the savanna toward Isalo National Park. Pause for lunch in Ambalavao, and visit a factory where Antaimoro paper is made from hand. Stop by a weaving workshop to learn traditional methods for harvesting, spinning, and weaving silk. Check in to our lodge late this afternoon. ISALO ROCK LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 9

I

ISALO NATIONAL PARK

Isalo is a dramatic landscape of sandstone canyons and unusual rock formations dotted with gem-colored natural pools. Ring-tailed lemurs and Verreaux’s sifakas make their home in the park, as well as endemic species such as the Benson’s rock thrush and a plant called elephant’s foot. Hike the trails and stop for a picnic beside a deep-green natural pool. Catch the sunset this evening at the sandstone “window of Isalo.” ISALO ROCK LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 10

I

TOLIARA/ANAKAO

After breakfast, travel to the coastal town of Toliara. From here, a short boat ride brings us

I

down the coast to our oceanfront lodge in time for lunch. Take advantage of a free afternoon to swim, snorkel, or relax on the beach. ANAKAO OCEAN LODGE AND SPA I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 11

I

TSIMANAMPETSOTSA NATIONAL PARK/ANAKAO

Early this morning, set off for Tsimanampetsotsa National Park. National Geographic has funded research on lemurs here, including an extinct gorilla-sized lemur species whose remains were found in the park’s caves. Wander among Dr. Seuss-like baobab trees; explore the grottos where blind fish swim; and spot some of the park’s 100-plus bird species, including greater and dwarf flamingos and the Madagascar plover. Enjoy the rest of the afternoon at leisure back at the lodge. ANAKAO OCEAN LODGE AND SPA

E X P ER T S A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Wildlife biologist and National Geographic Emerging Explorer Luke Dollar will join the the July 2 and October 8, 2018 departures. Read his bio on our website. National Geographic grantee Patricia Wright is a primatologist and anthropologist who has served on National Geographic’s Conservation Trust. She will join the November 6, 2018 departure. Read her bio and find more experts on our website.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION

MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 12

I

TOLIARA/ANATANANARIVO

Transfer to the airport in Toliara and fly to Antananarivo. Gather for a farewell dinner tonight. LE LOUVRE HÔTEL & SPA I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 13

I

ANTANANARIVO

Go behind the scenes at Tsimbazaza Botanical Gardens with the nine-time National Geographic grantee Dr. Chrisopher Birkinshaw, and learn about efforts to conserve native flora. Visit the Rova of Antananarivo—a royal complex that dates back to the 16th century. Learn about the history of Madagascar, the Merina people, and their traditions. Later in the day, transfer to the airport and depart on your flight home.

Extend your trip in Madagascar with a custom extension to Kirindy Forest and the Avenue of the Baobabs, or a stay at Tsara Komba Lodge, a member of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection. Visit our website or call for details.

MEALS: B

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/MADAGASCAR

I

119

Strenu


ON SAFARI: TANZANIA’S GREAT MIGRATION T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • M eet Louise Leakey or Fidelis Masao for a private tour of Olduvai Gorge, where Homo habilis was discovered on a National Geographic-sponsored expedition. • A renowned wildlife biologist accompanies each trip to interpret the flora and fauna we encounter on safari and to give fascinating lectures about animal behavior. • S ettle into a stunning canvas suite at Sayari Camp, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World (July through October departures only). • A Maasai chief invites us on a private visit to his village to witness a traditional ceremony and learn firsthand about the culture.

ITINER ARY

|

9

tree-climbing lions. Set out on our first safari to discover East Africa’s legendary wildlife amid the stunning Rift Valley landscape.

D AY S

PLANTATION LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

I

LAKE MANYARA NATIONAL PARK

On a morning game drive, observe the wildlife that congregates on the shores of Lake Manyara. Enjoy a guided walk around the lodge’s grounds and gardens before hiking to a nearby coffee plantation. PLANTATION LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

DAY 1

I

ARUSHA, TANZANIA

Arrive at Kilimanjaro International Airport this evening and transfer to our hotel. LEGENDARY LODGE

DAY 2

I

 AKE MANYARA NATIONAL L PARK

Drive to Lake Manyara National Park, famous for its elephants, hippos, giraffes, flamingos, and

I

NGORONGORO CRATER

After breakfast, travel to the Ngorongoro Highlands, where a nearby Maasai community welcomes us into their village. Far from the tourist circuit, enjoy a rare opportunity to view traditional singing and dancing, witness an initiation ritual, and learn about this fascinating culture from the village chief and his wives. After lunch, descend 2,000 feet to the floor of the Ngorongoro Crater, where volcanic slopes shelter almost 25,000 animals. Observe the interactions between predator and prey, spot colorful birdlife from superb starlings to crowned cranes; and track elephants, rare black rhinos, cheetahs, and more. NGORONGORO SOPA LODGE MEALS: B, L, D

Their majestic manes blending with the tawny savanna, two male lions squint into the African sun.

DAY 5

I

NGORONGORO CRATER

Return to the crater floor for breakfast and a morning safari. Enjoy an afternoon to relax and watch the sun set over the crater from the lodge. Tonight, National Geographic Explorerin-Residence Louise Leakey or Dr. Fidelis Masao, co-director of the Olduvai Landscape Paleoarchaeology Project, joins us for dinner and a discussion about the groundbreaking paleontological finds in the region.

NGORONGORO SOPA LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D

Above: Hundreds of zebras and wildebeests intermingle amid the golden grasses of the Serengeti. 120

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/TANZANIA

I


Land

I N F O R M AT I O N

M I G R AT I O N S E A S O N S I N THE SERENGETI

Trip Type

In order to provide travelers with the best opportunity to witness the wildebeest migration, the Serengeti portion of the itinerary differs by season. The itinerary shown describes the December through March departures, on which we will travel to the southern Serengeti, where the wildebeests migrate to calve. On the July through October departures, we’ll set out on Day 6 for the central Serengeti for one night before flying on Day 7 to the luxury tented Sayari Camp, a member of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection located in the northern Serengeti. During our two-night stay here, we hope to witness the dramatic river crossing of the wildebeest migration.

DAY 6

I

OLDUVAI GORGE/SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK

Drive to the Olduvai Gorge, where, on a National Geographic-sponsored expedition in 1960, Louis and Mary Leakey discovered Homo habilis, one of the earliest members of the human genus. This morning, Louise (the Leakeys’ granddaughter) or Dr. Masao will discuss the family’s legacy and ongoing work at Olduvai Gorge. Then take a private tour of the site, or accompany Dr. Masao on a walk through the area where much of his life’s research has been conducted. This afternoon, drive to our lodge in the southern Serengeti, looking for lions, giraffes, and leopards along the way. LAKE MASEK TENTED CAMP MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 7 AND 8

I

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK

Embark on an off-track safari in the Ndutu area in search of resident lion prides, giraffes, and bountiful herds of wildebeests, elephants, and

Small Ship

Land

Family

Photo

Activity Level

Small Ship Light

Train PrivateModera Jet Light / Moderate

DATES Photo 2017: Sept. 3–11*Family • Sept. 17–25* Dec. 27, 2017–Jan. 4, 2018 Dec. 30, 2017–Jan. 7, 2018

•*G-Adventures Oct. 8–16*

Student

2018: Jan.Light 21–29Light • Feb. 18–26Moderate • Mar. 4–12 / Moderate Moderate / Strenuous July 8–16* • July 22–30* • Aug. 5–13* • Sept. 2–10* • Sept. 19–27* Aug. 19–27* Oct. 7–15* • Dec. 27, 2018–Jan. 4, 2019 Dec. 30, 2018–Jan. 7, 2019 A beacon of dazzling red, a Maasai tribesman strolls through the grasslands.

zebras. On morning and afternoon game drives, witness magnificent birds, hippos, packs of hyenas, and pairs of jackals lurking around the surrounding marshlands and lakes. You may also choose to take an optional hot-air balloon safari to view the plains game from above. Meet with a local lion researcher to learn about work being done to protect the lions of the Serengeti. On our last evening, gather for a farewell cocktail reception and dinner. LAKE MASEK TENTED CAMP I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 9

I

SERENGETI/ARUSHA

After a final early-morning safari, fly back to Arusha. Relax at our hotel before connecting with your flight home. LAKE DULUTI SERENA HOTEL OR RIVERTREES COUNTRY INN I MEALS: B, L

YOUR TRIP MAKES A DIFFERENCE The National Geographic Society funds research, conservation, and exploration, including investigations into early human origins in the Laetoli area of Tanzania.

*The July through October departures follow a slightly modified itinerary to provide travelers with the best opportunity to witness the wildebeest migration. See the box at left. These departures are photography expeditions. See the box below for details and special pricing.

COST Sept.–Oct. 2017

$9,595

Dec. 2017–Mar. 2018 and Dec. 2018

$9,195

July–Oct. 2018

$9,995

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $2,700. On the December departures, there is an additional holiday surcharge of $750 per person. The optional hot-air balloon safari on Day 7 is $600 per person. Airfare to/from Arusha and within Tanzania is not included in the expedition cost. The group flights within Tanzania are $450 to $775 per person (subject to change), depending on the departure date.

Maximum group size: 25 (16 on photo departures)

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Biologist and artist David Bygott will join the December 27, 2017 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Add a six-day post-trip extension to track gorillas in Rwanda or a four-day post-trip safari in Tanzania’s Ruaha National Park. Visit our website or call for details.

SPECIAL PHOTOGRAPHY D E PA RT U R E S

Stay at the picturesque Sayari Camp, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World, on the July through October departures. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/TANZANIA

As indicated in the Dates section above, a few special departures of this expedition are designated as Tanzania Photo Safaris and are limited to 16 travelers. You’ll learn tips and techniques while exploring East Africa’s most spectacular landscapes. Visit our website for details and for the National Geographic photographer leading each departure. Cost: From $9,695 I

121

Strenuo


TA N Z A N I A FA M I LY E X P E D I T I O N THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Experience the thrill of a wildlife safari during five days in the Serengeti and the Ngorongoro Crater and discover lions, leopards, elephants, zebras, and colorful birds with local guides. • Get immersed in Maasai culture on visits with warriors, artisans, and schoolchildren, and explore a traditional Maasai boma. • Examine fossils at the Olduvai Gorge, where Homo habilis remains were discovered on a National Geographic-sponsored expedition. • Hike through the wilderness of a private nature reserve with rangers for an optional night of authentic bush camping. Land

|

ITINER ARY

9 D AY S

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6

I

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK

Enjoy three days on safari in the legendary Serengeti, observing a mind-boggling array of animals. Float over the savanna on an optional early-morning hot-air balloon ride, or spot wildlife on a dawn game drive. Visit a Maasai women’s collaborative, learn the game of bao, try Tanzanian cuisine, and identify animal prints with trackers. SERENGETI NYUMBA CAMP MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 7

DAY 1

I

ARUSHA, TANZANIA

Karibu! Arrive at Kilimanjaro International Airport in Tanzania and transfer to our hotel in Arusha. LAKE DULUTI SERENA HOTEL

DAYS 2 AND 3

I

EASTERN SERENGETI

Take a short flight to the eastern Serengeti and continue to a private nature refuge nicknamed “Giraffic Park.” Explore on foot or by safari vehicle and meet young Maasai warriors. Cap off the day with a thrilling nighttime safari. The next morning, take a bush walk with a wildlife expert and visit a Maasai village school. Kids will get to know their pen pals, participating in a variety of fun activities. Venture into a typical boma settlement, and “jump” into a traditional Maasai dance. If you wish, hike into the wilderness with our rangers for a night of authentic bush camping under the stars. EASTERN SERENGETI NYUMBA CAMP I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

I

NGORONGORO HIGHLANDS

Examine fossils at Olduvai Gorge, where Louis and Mary Leakey discovered Homo habilis remains on a National Geographic-sponsored expedition. Then settle into a coffee estate on the outer slopes of the Ngorongoro Crater. Relax on the veranda, visit the farm animals, or ride a bike to the nearby village. GIBB’S FARM I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

NGORONGORO CRATER

Descend 2,000 feet to the crater floor and spend a full day on safari surrounded by some 25,000 wild animals. Later, gather around a fire to hear tembo (elephant) folktales before our farewell dinner. Enjoy a rare chance to spot nocturnal bush babies tonight. GIBB’S FARM I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 9

I

NGORONGORO HIGHLANDS/ ARUSHA

Today, meet an Iraqw storyteller and his artisan wife at their home, visit an art center, and browse local handicrafts. Travel to Arusha and relax in day rooms before heading to the airport for your flight home.

122

I

I N F O R M AT I O N Land

Trip Type

Family

Small Ship

Train Family

Activity Level

Photo

Private Jet Photo

Light / Moderate Modera *G-Adventures Light Student

DATES 2017: Dec.Light 23–31Light • Dec. 27, 2017–Jan. 4, 2018 / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous 2018: Mar. 18–26 • June 24–July 2 • July 15–23 July 29–Aug. 6 • Dec. 22–30 Dec. 27, 2018–Jan. 4, 2019

COST

2017

Adults

$6,590

$6,850

Children (ages 7–17)

$6,390

$6,650

2018

Prices are per person, double occupancy. There is an additional tax of $160 per person on 2017 departures due to changes in Tanzanian VAT regulations. For a single room, add $800. On the December departures, there is an additional holiday surcharge of $300 per person. The optional bush camp accommodations on Day 3 are $300 per person. Airfare to/from Arusha and within Tanzania is not included in the expedition cost. The group flight within Tanzania is $300 per person (subject to change).

Maximum group size: 24 Expedition Team: A knowledgeable expedition

guide and a Young Explorer Leader will lead this trip, often accompanied by local guides.

KID to KID CONNECTION Spend time in a Maasai village during our adventure, and get acquainted with your pen pals at the local school. Learn phrases in Swahili and Maa, the language of the Maasai, play a game of soccer, and teach our new friends some traditional American games.

MOUNT MERU HOTEL I MEALS: B, L

Above: The Serengeti makes a picturesque background for a family portrait.

Small Ship

A lion cub clutches its perch.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/FAMILY

I

Strenu


TA N Z A N I A P R I VAT E E X P E D I T I O N

NEW

THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Pay a visit to Noloholo Environmental Center*, the brainchild of National Geographic Explorer Laly Lichtenfeld, and learn about the center’s conservation projects, run in partnership with the local Maasai. • Stay at the elegant Sayari Camp, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World, and spot wildlife from your private veranda. • Picnic on the floor of the massive Ngorongoro Crater and seek out resident zebras, flamingos, lions, and more. • Enjoy a privately catered breakfast in the wilds of the Serengeti. Land

|

ITINER ARY

9 D AY S

DAYS 7 AND 8

I

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK

Small Ship

I N F O R M AT I O N Trip Type

Family

Activity Level

Fly to the Serengeti and check in to Sayari Camp, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World located near the Mara River. Go on Light / Moderate Light Private Land Small Ship Train Private Jet safari, and take an optional hot-air balloon ride. National Geographic travelers are invited to a DATES bush breakfast, followed by a private game drive. *G-AdventuresThis Student Family Photo Active is a private expedition, so you may select SAYARI CAMP I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY any dates that are convenient for you. This private expedition is offered year-round except in April DAY 9 I ARUSHA and May. Fly to Arusha and relax day rooms Moderate at your ho/ Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Strenuous Maximum Light inLight COST 2017 2018 tel before catching your flight home this evening. RIVERTREES COUNTRY INN I MEALS: B, L

OPTIONAL EXTENSION

DAY 1

I

ARUSHA, TANZANIA

Land at Kilimanjaro International Airport and transfer to our hotel in Arusha.

Stay at Rubondo Island Camp, a National Geographic Unique Lodge located on an island in Lake Victoria. Visit our website for details.

F E AT U R E D LO D G E S

ARUSHA COFFEE LODGE

DAYS 2 AND 3

I

4+ people 2 people

from $7,995

from $8,795

from $8,495

from $9,295

Prices are per person, double occupancy and are subject to availability. Single-traveler prices are available upon request. A holiday surcharge may apply to certain travel dates. Airfare to/from Arusha and within Tanzania is not included in the expedition cost. Airfare within Tanzania is $640 per person (subject to change). *The visit to Noloholo Environmental Center is offered from June to September. Travelers in other months will travel directly to Ngorongoro and enjoy an additional game drive in the crater.

For the detailed itinerary, please visit our website.

TARANGIRE NATIONAL PARK

Expedition Team: Top local guides will accompany you throughout the trip, and you will meet other local experts as described in the itinerary.

Drive to Tarangire National Park, and head out on safari to spot giraffes, elephants, leopards, cheetahs, and more. OLIVER’S CAMP I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 4 AND 5

I

NGORONGORO CRATER

Stop in at the Noloholo Environmental Center, directed by National Geographic Explorer Laly Lichtenfeld. Hear about the center’s conservation programs, and visit a field project (June to September only). The next day, descend into the Ngorongoro Crater for a picnic breakfast, then embark on a safari. NGORONGORO SERENA

Spend three nights in a stunning tented suite at Sayari Camp (pictured above) near the Mara River, which runs through the path of the great wildebeest migration (July to October). In the Ngorongoro Crater, upgrade to the Ngorongoro Crater Lodge, a stunning Unique Lodge perched on the crater’s rim. See our website for upgrade pricing.

SAFARI LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

In Serengeti National Park, a leopard pauses for a stretch on a fallen log.

Above: An elephant takes the road more traveled in Tarangire National Park. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PRIVATE

I

123

Photo

Moder


SOUTHERN AFRICA SAFARI BY PRIVATE AIR T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • Enjoy exclusive safaris far from the crowds as we soar between private game reserves in our our own charter aircraft. • A National Geographic expert provides insight on ecosystems like the Okavango Delta and Victoria Falls. • V isit the Motloutse Ruins with an archaeologist and examine pottery shards and trading beads that date back thousands of years. • S ip sundowners on the classic steam train Royal Livingstone Express as it travels through Zambia’s Mosi-oa-Tunya National Park.

ITINER ARY

|

10

D AY S

River, and take your first game drive before our welcome dinner tonight. MALAMALA MAIN CAMP I MEALS: D

DAY 2

I

MALAMALA GAME RESERVE

Set off on an early-morning safari in open vehicles and observe wildlife at one of its most active times with naturalist guides. Enjoy time to relax and take advantage of the camp’s amenities before lunch. During our late-afternoon game drive, stop for sundowners in the bush. Continue exploring as night falls, searching for nocturnal predators on the prowl. Gather for dinner around a large campfire in a reed-enclosed boma. MALAMALA MAIN CAMP I MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 3, 4, AND 5 I MASHATU GAME RESERVE, BOTSWANA DAY 1 I JOHANNESBURG, SOUTH AFRICA/MALAMALA GAME RESERVE Arrive in Johannesburg and board our aircraft for a scenic flight to MalaMala Game Reserve, a private reserve in Greater Kruger National Park. The distinctive habitat of the Lowveld region is full of big game, including lions, leopards, and white rhinos. Settle into our luxury safari lodge, situated on the leafy banks of the Sand

Our private aircraft flies us directly to Mashatu Game Reserve, an enormous private reserve located in the remote eastern corner of Botswana that comprises a diverse wilderness of savanna, riverine forests, marshlands, open plains, and sandstone outcrops. Take morning and evening game drives accompanied by expert guides, and choose two of the following activities: go on a bush walk, join a photographer in a hide to capture close-ups of wildlife, take a game drive,

A bright carmine bee-eater stands in contrast to the stark stripes of its perch.

or mountain bike along elephant trails. Visit the Motloutse Ruins, a significant archaeological site, in the company of South African archaeologist Grant Hall. MASHATU LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 6 AND 7 I MOREMI GAME RESERVE, OKAVANGO DELTA Our next flight takes us soaring over the magnificent wetlands of the Okavango Delta to a tented camp in Moremi Game Reserve. Spend two days discovering this untamed habitat by land and water. Explore by open safari vehicle, and take a trip to Gadikwe Island by flat-bottom boat to see

Above: A leopard and her cub remain vigilant at rest.

124

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SOUTHAFRICA

I


Land

Small Ship

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Photo

Activity Level

Small Ship Light

Train PrivateModera Jet Light / Moderate

DATES Family Photo 2017: Dec. 27, 2017–Jan. 5, 2018

*G-Adventures

Student

2018: May 30–June 8 • July 22–31 • Aug. 20–29 Sept. 11–20 • Dec. 27, 2018–Jan. 5, 2019

COST

With the helping hand of an assistant, a photographer captures the magnificence of Victoria Falls.

hippos and breeding colonies of herons, egrets, pelicans, storks, and cormorants. CAMP XAKANAXA I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 8 AND 9 I CHOBE NATIONAL PARK/ VICTORIA FALLS AND LIVINGSTONE, ZAMBIA Board our aircraft for a flight to Chobe National Park, known for its many elephant families. On a wildlife river cruise, watch for elephants frolicking at the water’s edge and using their trunks like snorkels as they swim. Then fly along the Chobe and Zambezi Rivers to Livingstone and check in to the luxurious Royal Livingstone Hotel, just steps from Victoria Falls. Design your morning according to your interests: visit a local village or the Livingstone Museum, or head into the Maramba market. Take a canoe safari, or experience the falls from a thrilling perspective on an optional flightseeing excursion. Explore the falls with a local guide this afternoon, venturing into the mists along suspended walkways. This evening, board the historic Royal Livingstone Express steam train for a festive farewell dinner

as we travel through Mosi-oa-Tunya National Park. ROYAL LIVINGSTONE HOTEL MEALS: DAY 8: B, L; DAY 9: B, D

DAY 10

I

JOHANNESBURG, SOUTH AFRICA

Fly to Johannesburg and connect with your return flight home. MEALS: B

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Add a four-day pre- or post-trip extension in Cape Town. Or extend your trip to South Africa’s Kalahari with a stay at Tswalu Kalahari, a member of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection. Visit our website or call for details.

YOUR TRIP MAKES A DIFFERENCE The National Geographic Society funds the Big Cats Initiative, which supports field research, conservation projects, and education programs to halt the decline of lions, cheetahs, and other big cats.

Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

2017

$15,450

2018

$16,995

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $3,050 in 2017 and $3,750 in 2018. All flights within Africa are included in the expedition cost. Transportation within Africa is by DC-3 (minimum of 16 guests) or by small private aircraft (if there are fewer than 16 guests). Airfare to/ from Johannesburg is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 22

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Wildlife biologist Bill Branch will join the May, August, and September 2018 departures. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

ABOUT OUR A C C O M M O D AT I O N S MalaMala Main Camp and Mashatu Lodge are luxury safari lodges; Camp Xakanaxa is a luxury tented camp; and the Royal Livingstone Hotel is a five-star hotel. Visit our website for additional information and photos.

T H E U LT I M AT E S A F A R I EXPERIENCE

An elephant herd feasts on the lush vegetation of the Okavango Delta.

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SOUTHAFRICA

On board our private DC-3, enjoy first-class service as we’re whisked from one game reserve to the next. We fly at a low altitude, allowing for rare aerial views of spectacular landscapes and wildlife. On several days, you can tailor the trip to your interests and choose from a variety of activities—including walking safaris, excursions by boat or mountain bike, and a wildlife photo shoot with a professional photographer. I

125

Strenu


NAMIBIA AND BOTSWANA BY PRIVATE AIR T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • D iscover Namibia’s unique wildlife and landscapes amid the dunes of Sossusvlei, the salt pans of Etosha, and the pristine sanctuaries of Botswana’s Okavango Delta, exploring alongside a National Geographic expert. • G et an insider look at National Geographic Explorer-in-Residence Lee Berger’s historic fossil finds in the Cradle of Humankind. • M eet with researchers from the Save the Rhino Trust and track endangered black rhinos across the deserts of Damaraland. • G o on safari in the Selinda Reserve, a wildlife-rich sanctuary made famous by National Geographic Explorers-inResidence Dereck and Beverly Joubert.

ITINER ARY

|

12

UNESCO World Heritage site where a wealth of hominin fossils has been unearthed. Get an insider’s perspective on National Geographic Explorer-in-Residence Lee Berger’s groundbreaking finds—including the recent discovery of a new ancient human relative, Homo naledi. Learn about ongoing excavations, and explore the pristine nature reserves where these discoveries were made. Return to our hotel for a welcome dinner. VALLEY LODGE & SPA I MEALS: B, L, D

D AY S

DAYS 3 AND 4

DAY 1

I

J  OHANNESBURG, SOUTH AFRICA

Arrive in Johannesburg this afternoon and transfer to our hotel, set along the banks of the Magalies River. Enjoy the rest of the day at leisure. VALLEY LODGE & SPA

DAY 2

I

 OHANNESBURG/CRADLE OF J HUMANKIND

Travel to the Cradle of Humankind, part of a

I

WINDHOEK, NAMIBIA/ SOSSUSVLEI

Transfer to Lanseria Airport and board a private charter flight to Windhoek. Continue by private flight to Sossusvlei, then head further into the desert to watch the sunset illuminate the dunes. Rise at dawn the next day for an optional hot-air balloon ride over the desert, or venture out on a morning drive into Namib-Naukluft National Park, home to some of the highest sand dunes in the world. Encounter otherworldly Dead Vlei, where blackened acacia trees form haunting silhouettes against an arid lakebed. Enjoy a picnic lunch, and if you choose, climb a dune for an incredible view. In the evening, set out with a naturalist in search of unusual desert-adapted wildlife. LITTLE KULALA CAMP I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

Damaraland is home to rare and endangered creatures, including the black rhino.

DAYS 5 AND 6

I

DAMARALAND

Two short and scenic private flights bring us to Damaraland, passing over the spectacular Skeleton Coast, where seal colonies and shipwrecks are often visible from the air. This forbidding stretch of shoreline was explored by renowned filmmakers Des and Jen Bartlett for films and articles for National Geographic. Settle into our camp, located within the Palmwag Concession and run in conjunction with the Save the Rhino Trust. Go on a late-afternoon game drive in this unique desert landscape, watching for desert-adapted elephants, oryx, and mountain zebras. The next morning, track endangered

Above: An elephant trio feasts on the lush vegetation of the Okavango Delta. 126

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/NAMIBIA

I


Land

Small Ship

I N F O R M AT I O N Trip Type

Land

Family

Photo

Activity Level

Small Ship Light

Train PrivateModera Jet Light / Moderate

DATES *G-Adventures Family Photo• Aug. 2018: June 16–27 • July 17–28 30–Sept. 10 Student Dec. 15–26

COST

Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

$20,495

Moderate / Strenuous

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $4,750. All flights within Africa are included in the expedition cost. Airfare to Johannesburg and return from Maun is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 16

O U R

One of the world’s oldest deserts meets the roaring Atlantic surf on Namibia’s Skeleton Coast.

black rhinos and learn how this species has adapted to the harsh environment. Then meet with local conservationists to hear about efforts to protect these rare creatures in the face of poaching and other threats. After lunch, visit a nearby village that plays a role in maintaining an ecological balance in the region. DESERT RHINO CAMP I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 7 AND 8

I

ETOSHA NATIONAL PARK

Fly north to the Onguma Game Reserve, on the eastern edge of Etosha National Park. During the day, herds of plains game flock to the water holes of Etosha, and big cats are close behind. On an afternoon game drive, spot oryx and rare blackfaced impalas, look for endemic birds like the Hartlaub’s francolin, and catch elephants splashing at the water’s edge. Stop for sundowners in the bush before returning to the lodge for dinner. Explore Etosha further the next day, skirting its lunar-like saltpan, visiting water holes, and stopping for a picnic lunch. If you wish, opt for several additional activities: a walking safari, a visit to a photo hide, or a nocturnal game drive. ONGUMA ETOSHA AOBA LODGE MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 9

I

SELINDA RESERVE, BOTSWANA

A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Conservationist and National Geographic Emerging Explorer Steve Boyes will join the December 15, 2018 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Add a four-day post-trip extension to Matetsi Private Game Reserve and Victoria Falls in Zimbabwe, which includes a stay at Matetsi River Lodge, a member of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection. Visit our website or call for details.

SELINDA CAMP I MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 10 AND 11

I

SELINDA RESERVE

Rise early for a game drive in search of resident lion prides and packs of wild dogs. After lunch back at camp, set off on a boat trip, watching for wildlife on the shore (water levels permitting). Enjoy a special dinner in the bush. On your last full day on safari, choose from a variety of activities, including game drives, a night drive, a walking safari, or a fishing excursion. Toast our southern African safari at a farewell dinner at the camp. SELINDA CAMP I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 12

Depart early on a private charter to Maun, Botswana and connect by bush plane to

I

Selinda Camp, located at the northern edge of the Okavango Delta. Working with the local community, National Geographic Explorersin-Residence Beverly and Dereck Joubert have transformed the Selinda Reserve from a trophyhunting concession into a wildlife sanctuary. The unfenced, 320,000-acre private reserve bridges the Okavango Delta and the Linyanti wetlands, and many species move through it to get to the two adjacent wetlands. Head out on a late-afternoon safari and watch the wildlife change guard as night falls.

E X P ER T

I

MAUN, BOTSWANA

After an early-morning game drive and breakfast, depart Selinda Camp on a scheduled flight to Maun and connect to your flights home.

A N AW E- I N S PI R I NG A ER I A L PERSPECTIVE We’ll board our private Pilatus PC 12 aircrafts to travel easily between private reserves and extraordinary safari camps deep in the heart of the wilderness. With a seating capacity of only nine passengers, each versatile aircraft offers maximum comfort and incomparable views. Each departure will be limited to 16 travelers, allowing for a more intimate experience on safari.

MEALS: B

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/NAMIBIA

I

127

Strenuo


T H E G R E AT A P E S O F U G A N DA A N D R WA N DA THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Join a National Geographic-funded primatologist on treks in search of chimpanzees, gorillas, and endangered golden monkeys. • Watch the antics of chimpanzees up close at a sanctuary established in association with the Jane Goodall Institute. • Meet with scientists at the Dian Fossey Gorilla Fund’s Karisoke Research Center to learn about ongoing conservation projects. • Get an in-depth perspective on National Geographic grantee Dian Fossey’s 18-year-long gorilla study as you trek through her living laboratory in Volcanoes National Park. Land

|

ITINER ARY

1 1 D AY S

DAYS 5 AND 6 I KIBALE NATIONAL PARK/ QUEEN ELIZABETH NATIONAL PARK Spend a second morning tracking chimpanzees. Continue to Queen Elizabeth National Park, and go on safari to look for elephants, lions, and Ugandan kobs before an afternoon wildlife cruise. KYAMBURA GORGE LODGE MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 7 AND 8

I

BWINDI IMPENETRABLE NATIONAL PARK

Travel to Bwindi Impenetrable National Park. The next morning, head into the park’s forests, home to roughly half the world’s remaining mountain gorillas. Sit among these gentle giants, observing one of the planet’s most endangered creatures up close. BWINDI LODGE MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

ENTEBBE, UGANDA/ NGAMBA ISLAND

Arrive in Entebbe this evening and transfer to our hotel. The next day, visit the Chimpanzee Sanctuary on Ngamba Island, established in association with the Jane Goodall Institute as a habitat for rescued and orphaned chimpanzees. Later, explore the Uganda Wildlife Education Centre. LAKE VICTORIA SERENA RESORT MEALS: DAY 2: B, L, D

DAYS 3 AND 4

I

KIBALE NATIONAL PARK

Fly from Entebbe to Kasese en route to Kibale National Park and check in to our lodge, set on a crater lake. Meet with a local researcher and search for chimpanzees; black-and-white colobus, red-tailed, and blue monkeys; and the rare l’Hoest’s monkey. Explore the Bigodi Wetland Sanctuary. KYANINGA LODGE

DAYS 9 AND 10 I VOLCANOES NATIONAL PARK, RWANDA Settle into your private villa overlooking the surrounding volcanoes and lakes. Meet experts at the Dian Fossey Gorilla Fund’s Karisoke Research Center to learn about ongoing conservation efforts. Spend the next day tracking mountain gorillas in Volcanoes National Park, where National Geographic grantee Dian Fossey conducted research on gorillas for 18 years. Enjoy a traditional dance performance this evening. VIRUNGA LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 11

I

VOLCANOES NATIONAL PARK/ KIGALI

This morning, search for endangered golden monkeys in the park. After lunch, visit a local school. Then transfer to the airport for your flight home. MEALS: B, L

MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

Above: These endangered mountain gorillas are two of the roughly 880 that remain in the wilds of central Africa.

128

I

Small Ship

Train

Private

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

*G-Adventures

Photo

Trip Type

Activity Level

Stude

Moderate / Strenuous Light Land Light / Moderate Small ShipModerateTrain Private Jet

DATES 2017: Dec. 27, 2017–Jan. 6,Photo 2018 *G-Adventures Family Student 2018: Feb. 18–28 • June 10–20 • July 22–Aug. 1 Aug. 19–29 • Sept 1–11 • Dec. 27, 2018–Jan. 6, 2019

COST

Light / Moderate

Light

Moderate

$12,995

Moderate / Strenuous

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $3,500. All primate-tracking permits are included in the expedition cost. Airfare to Entebbe and return from Kigali, and airfare within Uganda, are not included in the expedition cost. The group flight from Entebbe to Kasese is $330 per person (subject to change).

Maximum group size: 16

W H AT T O E X P E C T While tracking primates, guests will trek through thick jungle at elevations ranging up to 10,000 feet for up to eight hours. This trip is not suitable for those who suffer from a cardiac, respiratory, or circulatory disorder, or a disability that limits mobility. Participants must be at least 15 years old.

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Biologist and National Geographic Emerging Explorer Jill Pruetz will join the August 19 and December 27, 2018 departures. Read her bio and find more experts on our website.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Extend your trip to Kenya with a stay at Mara Plains Camp or ol Donyo Lodge, both members of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection. Visit our website or call for details.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/GREATAPES

I

Strenu


M O R O CCO P R I VAT E E X P E D I T I O N

NEW

THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Visit six UNESCO World Heritage sites with a private guide, from the medina of Marrakech to the historic city of Meknès. • Stay in the Kasbah du Toubkal, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World built from the ruins of a medieval kasbah. • Sip traditional mint tea in the home of a Berber family living in the High Atlas Mountains. • On a private tour, discover Fez’s ancient maze of colorful markets and mosques. Land

|

ITINER ARY

9 D AY S

culture of the local Berber people. National Geographic guests enjoy an exclusive village walk with a local resident, followed by traditional mint tea in his or her home. The next day, explore the surrounding slopes by Land Small Ship foot or donkey, and meet with a Berber family in the village. KASBAH DU TOUBKAL MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 6

I

Family

AÏT BEN HADDOU

Photo

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

CASABLANCA, MOROCCO/FEZ

Arrive in Casablanca and transfer to Fez for an afternoon at leisure. On a private tour the next day, explore the old walled city of Fès el-Balid, the plazas and palaces of Fez el Jdid, and the grand entrance to the Royal Palace. Then take a stroll atop the old town walls.

Family

Trip Type

Train

Private Jet

Private

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Light / Moderate

Light

Moderate

DATES Active This Student is a private expedition, so you may select any dates that are convenient for you. This private expedition is offered year-round except in July and August.

*G-Adventures

MARRAKECH

Drive to legendary Marrakech. On a private city tour, see the Koutoubia Mosque, Bahia Palace, the Saadian Tombs, Bab Agnaou Gate, and the Majorelle Gardens. Depart the following day.

I

VILLA DES ORANGERS I MEALS: DAY 7: B, L; DAYS 8 AND 9: B DAILY

F E AT U R E D LO D G E

Strenuous

Maximum

$4,595 $4,895 $5,595

6+ people 4 people 2 people

Prices are per person, double occupancy and are subject to availability. Single-traveler prices are available upon request. A holiday surcharge may apply to certain travel dates. Airfare to Casablanca and return from Marrakech is not included in the expedition cost. For the detailed itinerary, please visit our website.

Expedition Team: Top local guides will accompany you throughout the trip, and you will meet other local experts as described in the itinerary.

RIAD MAISON BLEUE I MEALS: DAY 2: B, D

DAY 3

I

MEKNÈS/VOLUBILIS/RABAT

Discover two World Heritage sites with a private guide: the medieval walled city of Meknès and the Roman ruins at Volubilis. Continue to Rabat to visit Kasbah des Oudayas and the Mausoleum of Mohamed V. VILLA MANDARINE I MEALS: B, L

DAYS 4 AND 5

I

HIGH ATLAS MOUNTAINS

Immerse yourself in Berber culture during a twonight stay at Kasbah du Toubkal, perched amid the peaks of the High Atlas Mountains. Hike through beautiful alpine scenery, soak up the rhythms of rural life, and join a local resident for a tour of the village and tea in a family home—a special outing arranged for National Geographic guests.

Journey into the High Atlas Mountains to the Kasbah du Toubkal, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World that celebrates the

A rug merchant displays his wares in Marrakech.

Above: The night market infuses Marrakech’s Djemma el Fna with light and life. I

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N

Visit Kasbah Telouet, then continue to the ancient village of Aït Ben Haddou for an afternoon Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Light COST at leisure. KSAR IGHNDA HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 7, 8, AND 9

Small Ship

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PRIVATE

I

129

Moderate


MOROCCO: LEGENDARY CITIES AND THE SAHARA T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • A longside a National Geographic expert, explore five UNESCO World Heritage sites including the Roman ruins of Volubilis and the ancient adobe village of Aït Ben Haddou. • D elve into Berber culture during a stay at the Kasbah du Toubkal, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World. • S et out from our tented camp at sunset to ride a camel across the magnificent sculpted dunes of the Sahara. • Veer off the beaten path in the High Atlas Mountains and travel by 4x4 to the seldom-visited Kasbah Telouet.

ITINER ARY

|

12

DAY 2

D AY S

I

CASABLANCA/MARRAKECH

Drive through the elegant Anfa neighborhood on the way to Marrakech, Morocco’s legendary “pearl of the South.” Enjoy a poolside lunch at the hotel before exploring the city of Marrakech. See the splendid Koutoubia Mosque and the Saadian Tombs, and visit Bahia Palace. Explore the labyrinthine streets of the medina, lined with market stalls and craftspeople; and soak up the colorful chaos of Djemma el Fna Square, where snake charmers and magicians captivate the passersby. Tonight, gather for a rooftop reception and dinner accompanied by traditional Gnaoua music in the heart of the old medina. SOFITEL MARRAKECH PALAIS IMPERIAL MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3 DAY 1

I

CASABLANCA, MOROCCO

Arrive in Casablanca and meet your fellow travelers for a welcome lunch at a lovely restaurant overlooking the Atlantic Ocean. This afternoon, stroll through the city’s Habous district and the mechouar, the ceremonial meeting place outside the Royal Palace. Tonight, gather for a festive welcome dinner. SOFITEL CASABLANCA TOUR BLANCHE MEALS: L, D

I

MARRAKECH

Continue exploring the sites of Marrakech today. Meander through the stunning Majorelle Garden, once owned by fashion designer Yves Saint Laurent, and see an exclusive collection of Berber objects originating from diverse regions of Morocco at the Berber Museum. Explore historic Moroccan architecture at the 14th-century Ben Youssef Madrasa. After lunch, venture back to the lively medina with our local guide or explore on your own. SOFITEL MARRAKECH PALAIS IMPERIAL I MEALS: B, L

The vibrant colors of dried fruits and spices beckon passersby in the Marrakech medina.

DAYS 4 AND 5 I MARRAKECH/HIGH ATLAS MOUNTAINS Immerse yourself in the rich culture of the High Atlas Mountains. Settle into the beautiful Kasbah du Toubkal, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World set on a hilltop beneath the highest peak in the range. Experience Berber hospitality on walks in the village and visits to family homes and markets. Take a half-day excursion into the mountains on a variety of hikes and walks, and return to relax in typical Moroccan style: with a mint tea on the terrace or a steam bath in the traditional hammam.

Above: A herder leads his caravan of camels across the undulating dunes. 130

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/MOROCCO

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Light / Moderate Moderate Light Small Ship Train ModeratePrivate Jet

DATES 2017: Oct. 28–Nov. 6* Family

Photo

*G-Adventures

Student

2018: Mar. 17–28 • Apr. 14–25 • May 12–23 Sept. 29–Oct. 10 • Oct. 6–17 • Oct. 27–Nov. 7 Lightare / Moderate Moderate ModerateSee / Strenuous Light These departures photography expeditions. box below for details and special pricing.

*The October 2017 departure follows a slightly modified itinerary and is two days shorter. Visit our website for details and pricing.

COST Late afternoon light casts shadows on the ornate doors of the Royal Palace in Fez.

Dine on delicious cuisine and warm bread baked in clay ovens on site, and soak up the timeless atmosphere of rural Morocco. KASBAH DU TOUBKAL I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 6

I

LE BERBÈRE PALACE I MEALS: B, L, D

I

OUARZAZATE/BOUMALNE DADES

Visit Atlas Film Studios, where scenes from a host of memorable films such as Lawrence of Arabia have been shot. Then set out on the fabled Road of 1,000 Kasbahs. Arrive in Boumalne Dades, a small town nestled amid the crags and plateaus of the semidesert landscape. After lunch, head out on a walk in the dramatic Dades Gorge, admiring the spectacular scenery and enjoying an up close look at rural life. XALUCA DADES I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

ERFOUD/RISSANI/MERZOUGA

Follow the Road of 1,000 Kasbahs to Erfoud, passing spectacular rock formations, oases, and rose plantations. In Erfoud, climb into 4x4s for the drive into the desert. Visit the souk in Rissani, a historic camel caravan stop. Later, ride into the dunes on a camel to watch the sun set on the Sahara. Settle into our comfortable Berber

I

BIVOUAC TENTED BERBER CAMP MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 9

AÏT BENHADDOU/ OUARZAZATE

Cross the Tichka Pass, stopping to board 4x4s for the trip to the Kasbah of Telouet. Once home to the powerful Glaoui clan, the kasbah’s crumbling exterior belies its rich tile and woodwork. After lunch in the village, drive through the Ounila Valley to the ancient fortified village of Aït Ben Haddou, and delve into its warren of twisting lanes. Continue to Ouarzazate, a former colonial trading post and gateway to the Sahara.

DAY 7

tented camp to dine under the star-studded sky and enjoy an evening of Berber folk music.

I

MERZOUGA/FEZ

If you wish, wake early for a walk in the nearby dunes as the rising sun paints the sands orange and gold. Return to the camp for a hearty breakfast, then head north into the high-mountain plains on your way to Fez. Arrive in Fez early this evening, and check in to our hotel. HOTEL SAHRAI I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 10

I

FEZ

Spend the day exploring this magnificent imperial city. Visit the Royal Palace and Fes Jdid, home to the historic Jewish quarter. Delve into the lively medina, where merchants preside over colorful mounds of spices and tanners soak skins in vats of dye. Discover the 14th-century Bou Inania Madrasa, characterized by its intricately carved stucco walls, arches, and cornices. See the Nejjarine Fountain, covered in exquisite mosaics, and the Kairaouine Mosque. HOTEL SAHRAI I MEALS: B, L

DAY 11

I

FEZ/VOLUBILIS AND MEKNES

Today you may choose to explore Fez at your own pace or take an excursion to the Roman ruins of Volubilis, a World Heritage site, and Meknès, Morocco’s 17th-century capital. Toast our Moroccan adventure at a farewell dinner tonight. HOTEL SAHRAI I MEALS: B, D

DAY 12

I

DEPART FEZ

This morning, transfer to the Fez airport for your return flight or transfer to Casablanca for flights departing in the afternoon. MEALS: B

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/MOROCCO

$7,995

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $2,150. Airfare to Casablanca and return from Fez is not included in the expedition cost.

Maximum group size: 25 (16 on photo departures)

O U R

E X P ER T A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Field archaeologist Chloé Chapel will join the October 28, 2017 departure. Read her bio and find more experts on our website.

W H AT T O E X P E C T Our hotels are first-class, well-located properties that reflect the character of each region. In Marrakech, Ouarzazate, and Fez, each hotel has a lovely pool and stunning tropical gardens. We stay in a National Geographic Unique Lodge in the High Atlas Mountains, and our camp in Merzouga features comfortable Berber-style tents with en suite bathrooms and generator-powered electricity.

SPECIAL PHOTOGRAPHY D E PA RT U R E S As indicated in the Dates section above, a few special departures of this expedition are designated as Morocco Photography Expeditions and are limited to 16 travelers. You’ll learn tips and techniques while discovering the enchanting cities of Marrakech and Fez, and make portraits of traditional Berber families. Visit our website for details and for the National Geographic photographer leading each departure. Cost: From $8,595

I

131

Strenu


T H E H O LY L A N D : PA S T, P R E S E N T, A N D F U T U R E T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • H ear a unique dual narrative provided by our Israeli and Palestinian peacebuilder guides, trained by National Geographic Emerging Explorer Aziz Abu Sarah. • E xplore Caesarea Maritima with geoarchaeologist and National Geographic Emerging Explorer Beverly Goodman. • M eet with an environmentalist from Friends of the Earth Middle East, whose efforts to foster Arab-Jewish cooperation through environmental stewardship were featured in the April 2010 issue of National Geographic magazine. • I n Jerusalem, get an insider’s view of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict from an Israeli politician, then travel to the West Bank for the rare opportunity to meet with officials of the Palestinian Authority.

ITINER ARY

|

11

by the shining cupola of the Dome of the Rock. Meet an imam from the Al-Aqsa Mosque who will explain the importance of this holy site to Muslims. Then visit the Western Wall, touch the ancient stones, and meet with a rabbi to learn about the significance of this sacred place. A local pastor then joins us at the Church of the Holy Sepulchre, home to six Christian sects and, according to tradition, the tomb of Jesus. In the afternoon, ascend to the top of the Mount of Olives and take in a panoramic view of the domes, spires, and golden stones of Jerusalem’s Old City.

D AY S

AMERICAN COLONY HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 3

DAY 1

I

TEL AVIV, ISRAEL/JERUSALEM

Arrive in Tel Aviv and transfer to Jerusalem. Relax at the hotel before our reception and welcome dinner tonight. AMERICAN COLONY HOTEL I MEALS: D

DAY 2

I

JERUSALEM

Begin the day on the Temple Mount, capped

I

JERUSALEM

Just outside the Old City walls lies the City of David, thought to be the original capital city established by King David some 3,000 years ago. Venture into the archaeological site and meet with its Israeli administrators; later, speak with residents of the nearby Palestinian neighborhood who oppose the excavations. Get an insider’s perspective on the Israeli-Palestinian conflict with an Israeli politician; then travel to Ramallah, where we are granted rare access to

Traced by his shadow, a Hasidic Jew prays at the Western Wall.

the offices of the Palestinian Authority to hear from a high-ranking politician. AMERICAN COLONY HOTEL I MEALS: B, L

DAY 4

I

JERUSALEM

Today, trace the turbulent history of the birth of the state of Israel. At Yad Vashem, Israel’s moving memorial to the Holocaust, meet with a Holocaust survivor for a personal glimpse

Above: Two of the most sacred sites in the Holy Land, the Dome of the Rock and the Western Wall, shimmer as evening descends on Old Jerusalem. 132

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/HOLYLAND

I


Land

visit the archaeological site of Tel Jericho. This afternoon, continue to our hotel, located in the Ein Gedi kibbutz on the shores of the Dead Sea. Learn about the kibbutz movement before enjoying time on your own to float in the Dead Sea, wander through the hotel’s botanical garden, or enjoy an optional spa treatment. EIN GEDI BOUTIQUE HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 7

The ancient Phoenician settlement of Caesarea Maritima was rebuilt by Herod the Great in the first century B.C.

into one of history’s darkest moments. Then travel to Ein Kerem, where Christian tradition says John the Baptist was born. An Israeli and a Palestinian guide will each tell their divergent narrative of the village’s role in Israel’s 1948 War of Independence. Enjoy time to explore Jerusalem on your own. Tonight, gather for a discussion with Israeli and Palestinian peace activists from the Bereaved Families Forum. AMERICAN COLONY HOTEL I MEALS: B, D

DAY 5

I

BETHLEHEM AND THE WEST BANK

Travel to the Gush Etzion settlement bloc to hear the viewpoints of Israeli settlers. Continue to Bethlehem and visit Manger Square; then, at the Church of the Nativity, descend into the cave revered by many as the birthplace of Jesus. Walk through a nearby Palestinian refugee camp, and learn how murals and graffiti have been used to depict the refugees’ struggles. Our final stop is Herodion, a volcano-shaped hill and fortress built by Herod the Great. Over dinner, take in a musical performance by a group of Israeli and Palestinian musicians. AMERICAN COLONY HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 6

I

JERUSALEM/JERICHO/ DEAD SEA

This morning, meet with an environmentalist from Friends of the Earth Middle East, whose efforts to foster Arab-Jewish cooperation through environmental stewardship were featured in the special April 2010 “Water” issue of National Geographic magazine. View the Dead Sea Scrolls at the Israel Museum, and then drive down through the Judean Desert to Jericho to

I

I

THE JORDAN RIVER VALLEY/ TIBERIAS

Soar up the flank of Masada in a gondola and explore King Herod’s 2,000-year-old mountaintop refuge. Then follow the Jordan Valley north to the Roman city of Bet She’an to see its remarkably preserved amphitheater, baths, and column-lined streets. Along the way, stop to dip your feet in the Jordan River, where Christian pilgrims come to be baptized. THE SCOTS HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

THE SCOTS HOTEL I MEALS: B, L, D

I

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Photo

Activity Level

Small Ship Light

Light / Moderate Train PrivateModera Jet

DATES *G-Adventures Photo 1 • May 2018: Mar. 17–27Family • Apr. 21–May 5–15 Oct. 6–16 • Oct. 20–30 • Nov. 3–13 Dec. 29, 2018–Jan. 8, 2019

COST

Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Student

$6,995

Moderate / Strenuous

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $2,395. Airfare to/from Tel Aviv is not included in the expedition cost. Please note: A State Department travel warning for Israel is currently in effect (http://travel.state.gov). We expect to operate this trip as planned, but we will continue to closely monitor events in the region and will alter the itinerary if necessary.

Maximum group size: 25

GALILEE

Visit Caesarea Philippi, a center of worship from the Hellenic age to the early Christian era. Explore the area as you wish this afternoon: follow a scenic trail to the Banias waterfall or enjoy a short hike through Tel Dan National Park to the ancient city of Dan. Take a boat ride across the Sea of Galilee from Tiberias to Capernaum, where Jesus lived and preached and where many apostles, including Peter, made their home.

DAY 9

Small Ship

NAZARETH/JAFFA/TEL AVIV

Hear the perspective of an Israeli Arab Christian on the way to Nazareth, where we visit the Basilica of the Annunciation, one of the largest churches in the Middle East. On an excursion to the mountaintop village of Beit Jann, discover the secretive traditions of the Druze people, and enjoy lunch with a Druze family in their home. Travel toward the Mediterranean coast this afternoon, and explore picturesque Jaffa, a strategic port town dating back to the Bronze Age. The bustling city of Tel Aviv is our home for tonight. Enjoy dinner here on your own.

O U R

E X P ER T S A National Geographic expert and expedition leader will accompany this trip. Educator and National Geographic Emerging Explorer Aziz Abu Sarah will join the October 21 and November 4, 2017 and the May 5, 2018 departures. Read his bio on our website. Author Yuval Ben-Ami writes for the Hebrew edition of National Geographic magazine and has published two travel books about Israel. His work in conflict resolution began in 2000 at Jerusalem’s Youth Center of World Cultures. Yuval will join the remaining departures. Read his bio on our website.

OPTIONAL EXTENSION Add a three-day extension to Petra, Jordan. Visit our website or call for details.

DAN TEL AVIV HOTEL I MEALS: B, L

DAYS 10 AND 11

I

CAESAREA MARITIMA/ TEL AVIV

Follow the coast north to Caesarea Maritima, Herod’s harbor city, and visit the ruins with geo-archaeologist and National Geographic Emerging Explorer Beverly Goodman. Then enjoy a free afternoon in Tel Aviv before gathering for a farewell reception and dinner. After breakfast the next morning, transfer to the airport for your flight home. DAN TEL AVIV HOTEL MEALS: DAY 10: B, D; DAY 11: B

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/HOLYLAND

I

133

Strenu


J O U R N E Y T O A N TA R C T I C A T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • The National Geographic Explorer and the National Geographic Orion are equipped with top exploration tools, including a remotely operated vehicle to capture footage of the ocean floor. • Learn from a team of biologists, geologists, and undersea specialists who offer insights and in-depth presentations throughout the trip. • G et up close to icebergs, wildlife, and hard-to-reach places using our fleets of kayaks and Zodiacs. • O bserve a range of penguin species, as well as seals and whales, and photograph them alongside our onboard photo instructor.

ITINER ARY

|

14

DAY 3

D AY S

I

USHUAIA, ARGENTINA

Fly to Ushuaia, the southernmost city in the world, and enjoy lunch on a catamaran cruise of the Beagle Channel before embarking our ship. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC EXPLORER OR NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC ORION FOR THE REMAINDER OF THE TRIP I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

I

AT SEA/DRAKE PASSAGE

While crossing the legendary Drake Passage, spot whales and other marine life that glide alongside the ship. MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 5–10

DAYS 1 AND 2 I U.S./BUENOS AIRES, ARGENTINA OR SANTIAGO, CHILE Depart on an overnight flight to Buenos Aires (National Geographic Explorer departures) or Santiago (National Geographic Orion departures). Settle into our hotel before heading out on an afternoon tour of the city. Gather tonight for a welcome reception.

Above: Wings aloft, an Adélie penguin catches air over the Antarctic ice. I

EXPLORING ANTARCTICA

MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

SOFITEL BUENOS AIRES OR GRAND HYATT SANTIAGO I MEALS: DAY 2: L

134

I

With nearly 24 hours of daylight at this time of year, we have ample opportunity to explore the Antarctic Peninsula and the surrounding islands. In keeping with the nature of an expedition, the schedule is flexible so that we can take advantage of the unexpected—watching whales perform off the bow, taking an after-dinner Zodiac cruise, or heading out on an extra landing during the day. We anticipate making several Zodiac landings each day to hike, kayak among the icebergs, and experience close encounters with wildlife.

The National Geographic Explorer attracts a cast of curious penguins.

I

PARADISE BAY

This pristine bay is edged by soaring, ice-covered peaks. Hike to a summit for a breathtaking view, or kayak along a cliffside rookery in search of blue-eyed shags.

I

LEMAIRE CHANNEL AND PETERMANN ISLAND

Cruise through the Lemaire Channel between towering snowcaps and blue icebergs. Step ashore at Petermann Island to the cries of thousands of gentoo penguins standing along the shoreline, as if awaiting your arrival.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ANTARCTICA

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

ModeratePrivate Moderate LightTrainLight / Moderate Private Jet

DATES *G-Adventures Family Photo Nov. Active 2017/2018 Season: 26–Dec. 9 Student Dec. 6–19 • Dec. 16–29† • Dec. 17–30*† Dec. 26, 2017–Jan. 8, 2018† Dec. 27, 2017–Jan. 9, 2018*† • Jan. 5–18 • Jan. 6–19* Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Strenuous Light Jan. 15–28 • Jan. 16–29* • Jan. 25–Feb. 7 • Feb. 4–17 Maximum

2018/2019 Season: Nov. 25–Dec. 8* Nov. 26–Dec. 9 • Dec. 5–18* • Dec 15–28* Dec. 16–29† • Dec. 25, 2018–Jan. 7, 2019*† Dec. 26, 2018–Jan. 8, 2019† • Jan. 4–17* • Jan. 5–18 Jan. 14–27* • Jan. 15–28 • Jan. 24–Feb 6* Jan. 25–Feb. 7 • Feb. 3–16* • Feb. 4–17 Travelers capture a tail slap on camera during a thrilling close encounter with a humpback whale.

I

NEKO HARBOR

Dock in Neko Harbor. Walk among penguins on the beach or climb high onto an ice field for a panoramic vista of the untouched peaks surrounding this idyllic bay.

I

PORT LOCKROY

In 1944, the British government began an expedition code-named Operation Tabarin, creating a series of base stations in Antarctica. Base A, at Port Lockroy, is now a museum and Antarctica’s only public post office.

I

DAYS 11 AND 12

AT SEA

Enjoy the ship’s amenities as the Antarctic coast disappears from view. Round the southernmost tip of South America, and see the meeting of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. Celebrate your voyage at a farewell dinner on board. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 13 AND 14 I USHUAIA, ARGENTINA/BUENOS AIRES OR SANTIAGO, CHILE /U.S. Disembark in Ushuaia. After lunch, fly to Buenos Aires (National Geographic Explorer departures) or Santiago (National Geographic Orion departures) by private charter and connect with your overnight flight home. MEALS: DAY 13: B, L

OPTIONAL EXTENSION For voyages aboard the National Geographic Explorer, add an extension in Buenos Aires, to Iguazú Falls, or to Easter Island. For voyages aboard the National Geographic Orion, add an extension in Santiago or to Easter Island. Visit our website or call for details.

SPECIAL OFFER Book by October 31, 2017 and receive free roundtrip international airfare between Miami and Buenos Aires on the November 26 and December 6, 2017, and November 26, 2018 departures. We will also cover your bar tab on board and all tips for the crew.

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. National Geographic photographers David Doubilet and Jen Hayes will join the February 14, 2018 departure. Read their bios and find more experts on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

If departing from outside the U.S., plan to arrive on the morning of Day 2. *These departures are aboard the National Geographic Orion and begin and end in Santiago, Chile. All other departures are aboard the National Geographic Explorer and begin and end in Buenos Aires, Argentina. †Visit our website for special holiday pricing on these departures.

COST 2017/2018 Season

Explorer

Orion

Category 1

$13,760

$13,760

Category 2

$14,790

$14,790

Category 3

$15,230

$16,390

Category 4

$16,390

$19,720

Category 5

$19,720

$22,540

Category 6

$22,540

$26,240

Category 7

$26,240

N/A

Category A Solo

$18,490

$20,640

Category B Solo

$19,040

$24,590

2018/2019 Season

Explorer

Orion

Category 1

$13,890

$14,170

Category 2

$14,940

$15,230

Category 3

$15,380

$16,960

Category 4

$16,550

$20,500

Category 5

$19,990

$23,440

Category 6

$22,800

$27,290

Category 7

$26,600

N/A

Category A Solo

$18,680

$21,250

Category B Solo

$19,220

$25,440

See descriptions, photos, and deck plans for the National Geographic Explorer and National Geographic Orion on pages 148–149. Prices are per person, double occupancy, except those marked solo, which are based on single occupancy. For holiday pricing, please visit our website. International airfare to/ from Buenos Aires or Santiago and airfare to/from Ushuaia are not included in the expedition cost. The group flight to/from Ushuaia is $890–$1,240 per person (subject to change), depending on departure date.

Maximum ship capacity: National Geographic Explorer: 148 National Geographic Orion: 102

A kayaker maneuvers toward an icy landscape in the waters of Antarctica. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ANTARCTICA

I

135


A N TA R C T I C A , S O U T H G E O R G I A , A N D T H E FA L K L A N D S T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • S et out from the National Geographic Explorer or National Geographic Orion in a Zodiac or kayak to get up close to the exquisite icebergs of the Antarctic Peninsula. • Trace the riveting story of Shackleton’s fateful expedition on South Georgia with our team of experts, and get immersed in a sea of black and white amid thousands of king penguins. • V isit the pioneer outposts of Port Stanley in the Falklands and Port Lockroy in Antarctica. • G et hands-on instruction from a National Geographic photographer as you frame breaching whales, elephant seals, and numerous penguin species.

ITINER ARY

|

24

D AY S

DAY 3

I

USHUAIA, ARGENTINA

Fly to Ushuaia, the southernmost city in the world, and enjoy lunch on a catamaran cruise of the Beagle Channel. Then set sail on the National Geographic Explorer or National Geographic Orion. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC EXPLORER OR NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC ORION FOR THE REMAINDER OF THE TRIP I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

I

AT SEA

Settle into life aboard the ship as we cross the Drake Passage to Antarctica. Keep a lookout for seabirds, whales, and other marine life that glide alongside the ship. MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 5–10

DAYS 1 AND 2 I U.S./BUENOS AIRES, ARGENTINA OR SANTIAGO, CHILE Depart on an overnight flight to Buenos Aires (National Geographic Explorer departures) or Santiago (National Geographic Orion departures). Settle into our hotel before heading out on an afternoon tour of the city. Gather tonight for a welcome reception. SOFITEL BUENOS AIRES OR GRAND HYATT SANTIAGO I MEALS: DAY 2: L

I

EXPLORING ANTARCTICA

With long hours of daylight at this time of year, we have ample opportunity to explore the Antarctic Peninsula and its surrounding islands. In keeping with the nature of an expedition, the schedule is flexible, allowing us to take advantage of the unexpected. We anticipate making several landings each day to hike, kayak among the icebergs, and experience close encounters with wildlife. See the descriptions on pages 134 and 135 for more details about these days on the Antarctic Peninsula. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

A guest documents the National Geographic Orion as it navigates the famed Drake Passage.

DAYS 11 AND 12

I

AT SEA

As we head north toward South Georgia, watch for whales from the ship’s bridge, attend talks by our experts, and enjoy the amenities on board. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 13–17

I

SOUTH GEORGIA ISLAND

Arrive in South Georgia, renowned for its beauty and wildlife. Visit Shackleton’s final resting place and wander through the ruins of abandoned whaling stations. Glide in Zodiacs past dramatic cliffs and swirling birds, on the lookout for young

Above: Forming a sea of black and white, king penguins cluster on the beaches of South Georgia. 136

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ANTARCTICA

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Moderate LightTrainLight / Moderate Private JetModeratePrivate

DATES 2017/2018 Season: Nov. 6–29**† • Nov. 7–30*† *G-Adventures Family Student † Nov. 27–Dec. 20*Photo • Jan. 26–Feb. 18* • Feb. 14–Mar.Active 9 Feb. 15–Mar. 10* 2018/2019 Season: Nov. 5–28*† • Nov. 6–29† Feb. 13–Mar. 8* • Feb. 14–Mar. 9 / Strenuous Strenuous Maximum Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate Light If departing from outside the U.S., plan to arrive on the morning of Day 2. *These departures are aboard the National Geographic Orion and begin and end in Santiago, Chile. All other departures are aboard the National Geographic Explorer and begin and end in Buenos Aires, Argentina. **On the November 6, 2017 departure guests spend an additional day in South Georgia, flying directly from Santiago to Port Stanley. Visit our website for the detailed itinerary. †These departures follow the itinerary shown but in the reverse order, visiting the Falkland Islands first and ending in Antarctica.

Hikers mount a snowy rise in Neko Harbor, Antarctica.

Antarctic fur seals. Hike through this breathtaking landscape, and cruise into a remote bay where tens of thousands of king penguins crowd the shore. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 18–21

I

AT SEA/ FALKLAND ISLANDS

After two days at sea, dock in Port Stanley, and stroll along streets lined with Victorian-style houses. See an archway made of whalebone at the Christ Church Cathedral, and visit the Falkland Islands Museum and National Trust. Hike and kayak along rocky coasts, spotting Magellanic penguins, enormous elephant seals, and albatrosses. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 22

I

AT SEA

On our final day at sea, enjoy a last chance to view the marine life of these southern waters. Gather to toast our epic voyage at a festive

farewell dinner on our final night at sea. MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 23 AND 24 I USHUAIA, ARGENTINA/ BUENOS AIRES OR SANTIAGO, CHILE/U.S. Disembark in Ushuaia. After lunch, fly to Buenos Aires (National Geographic Explorer departures) or Santiago (National Geographic Orion departures) by private charter, and connect with your overnight flight home. MEALS: DAY 23: B, L

OPTIONAL EXTENSION For voyages aboard the National Geographic Explorer, add an extension in Buenos Aires, to Iguazú Falls, or to Easter Island. For voyages aboard the National Geographic Orion, add an extension in Santiago or to Easter Island. Visit our website or call for details.

YOUR TRIP MAKES A DIFFERENCE The National Geographic Society funds research, conservation, and exploration, including research assessing the effect of global warming on female leopard seals as well as climbing expeditions in Antarctica.

EXPEDITION TEAM

Black-browed albatrosses nuzzle coral-tipped beaks in the Falklands. I

A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. National Geographic Traveler photographer Macduff Everton will join the February 15, 2018 departure. Read his bio and find more experts on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ANTARCTICA

COST 2017/2018 Season

Explorer

Orion

Category 1

$23,790

$23,790

Category 2

$25,490

$25,490

Category 3

$26,690

$27,940

Category 4

$27,940

$34,290

Category 5

$34,290

$39,570

Category 6

$39,570

$45,880

Category 7

$45,880

N/A

Category A Solo

$31,860

$35,690

Category B Solo

$33,360

$41,910

2018/2019 Season

Explorer

Orion

Category 1

$23,990

$24,640

Category 2

$25,740

$26,380

Category 3

$26,950

$28,450

Category 4

$28,220

$35,660

Category 5

$34,750

$41,150

Category 6

$39,990

$47,720

Category 7

$46,450

N/A

Category A Solo

$32,180

$36,930

Category B Solo

$33,690

$42,670

See descriptions, photos, and deck plans for the National Geographic Explorer and National Geographic Orion on pages 148–149. Prices are per person, double occupancy, except those marked solo, which are based on single occupancy. International airfare to/from Buenos Aires or Santiago and airfare to/from Ushuaia are not included in the expedition cost. The group flight to/from Ushuaia is $890–$1,240 per person (subject to change), depending on departure date.

Maximum ship capacity: National Geographic Explorer: 148 National Geographic Orion: 102

SPECIAL OFFER Book by October 31, 2017 and receive free roundtrip international airfare between Miami and Buenos Aires or Santiago on any of the November 2017 and 2018 departures. We will also cover your bar tab on board and all tips for the crew. I

137


LAND OF THE POLAR BEARS T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • The National Geographic Explorer is an ice-class vessel that allows us to probe the floes in search of resident wildlife, including walruses, seals, and the majestic polar bear—the very symbol of the Arctic. • D iscover unusual Arctic flora and tidewater glaciers on walks with naturalists, and spot huge walruses, bearded and ringed seals, arctic foxes, and reindeer. • E xperience the legendary midnight sun: the ethereal light of the northern summer, when the sun never sets. • Learn tips and techniques on wildlife and landscape photography from the National Geographic photographer who accompanies the trip.

ITINER ARY

|

11

Visit the Fram Museum, showcasing the polar ship Fram and dedicated to the explorers and wooden vessels that navigated the Arctic Sea in the late 1800s and early 1900s. This evening you are free to explore Oslo on your own.

D AY S

THON HOTEL BRISTOL OR SCANDIC HOLMENKOLLEN PARK HOTEL I MEALS: DAY 2: B

DAY 3

I

OSLO/LONGYEARBYEN

Depart Oslo on a private charter flight, and enjoy breathtaking views of the southern fjords en route to Longyearbyen. Embark the National Geographic Explorer, our base for the next six days. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC EXPLORER THROUGH DAY 9 I MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 4–9

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

U.S./OSLO, NORWAY

Depart on an overnight flight to Oslo. Upon arrival, check in to our hotel. On an afternoon tour of this charming city, stroll among the famed Vigeland sculptures—hundreds of lifesize human figures set in terraced parkland.

I

EXPLORING SVALBARD

This voyage is undertaken in the spirit of discovery, and our travel in the archipelago is exploratory by design. In a region ruled not by humans but by polar bears, we let nature guide our course. Svalbard lies north of the Arctic Circle, where the summer midnight sun never sets. With our fully stabilized ice-class expedition ship, we are able to probe the ice in search of wildlife. Our exact day-to-day itinerary remains

Two travelers kayak off Svalbard’s pristine coast.

Above: Polar bear cubs play alongside their mother near the edge of the ice in Svalbard.

138

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ARCTIC

I


Land

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Moderate Private Moderate LightTrainLight / Moderate Private Jet

DATES 2018: May 16–26Photo • May 23–June 2 *G-Adventures Family May 30–June 9

Student

Active

If departing from outside the U.S., plan to arrive on the morning of Day 2. Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

COST

A Zodiac moves with a swarm of kittiwakes at Monaco Glacier.

I

flexible, depending on local ice and weather conditions. Zodiacs and kayaks take us closer to experience the region’s geologic features, wildlife, and the wildflowers that flourish during the summer months.

DAY 10

LONGYEARBYEN/OSLO

With our National Geographic photographer and a seasoned naturalist staff, venture to the foot of vast tidewater glaciers, kayak among sparkling icebergs, and explore fjords that split the coastline. Hike through miniature gardens blooming on the tundra, and search the edge of the pack ice for polar bears, walruses, seals, reindeer, and arctic foxes. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

RADISSON BLU AIRPORT HOTEL I MEALS: B, L

In Longyearbyen, the largest settlement in Svalbard, disembark and enjoy time to explore. Founded by an American coal executive in 1906, this is one of the northernmost human settlements on Earth. Fly back to Oslo this afternoon.

DAY 11

I

OSLO/U.S.

After breakfast, transfer to the airport for your return flight home. MEALS: B

Moderate / Strenuous

Strenuous

Category 1

$10,430

Category 2

$11,150

Category 3

$11,630

Category 4

$12,320

Category 5

$15,620

Category 6

$17,100

Category 7

$19,520

Category A Solo

$13,950

Category B Solo

$14,540

See the National Geographic Explorer description, photos, and deck plan on page 148. Prices are per person, double occupancy, except those marked solo, which are based on single occupancy. International airfare to/from Oslo and airfare within Norway are not included in the expedition cost. The round-trip group flight between Oslo and Longyearbyen is $760 per person (subject to change).

Maximum ship capacity: 148

SPECIAL OFFER Travel on the National Geographic Explorer in 2018 and we will cover your bar tab on board and all tips for the crew.

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. National Geographic photographer Erika Larsen will join the May 23 and 30 departures. Read her bio and find more experts on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

OPTIONAL EXTENSIONS

A velvety walrus cub stretches out alongside its tusked mother.

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ARCTIC

Add a five-day pre-trip extension to the breathtaking fjords of Norway or a four-day post-trip extension to Iceland that includes Reykjavík, the Golden Circle, Akureyri, and Lake Mývatn. Visit our website or call for details.

I

139

Maximum


N O R WAY ’ S FJ O R D S A N D A R C T I C S VA L B A R D THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • Capture stellar images of Norway’s epic landscapes and wildlife, enhancing your techniques as you shoot alongside a National Geographic photographer. • By special permission, visit the island of Smøla, and learn about the cultures that flourish there. • Board one of the National Geographic Explorer’s Zodiacs or kayaks and glide into islets and coves hidden among the soaring fjordlands. • Seek out Arctic wildlife—including walruses, seals, reindeer, and the majestic polar bear—with our highly skilled naturalists. Land

ITINER ARY

|

17

D AY S

discover hidden gems in a Zodiac, and paddle a kayak past waterfalls. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 10

I

BJØRNØYA (BEAR ISLAND)

On our way to the high Arctic, discover the coves and inlets of mist-shrouded Bear Island, populated by hundreds of thousands of fulmars, kittiwakes, and guillemots. MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 11–15 DAYS 1 AND 2

I

U.S./BERGEN, NORWAY

Depart on an overnight flight to Bergen and embark our ship in the late afternoon. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC EXPLORER THROUGH DAY 15 I MEALS: DAY 2: D

DAYS 3 AND 4

I

NORDFJORD/SMØLA

Glide through the little-known Nordfjord and travel overland to see the jagged peaks and turquoise lake of Olden Valley. Hike through glacially carved valleys to Briksdal Glacier. Continue to the small isle of Smøla. By special permission, explore its fishing villages and rugged coasts on a walk, bike ride, or kayaking excursion. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 5 AND 6

I

FJORDS OF NORWAY

The coast of central Norway is laced with mountainous islands and steep-walled fjords. Hike,

I

EXPLORING SVALBARD

Spend five days searching for walruses, seals, reindeer, arctic foxes, and polar bears in Svalbard. Our itinerary is flexible to maximize wildlife sightings. Shore walks and Zodiac and kayaking adventures bring us up close to untouched landscapes and passing icebergs. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 16 AND 17

I

LONGYEARBYEN/ OSLO/U.S.

Disembark in Longyearbyen and visit the Svalbard Art Gallery and the Svalbard Museum. Board our charter flight to Oslo and fly home the next day. RADISSON BLU AIRPORT HOTEL

Family

Trip Type

Land

Small Ship

I

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Moderate Private Moderate LightTrainLight / Moderate Private Jet

DATE 2018:Family May 3–19 Photo

*G-Adventures

Student

Active

If departing from outside the U.S., plan to arrive on the morning of Day 2.

COST

Light

Light / Moderate

Moderate

Moderate / Strenuous

Strenuous

Category 1

$16,990

Category 2

$17,980

Category 3

$18,930

Category 4

$20,350

Category 5

$23,490

Category 6

$27,690

Category 7

$31,820

Category A Solo

$22,470

Category B Solo

$23,660

Maximum

See the National Geographic Explorer description, photos, and deck plan on page 148. Prices are per person, double occupancy, except those marked solo, which are based on single occupancy. International airfare to Copenhagen and return from Oslo, or vice versa, and airfare within Norway are not included in the expedition cost. The group flight from Longyearbyen to Oslo is $380 per person (subject to change).

Maximum ship capacity: 148

MEALS: DAY 16: B, L, D; DAY 17: B

SPECIAL OFFERS Travel on the National Geographic Explorer in 2018 and we will cover your bar tab on board and all tips for the crew.

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. National Geographic Traveler photographer Dan Westergren will also join this departure. Read his bio on our website. This trip is offered in assocation with Lindblad Expeditions.

Above: Wispy clouds linger over a harbor town in the Lofoten Islands.

140

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N

DAYS 7, 8, AND 9 I LOFOTEN ISLANDS/ TYSFJORDEN/TROMSØ View Atlantic puffins, razorbills, and guillemots while navigating the Lofoten Islands by Zodiac. Arrive in Tromsø, and visit the Polar Museum and the Arctic Cathedral. Spend a day exploring by hike, Zodiac, or kayak. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

Small Ship

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/NORWAY

I


H OT S P R I N G S A N D I C E B E R G S : I C E L A N D TO W E S T G R E E N L A N D THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCE • The National Geographic Explorer is equipped with a fleet of kayaks and Zodiacs that allow for up-close views of glacier-draped fjords and massive icebergs. • Take a private cooking class in Reykjavík, and savor an exclusive dinner on Viðey Island curated by one of Iceland’s top chefs. • Ride horseback across lava fields and marvel at steaming hot springs in the company of our naturalists. • Watch for the magnificent northern lights—we’ll have a chance to see them in the skies over Iceland and Greenland. Land

ITINER ARY

|

9

D AY S

Greenland, taking in aerial views of the vast Greenland ice cap. Embark our ship upon arrival in Kangerlussuaq. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

EXPLORER THROUGH DAY 7 I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 5

I

GREENLAND’S WEST COAST AND SISIMIUT

Dozens of deep fjords carve into Greenland’s west coast, many harboring glaciers that are fed by the ice cap that covers nearly 80 percent of the country. Trace this rugged coastline, and search for humpback and minke whales. At Sisimiut, a former whaling port, visit the museum and wander amid the town’s colorful buildings. MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 6 AND 7

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

U.S./REYKJAVÍK, ICELAND

Fly overnight to Reykjavík. Upon arrival, take a dip in the Blue Lagoon or learn about volcanic activity at a geothermal power plant before checking in to our hotel in downtown Reykjavík. ISLAND HOTEL (OR SIMILAR) I MEALS: DAY 2: L

DAY 3

I

Today you may choose from several activities. Go hiking across the rolling scrublands just outside the city, ride an Icelandic horse through the Hafnarfjörður lava field, take a cooking class, or tour the sites of the Golden Circle. Tonight, ride a ferry to scenic Viðey Island, where an exclusive dinner and a concert in a historic house await. ISLAND HOTEL (OR SIMILAR) I MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 4

I

REYKJAVÍK/KANGERLUSSUAQ, GREENLAND

Take a walking or biking tour of Reykjavík this morning. Then fly by chartered aircraft to

DISKO BAY/ILULISSAT/ WESTERN COAST

Sail into Disko Bay and set out to explore the Ilulissat Icefjord, a UNESCO World Heritage site. Cruise among icebergs at the mouth of the fjord, and see glacial ice. Then visit the archaeological site at Sermermiut, an abandoned pre-colonial settlement. The next day, we’ll have options to explore the fjords by kayak or Zodiac, or hike inland across the tundra. MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 8 AND 9

REYKJAVÍK

I

I

KANGERLUSSUAQ/ REYKJAVÍK, ICELAND

Disembark the National Geographic Explorer in Kangerlussuaq and return to Reykjavík. The next day, head out on a scenic drive amid the volcanic landscapes and natural hot springs of the Reykjanes peninsula to the tiny fishing village of Grindavík. Transfer to the airport for your flight home. ISLAND HOTEL (OR SIMILAR) MEALS: DAY 8: B, L, D; DAY 9: B, L

SPECIAL OFFER Book either departure by October 31, 2017 and receive free round-trip airfare between Reykjavík and Kangerlussuaq. We will also cover your bar tab on board and all tips for the crew.

Land

Small Ship

Moderate Private Moderate Private Jet LightTrainLight / Moderate

DATES Sept. 5–13Photo • Sept.*G-Adventures 9–17 2018:Family

Student

Active

If departing from outside the U.S., plan to arrive on the morning of Day 2.

COST Light / Moderate

Moderate

Light

Moderate / Strenuous

Strenuous

Category 1

$6,990

Category 2

$7,590

Category 3

$7,870

Category 4

$8,540

Category 5

$10,090

Category 6

$12,110

Category 7

$13,950

Category A Solo

$9,490

Category B Solo

$9,840

See the National Geographic Explorer description, photos, and deck plan on page 148. Prices are per person, double occupancy, except those marked solo, which are based on single occupancy. International airfare to/from Reykjavík is not included in the expedition cost. The round-trip group flights between Reykjavík and Kangerlussuaq are $1,520 per person (subject to change).

Maximum ship capacity: 148

EXPEDITION TEAM A diverse team of experts including an expedition leader and local naturalists will accompany this trip. National Geographic photographer Ronan Donovan will join both departures of this expedition. Read his bio on our website. This trip is offered in association with Lindblad Expeditions.

Above: Fading sunlight gives way to the otherworldly swirls of the aurora borealis. I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ICELAND

Maximum

I

141


AROUND THE WORLD BY PRIVATE JET T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • A longside a team of National Geographic experts, explore 12 UNESCO World Heritage sites. • Attend a demonstration of traditional Andean weaving techniques by National Geographic grantee Nilda Callañaupa in Cusco, and then travel to Machu Picchu by train. • J oin archaeologists on Easter Island to explore mysterious moai statues and delve into the isle’s famously lost culture. • M eet with National Geographic Explorers-in-Residence Maeve or Louise Leakey in Tanzania and get a firsthand account of the family’s groundbreaking fossil discoveries.

ITINER ARY

|

24

archaeologists Edmundo Edwards, Patricia Vargas, and Claudio Cristino.

D AY S

HANGAROA ECO VILLAGE & SPA MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 7

I

CROSS THE INTERNATIONAL DATE LINE

Depart for Samoa and lose a day crossing the international date line. MEALS: B, L, D

DAY 8

I

APIA, SAMOA

Trace the coast on a scenic drive, passing through charming seaside villages. Enjoy a traditional Polynesian feast and a fia fia, a colorful performance of Samoan dance and song.

DAY 1

I

SHERATON SAMOA AGGIE GREY’S RESORT MEALS: B, L, D

WASHINGTON, D.C.*

We begin this extraordinary adventure with a welcome reception at the National Geographic Society headquarters, followed by dinner at our hotel. THE HAY-ADAMS I MEALS: D

I

DAYS 2, 3, AND 4

CUSCO/MACHU PICCHU, PERU

Arrive by private jet in Lima, Peru; then travel to Cusco by local flight. Explore Machu Picchu, an ancient citadel abandoned by the Inca and rediscovered in 1911. Excavated by Hiram Bingham

with funding from National Geographic, it is one of the world’s greatest archaeological sites. Continue to Cusco’s Plaza de Armas and the Sacsayhuaman fortress overlooking the city. BELMOND PALACIO NAZARENAS MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 5 AND 6

I

EASTER ISLAND, CHILE

Travel 2,300 miles off the coast of Chile to Easter Island, an open-air museum of ancient stone villages, sanctuaries, and giant statues called moai. Explore the island’s treasures with resident

DAYS 9 AND 10 I THE GREAT BARRIER REEF OR DAINTREE RAINFOREST, AUSTRALIA Explore the Great Barrier Reef, the largest known coral reef in the world and home to a rich variety of marine life. Enjoy snorkeling and swimming in this legendary marine ecosystem. Or, discover the natural wonders of the Daintree Rainforest with an Aboriginal guide. PULLMAN PORT DOUGLAS SEA TEMPLE RESORT & SPA I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

Above: The enormous moai statues on Easter Island cast long shadows in the evening light. 142

I

CALL 1-800-224-1894 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PRIVATEJET

I


Land

Monastery. Alternatively, you may choose to stay in Nepal and visit Chitwan National Park, one of Asia’s premier wildlife reserves.

Small Ship

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Family

Trip Type

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

THE ST. REGIS LHASA RESORT OR TAJ MEGHAULI SERAI LODGE I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

I

DAYS 16 AND 17

Land

TAJ MAHAL, AGRA, INDIA

Small Ship

Return to Kathmandu by local flight and Family Photo continue on our private jet to Agra. See the majestic Taj Mahal, one of the world’s greatest monuments to love. THE OBEROI AMARVILAS MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 18 AND 19

The architectural splendor of India’s Taj Mahal is mirrored in a reflecting pool.

I

DAYS 11 AND 12

ANGKOR, CAMBODIA

Fly to Siem Reap and transfer to Angkor. Survey Angkor Wat’s massive temple complex, and encounter the royal city of Angkor Thom and the extraordinary Bayon Temple. RAFFLES GRAND HOTEL D’ANGKOR MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 13

I

KATHMANDU, NEPAL

Travel to Kathmandu, and visit the medieval city of Bhaktapur, once a royal capital whose stunning pagodas, palaces, and squares still captivate today. Stay overnight before flying to Tibet. DWARIKA’S HOTEL, KATHMANDU MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 14 AND 15 I LHASA, TIBET OR CHITWAN NATIONAL PARK, NEPAL† Depart by local flight to Lhasa. Visit the Jokhang Temple, the region’s oldest and most revered temple, and explore colorful Tibetan markets. The next day, venture into the fabled Potala Palace and the nearly 600-year-old Sera

Light

I

Light / Moderate

TANZANIA

FOUR SEASONS SAFARI LODGE SERENGETI OR NGORONGORO CRATER LODGE MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

I

PETRA, JORDAN

Experience Petra, the lost city of the Nabataeans. Hidden in Jordan’s deep canyons south of the Dead Sea, this remarkable city of elaborate buildings carved into red sandstone cliffs was founded more than 2,000 years ago. Gather for a lively Bedouin dinner this evening. MÖVENPICK RESORT PETRA MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 22 AND 23

I

Private Jet

Light / Moderate LightPrivate

Moderate

MARRAKECH, MOROCCO

Arrive in Marrakech and transfer to our hotel. The next day, see the Koutoubia Mosque and visit Bahia Palace. Wander through the medina and the open-air market of Djemaa el Fna, or take a stroll in the stunning Majorelle Garden. Tonight, toast our extraordinary adventure at a festive farewell banquet with traditional entertainment.

DATES *G-Adventures Student Active 2017: Oct. 26–Nov. 18 Dec. 28, 2017–Jan. 20, 2018*

2018: Jan. 23–Feb. 15*† • Oct. 1–24 itinerary shown but begin and end in Orlando, Florida, with accommodations on Day 1 at the Ritz-Carlton Orlando, Grande Lakes. † On the January 2018 departure, Myanmar will replace Nepal and Tibet on Days 13–15. Visit our website for details.

COST 2017

$79,950

2018

$82,950

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $8,950. Transportation by private Boeing 757 jet and other conveyance, as noted in the itinerary, is included in the expedition cost. Airfare to/from Washington, D.C. or Orlando is not included. Please note: There is a $5,000 per-person deposit for this trip. See our website for specific terms and conditions.

Maximum group size: 75

O U R

E X P ER T S A team of National Geographic experts will accompany this trip. Geographer Stephen Cunha (pictured), National Geographic photographer Annie Griffiths, and author Tim Jepson will join the October 26, 2017 departure. Read their bios and find more experts on our website.

F LY B Y P R I VAT E J E T

LA MAMOUNIA I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 24

I

MARRAKECH/ WASHINGTON, D.C.*

Fly by private jet to Washington, D.C. and connect with your flight home. MEALS: B, L

YOUR TRIP MAKES A DIFFERENCE

Sunlight highlights a regal lion in the savanna.

I

Moderate

Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Strenuousdepartures Maximum follow the *The December and January

Fly to Kilimanjaro Airport and choose from two options: go deep into Serengeti National Park to witness the greatest concentration of plains game in Africa; or descend into the Ngorongoro Crater and observe the permanent population of about 25,000 animals in the largest unbroken caldera in the world. National Geographic Explorer-in-Residence Meave Leakey or Louise Leakey joins us to discuss the family’s historic fossil finds.

DAYS 20 AND 21

Train

The National Geographic Society funds research, conservation, and exploration, including a study on the response of the Great Barrier Reef to environmental stress.

CALL 1-800-224-1894 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PRIVATEJET

Our specially outfitted Boeing 757 is ideally suited for this extraordinary expedition. Its long-range capabilities and ability to land in smaller airports afford us unmatched flexibility. We set our own schedules, flying direct and avoiding layovers, which gives us the freedom to make the most of our adventures on land. Instead of the standard 239 seats, the jet’s interior has been customized and refitted to accommodate just 75 guests in two-bytwo, VIP-style leather seating. Visit our website for more information and photos of the jet.

I

143


AROUND THE WORLD BY PRIVATE JET: THE NORTHERN ROUTE T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • Delve into diverse cultures, from the nomads of the Gobi desert to the Inuits of the Arctic, as you circumnavigate the northern hemisphere by private jet. • Travel with our host, National Geographic Explorer-in-Residence Lee Berger, whose two-million-year-old fossil finds have changed our understanding of human origins. •C  ruise Lake Baikal, and see masterpieces at St. Petersburg's Hermitage before doors open to the public. • Discover Norway's dramatic fjords by ferry or kayak; witness waterfalls, volcanoes, and geysers in Iceland; and cruise amid the icebergs of Greenland’s spectacular Ilulissat Icefjord.

ITINER ARY

|

22

DAYS 6, 7, AND 8 I THE GOBI AND ULAANBAATAR, MONGOLIA

D AY S

Our next stop is the land of Genghis Khan, home to one of the world’s last nomadic cultures. Take a private local flight to the Gobi, where we’ll spend three nights in traditional gers (tents) at a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World. Experience a Naadam festival demonstration, and hunt for dinosaur fossils with a paleontologist at Bayanzag, also known as the Flaming Cliffs. Fly back to Ulaanbaatar to enjoy lunch and a performance of traditional throat singing. Alternatively, discover the stunning landscapes of Gorkhi-Terelj National Park.

DAYS 1 AND 2

I

SEATTLE, WASHINGTON

Meet experts, staff, and fellow travelers for a welcome reception and dinner at our hotel in downtown Seattle. The next day, depart for Japan, and lose a day crossing the international date line. FAIRMONT OLYMPIC HOTEL MEALS: DAY 1: D; DAY 2: B, L, D

I

DAYS 3, 4, AND 5

KYOTO AND NARA, JAPAN

Land in Osaka and travel to Kyoto, where we’ll visit UNESCO World Heritage-listed temples

and gardens, including Kinkakuji, or the Golden Pavilion, and the wooden temple of Sanjusangendo. Walk beneath the striking torii gates at Fushimi Inari Shrine to participate in a blessing ceremony, and explore Nijo Castle. In ancient Nara, visit the Todaiji temple, the world’s largest wooden building, and the Kofukuji National Treasure Museum. Stroll among 3,000 stone and bronze lanterns at the Kasuga Grand Shrine. FOUR SEASONS HOTEL KYOTO MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

THREE CAMEL LODGE OR SHANGRI-LA HOTEL, ULAANBAATAR AND TERELJ HOTEL MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 9 AND 10

I

IRKUTSK AND LAKE BAIKAL, RUSSIA

After the Decembrist revolt in 1825, exiled nobility settled in Siberia, bringing culture and infrastructure to cities like Irkutsk. Visit the Church of Our Savior and wander among the tombs of famous Siberians at the Znamenskaya cathedral, and discover the city’s pivotal role in Russian history at the Monument to Russian Pioneers of Siberia. Cruise Lake Baikal, a World

Above: Beyond the town of Ilulissat on Greenland’s Disko Bay, the Jakobshavn Glacier glows in the early morning light. 144

I

CALL 1-800-224-1894 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PRIVATEJET

I


Land

Fabergé at its Treasure Galleries. Stroll through the gardens of Peterhof, and tour Peter and Paul Fortress. Attend a performance at one of St. Petersburg’s grand theaters, or cruise the Neva River. HOTEL ASTORIA I MEALS: B, L, D

DAYS 14 AND 15

The ornate onion domes atop the Church of the Savior on Spilled Blood add color to St. Petersburg’s skyline.

Heritage site, and meet a local shaman. COURTYARD BY MARRIOTT, IRKUTSK CITY CENTER I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 11, 12, AND 13

I

ST. PETERSBURG, RUSSIA

Fly to St. Petersburg, designed by Peter the Great in the 18th century. At the Catherine Palace, marvel at the Amber Room, then step into the world-renowned State Hermitage Museum before opening hours, and admire the works of

I

Land

Small Ship

ÅLESUND, NORWAY

Train

I N F O R M AT I O N Trip Type

Train

Private Jet

Family

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Light / Moderate LightPrivate

Moderate

DATE

An island city off Norway’s Atlantic coast, July 12–Aug. 2 Ålesund is a charming hub of art nouveau ar- Photo 2018: *G-Adventures Family Student Active chitecture and the gateway to some of Norway’s COST $75,950 most impressive fjords. Our group will split up Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, to stay in three stunning boutique hotels set in Light / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Strenuous Maximum Light add $7,950. Transportation by private Boeing 757 jet and rural hamlets and alpine forests just outside other conveyance, as noted in the itinerary, is included in the the city. During our stay, explore the city, taking expedition cost. Airfare to Seattle and return from Boston is in the turrets and towers of its renowned early not included. 20th-century architecture, or cruise deep into Please note: There is a $5,000 per-person deposit for this trip. See our website for specific terms and conditions. majestic fjords. Alternatively, visit a local farm and sample Norwegian foods, or go kayaking in Maximum group size: 75 the fjords. SAGAFJORD HOTEL, STORFJORD HOTEL, OR HOTEL UNION ØYE MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 16, 17, AND 18

I

REYKJAVÍK, ICELAND

In Reykjavík, explore the old town and soak in the Blue Lagoon. Visit Thingvellir National Park to stand astride the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, where the North American and Eurasian tectonic plates meet. See the mud pots and boiling pools of Geysir; and encounter the thundering cascades of Gullfoss. Visit a geothermal power plant, enjoy a hike, or go snowmobiling on a glacier. HOTEL BORG, REYKJAVÍK I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 19 AND 20

I

ILULISSAT, GREENLAND

Our next stop is Kangerlussuaq, a small town in western Greenland. Continue by charter flight to Ilulissat, which abuts the massive Ilulissat Icefjord. Cruise among craggy icebergs that have calved from the glacier here, take a walk along the ice fjord, and meet a dogsled team. If you wish, go on a longer hike to the abandoned Inuit settlement of Sermermiut, or visit a tiny hunting and fishing settlement. ARCTIC HOTEL, ILULISSAT I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 21 AND 22

I

ILULISSAT/BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS

Fly to Boston and celebrate with a festive farewell dinner. The next day, connect with your commercial flight home. MANDARIN ORIENTAL, BOSTON MEALS: DAY 21: B, L, D; DAY 22: B

Shaded by her parasol, a geisha pauses beneath an arcade of red torii gates at Fushimi Inari Shrine in Kyoto.

I

Small Ship

CALL 1-800-224-1894 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PRIVATEJET

O U R

E X P ER T S A team of National Geographic experts will accompany this trip. Geographer Alexander Murphy has served as a member of the Advisory Committee for National Geographic Education, and has traveled and conducted research on five continents. Geographer and author Stephen Cunha is a geography professor at California's Humboldt State University, where he studies diverse landscapes around the world.

Photographer Michael Melford has produced more than a dozen feature stories for National Geographic magazine and more than 30 for National Geographic Traveler, including eight covers. The experts above will accompany the entire expedition. Read their bios on our website.

F LY B Y P R I VAT E J E T Our specially outfitted Boeing 757 is ideally suited for this extraordinary expedition. Its long-range capabilities and ability to land in smaller airports afford us unmatched flexibility. We set our own schedules, flying direct and avoiding layovers, which gives us the freedom to make the most of our adventures on land. Instead of the standard 233 seats, the jet’s interior has been customized and refitted to accommodate just 75 passengers in two-by-two, VIP-style leather seating. Visit our website for more information and photos of the jet.

I

145

Moderate


ASIA BY PRIVATE JET T H E N AT I O N A L GEOGR APHIC DIFFERENCE • J oin a team of National Geographic experts on a journey from the Himalayan city of Bhaktapur to lush Laotian jungles, the neon-lit streets of Ho Chi Minh City, and beyond. • S ee the leg-rowing fishermen of Myanmar’s Inle Lake, and learn about silk weaving on a visit to one of the lake’s stilted villages. • Wander the opulent palaces and manicured gardens of Udaipur, and then watch these marble monuments shimmer at sunset while cruising Lake Pichola aboard a royal barge. • Enjoy a traditional dance performance and witness a Buddhist prayer ceremony in Bhutan.

ITINER ARY

DAY 1

I

|

14

D AY S

DUBAI, UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

We begin our journey in Dubai, a cosmopolitan city with a futuristic skyline that stands in contrast to the vast Arabian Desert that encircles it. Meet experts, staff, and fellow travelers at a welcome reception and dinner. JUMEIRAH ZABEEL SARAY I MEALS: D

DAYS 2, 3, AND 4 I KATHMANDU, NEPAL AND PARO AND THIMPHU, BHUTAN

DAYS 5 AND 6

Fly by private jet to Kathmandu, Nepal, and visit the medieval city of Bhaktapur, a former royal capital whose stunning pagodas, palaces, and squares still captivate today. The next morning, take a local flight to Bhutan, the last remaining Buddhist kingdom of the Himalaya.

Continue to Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon), Vietnam’s pulsating urban hub. This afternoon, visit the Reunification Palace, left untouched since 1975 when the city fell to North Vietnam during the Vietnam War. Explore the building’s ornate reception rooms, presidential living quarters, and the underground compound of fortified communication rooms linked by a series of tunnels. Step into the grand 19th-century Notre Dame Cathedral, where faithful Vietnamese Catholics still flock to see its statue of the Virgin Mary. Directly across the street sits the ornate Central Post Office, designed by Gustave Eiffel in the late 19th century. In the heart of the city, discover the Ho Chi Minh Municipal Theatre, a monument to culture and a shining example of French colonial architecture. Cap off your explorations with an exciting ride through bustling streets in a traditional cyclo.

Arrive in Paro, situated deep in a valley dotted with hilltop Buddhist monasteries and brightly decorated fortresses, or dzongs. Venture into the great Paro Dzong, one of the oldest in the country and still home to a large monastic community. At the Choeding Temple, witness a Buddhist prayer ceremony. Then enjoy lunch accompanied by traditional dancing. In Thimphu, visit the National Memorial Chorten, the Royal Textile Academy and Museum, and Dechen Phodrang Monastery, part of the larger Tashichho Dzong. Or, weather permitting, you may choose to set out on a vigorous hike to the Tiger’s Nest Monastery, also known as Taktsang Lhakhang, perched more than 10,000 feet above sea level. DWARIKA’S HOTEL, KATHMANDU; ZHIWA LING HOTEL OR COMO UMA PARO MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

Above: Myanmar’s Ananda Temple is one of thousands on the Bagan Plain.

146

I

I

HO CHI MINH CITY, VIETNAM

PARK HYATT SAIGON I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 7 AND 8

I

LUANG PRABANG, LAOS

Travel to Luang Prabang, a stunning city nestled in a dramatic mountain setting at the confluence of the Mekong and Khan Rivers. Due to its historical significance, as well as its intricate Buddhist temples and French colonial architecture, UNESCO has designated the entire

CALL 1-800-224-1894 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PRIVATEJET

I


Land

take a private local flight to the ancient capital I N F O R M AT I O N of Bagan. On this vast plain east of the Irrawaddy Trip Type River, devotees built more than 10,000 Buddhist temples, stupas, and monasteries in the centuries before Kublai Khan overran the Private Jet Train region. Visit the Ananda Temple, the Land complex’sSmall Ship holiest site, and the iconic Htilominlo Temple.

Family

Small Ship

*G-Adventu

Photo

Activity Level

Light / Moderate LightPrivate

Train

Moderate

DATE

Then fly to remote Inle Lake to discover the *G-Adventures Family Student Active Feb. 19–Mar. 4 traditions of the Intha people. Explore Nga Phe Photo 2018: Kyaung Monastery, set on stilts and teak planks COST $56,950 in the lake, and learn about silk weaving from Light / Moderate Moderate / Strenuous Strenuous Maximum Light the craftswomen at Inn Paw Khone village. The Moderate Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $6,950. Transportation by private Boeing 757 jet and next day, visit Phaung Daw Oo Pagoda; and, in other conveyance, as noted in the itinerary, is included in the the evening, enjoy a private poolside dinner with expedition cost. Airfare to/from Dubai is not included in the traditional entertainment and dishes drawing on expedition cost. influences from local cuisine. Please note: There is a $5,000 per-person deposit for this The Tiger’s Nest Monastery overlooks Bhutan’s Paro Valley from its perch more than 10,000 feet above sea level.

town a World Heritage site. Explore the Royal Palace and its fascinating museum housing the golden Phra Bang Buddha statue, for which the town is named. Visit the area’s most revered temples, including Wat Xieng Thong, layered with gold leaf and featuring an elaborate mosaic depicting the fabled Tree of Life. Then browse the central market, where members of the local hill tribes offer their fine wares. In the afternoon, cruise the Mekong River to the cave temples of Pak Ou, home to thousands of lacquered and gilded Buddha figures. Before departing Laos, you may witness the ancient tradition of almsgiving. Leaving their temples to the sound of drums, saffron-robed monks walk single file through the city to receive food that they will eat that day. BELMOND LA RÉSIDENCE PHOU VAO OR AMANTAKA RESORT LUANG PRABANG I MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 9, 10, AND 11 I BAGAN AND INLE LAKE, MYANMAR (BURMA) Once a key part of the historic overland trade route between India and China, Myanmar is home to mist-shrouded lakes, Buddhist temples, and rural villages that remain largely unspoiled by the modern world. Upon arrival in Yangon,

AUREUM PALACE HOTEL & RESORT, BAGAN; AUREUM PALACE RESORT & SPA, INLE MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAYS 12 AND 13

I

UDAIPUR AND LAKE PICHOLA, INDIA

Board our private jet and fly to the Indian state of Rajasthan, the “land of kings,” where aristocratic Rajputs channeled their wealth from overland trade into sumptuous palaces and majestic gardens. Land in Udaipur, known as the “city of lakes,” and admire the grand palaces that appear to rise from the waters of Lake Pichola. Venture into a spectacular labyrinth of courtyards within the City Palace, a soaring creation of marble and granite perched on the lake’s edge. This palace complex blends Rajasthani, Mughal, European, and Chinese architecture, and is richly decorated with inlaid mirror-work, mosaics, and frescoes. Later, wind your way through Udaipur’s Old Town and its bustling bazaars; and visit the local folk art museum, which boasts an impressive collection of traditional toys, musical instruments, puppets, and other regional curiosities. Enjoy a beautiful cruise aboard a royal barge on Lake Pichola. On our final evening in Udaipur, celebrate our journey with a festive farewell dinner overlooking the city’s shimmering palaces. OBEROI UDAIVILAS, UDAIPUR MEALS: B, L, D DAILY

DAY 14

I

DUBAI, UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

Return to Dubai and connect with your commercial flight home. MEALS: B

YOUR TRIP MAKES A DIFFERENCE

A vendor husks corn on the streets of Ho Chi Minh City. I

The National Geographic Society funds research, conservation, and exploration, including an analysis of Bhutan’s tiger populations and photo-documentation of clouded leopards in northeastern India.

CALL 1-800-224-1894 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/PRIVATEJET

trip. See our website for specific terms and conditions.

Maximum group size: 77

O U R

E X P ER T S A team of National Geographic experts will accompany this trip. Carroll Dunham is an anthropologist, writer, and documentary filmmaker who has been based in Asia for more than 30 years. Art historian Jack Daulton is a popular lecturer on the cultural history of non-Western civilizations. His research has focused on the art and architecture of Asia and Africa as well as the study of Buddhism, Hinduism, and Islam. Pulitzer Prize-winning photographer Jay Dickman has worked in photojournalism for more than 40 years, covering topics as diverse as the war in El Salvador, the Olympics, and the 40th anniversary of the bombing of Hiroshima.

The experts above will accompany the entire expedition. Read their bios on our website.

F LY B Y P R I VAT E J E T Our specially outfitted Boeing 757 is ideally suited for this extraordinary expedition. Its long-range capabilities and ability to land in smaller airports afford us unmatched flexibility. We set our own schedules, flying direct and avoiding layovers, which allows us the freedom to make the most of our adventures on land. Instead of the standard 239 seats, the jet’s interior has been customized and refitted to accommodate just 77 passengers in two-by-two, VIP-style leather seating. See our website for more information and photos of the jet.

I

147

Moderate


DECK PLANS

ELEVATOR

LIBRARY

NATIONAL GEOGR APHIC EXPLORER

OBSERVATION LOUNGE

BRIDGE

video chronicler, a full-time doctor, an Internet café, a fitness center, two spa treatment rooms, a sauna, and laundry service. A National Geographic photographer accompanies every departure.

BRIDGE DECK

LEXspa

Above: A Category 2 cabin; the fitness center offers SAUNA FITNESS panoramic views; travelers learn about bridge navigation CENTER in the National Geographic Explorer's chart room.

WELLNESS DECK

CHART ROOM DECK

CAPACITY: 148 guests in 81 outside cabins

LOUNGE 107

105-S

103

101

The National Geographic Explorer is a state-ofthe-art, fully stabilized, ice-class expedition ship with an ice-reinforced forward hull that enables it to navigate polar environments while providing exceptional comfort. The ship carries kayaks and Zodiacs, as well as sophisticated video equipment that allows access to the underwater world. Our “open bridge” provides guests an opportunity to meet our officers and learn about navigation. All dining venues on board offer regionally inspired cuisine using fresh, local ingredients. REGISTRY: Bahamas

SUN DECK

BISTRO

RECEPTION

WC IW

DOCTOR’S OFFICE

MUD ROOM STAFF OFFICE

ZODIAC BOARDING

ZB

+

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SHIPS

B DECK

I

230

346

344

342

INTERNET CAFE

UNDERSEA SPECIALIST

ZB

219 221

332-S

350

331-S

328

330-S

348

329-S

326

343-T

327

324

341-T

325

322

340

323

320

338

321

318

339

319

316

336

317

314

337

315

312-S

334-S

313

310-S

333-S

311-S

308

335

309-S

306

304

307

302

305

303

MAIN DECK

228

226

224

222

220

218

206

204

BAL. BAL. BAL. BAL. BAL. BAL.

BALCONY BAL. BALCONY

215

217

BAL.

213

216

212

211

210

214

207

208-S

209

205

BAL.

UPPER DECK 301

I

203-S

201

202

GALLEY

LOCKERS

148

BAL. BAL.

GLOBAL GALLERY

EXPEDITION EQUIPMENT: 13 Zodiac landing craft,

SPECIAL FEATURES : An undersea specialist, a wellness specialist, a photography instructor, a

108

VERANDA DECK RESTAURANT

CABINS : All cabins face outside with windows or portholes, en suite bathrooms, and climate controls; some have balconies.

36 double kayaks, a remotely operated vehicle (ROV), a hydrophone, a SplashCam, an underwater video camera, a crow’s nest remote-controlled camera, and a video microscope

106-S

PUBLIC AREAS : A bistro bar, a chart room, a gift shop, a library, a restaurant, a lounge with a bar and cutting-edge audiovisual facilities, and an observation lounge

104

102

OVERALL LENGTH : 367 feet

DECK


NATIONAL GEOGR APHIC ORION The state-of-the-art National Geographic Orion serves as our luxurious base camp for voyages to far-flung corners of the planet. A fully stabilized, ice-class vessel with an ice-reinforced hull, the National Geographic Orion is at home navigating polar ice as well as small harbors in the South Pacific. CAPACITY: 102 guests in 53 outside cabins REGISTRY: Bahamas

accompanies every departure; a video chronicler and an undersea specialist are on Arctic, Antarctic, and South Pacific voyages; and two dive masters are on South Pacific voyages. Note: Scuba divers must be certified by an internationally recognized dive association prior to the voyage, and certification cards and logbooks must be shown on board. Divers must have logged 25 dives in total and have made a dive within the 12 months preceding the voyage.

Above: A Category 4 deluxe suite; the observation lounge and library offer stunning views; the ship’s lounge is a great place for guests to gather.

OVERALL LENGTH: 338 feet PUBLIC AREAS: An outdoor café, a lounge with bar, a restaurant, a sundeck, an observation lounge and library, a global gallery, a marina platform, and a mud room CABINS: All cabins feature ocean views, en suite bathrooms, climate controls, Internet access, and a flat-screen TV with DVD/CD player; some have balconies. EXPEDITION EQUIPMENT: Zodiac landing craft, kayaks, a hydrophone, underwater video cameras, and a video microscope; plus a crow’s nest camera and a remotely operated vehicle (ROV) on Arctic, Antarctic, and South Pacific voyages; stand-up paddleboards, snorkel gear for all guests, and scuba gear for up to 24 guests on South Pacific voyages SPECIAL FEATURES: A photography instructor and a full-time doctor; laundry service; and wellness services, including a sauna, fitness room, and massage/spa treatment room. A hot tub on the observation deck doubles as a plunge pool in warm climates. A National Geographic photographer

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SHIPS

I

149


DECK PLANS

NATIONAL GEOGR APHIC QUEST/ VENTURE NEW The twin, state-of-the-art sister ships the National Geographic Quest and the National Geographic Venture are the newest additions to the National Geographic–Lindblad fleet. The ships are large enough to operate in coastal waters, yet small enough to navigate narrow inlets and passages. Our captain and officers welcome guests to the “open bridge.” All meals are served in a single seating with unassigned tables and feature locally inspired fare.

Above: A Category 4 cabin; the sun deck; the spacious lounge features wraparound windows.

108

106

104

107

105

103

BRIDGE W.C.

101

OBSERVATION DECK VIEWING PLATFORM

GLOBAL GALLERY

REGISTRY: United States

SPA ELEVATOR

GYM

OVERALL LENGTH: 238 feet PUBLIC AREAS: A partially covered sundeck with

chairs, tables, and an outdoor bar; a fitness center; a mudroom; a lounge with full-service bar and audiovisual facilities; a spa; an observation deck; and a global gallery CABINS: All cabins face outside with windows or

portholes, private facilities, and climate controls; some have balconies. EXPEDITION EQUIPMENT: Zodiacs, 24 kayaks,

snorkeling gear (where applicable), a hydrophone, an underwater video camera, a video microscope, a remotely operated vehicle (ROV), and a SplashCam SPECIAL FEATURES : Internet access and an elevator. A photo instructor, video chronicler, undersea specialist, and wellness specialist are also on board.

DINING ROOM

LOUNGE W.C.

LOUNGE DECK 228

226

224

222 220

218

216

214

229

227

225

223

221

219

217

215

ELEVATOR

212

210

208

206 204

202

211

209

207 205 203

201

W.C.

UPPER DECK MUD ROOM

308 306 304 302

314

312

310

315

311

309 307 305 303 301

ELEVATOR

W.C.

MAIN DECK

I

102

SUNDECK

CAPACITY: 100 guests in 50 outside cabins

150

ELEVATOR

TREATMENT ROOM

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SHIPS

I


NATIONAL GEOGR APHIC ENDEAVOR II

NATIONAL GEOGR APHIC ISL ANDER

The state-of-the-art National Geographic Endeavor II is one of the latest additions to the National Geographic–Lindblad fleet. This fully stabilized ship allows for smooth passage between the islands of the Galápagos. A fleet of Zodiac landing craft, a glass-bottom boat, kayaks, stand-up paddleboards, and snorkeling gear offer guests a variety of ways to explore. Our Ecuadorian captain and officers welcome guests to the “open bridge.” All meals are served in a single seating with unassigned tables, and the menu is international with an Ecuadorian flair.

Designed for just 48 guests, the intimate National Geographic Islander offers comfortable public spaces and a variety of exploration tools. Our Ecuadorian captain and officers welcome guests to the “open bridge.” All meals are served in a single seating with unassigned tables, and the menu is international with an Ecuadorian flair.

CAPACITY: 96 guests in 52 outside cabins

OVERALL LENGTH: 164 feet

REGISTRY: Ecuador

PUBLIC AREAS: A covered deck with hammocks, chairs, and tables; a fitness center; a gift shop; a spa; a library; a lounge with full-service bar and audiovisual facilities; and a sky deck. The ship is fully air-conditioned.

OVERALL LENGTH: 236 feet PUBLIC AREAS: A new forward lounge and bar accommodating all guests for presentations and gatherings, a restaurant, a large library with Mac kiosks, an open-air observation deck, and an underwater gear area CABINS: All face outside with large windows, Wi-Fi access, private facilities,

and climate controls. Beds can be configured as two twins or as a single queen. Seven sets of cabins feature a connecting door and can be booked together— great for families. EXPEDITION EQUIPMENT: Zodiacs, including one with a glass bottom; kayaks and stand-up paddleboards; snorkel gear and wet suits for both adults and children; a video microscope; and an underwater video camera

CAPACITY: 48 guests in 24 outside cabins REGISTRY: Ecuador

CABINS: All cabins have a window with an outside view, private facilities, and climate controls. EXPEDITION EQUIPMENT: Kayaks, stand-up paddleboards, snorkeling gear, an underwater video camera, a video microscope, wet suits, and Zodiac landing craft SPECIAL FEATURES: Internet access and laundry service. The ship is staffed by a wellness specialist and features exercise equipment and an outdoor stretching area. A doctor, a photo instructor, and a video chronicler are also on board.

SPECIAL FEATURES: A shipboard doctor, a photo instructor, a wellness specialist, a video chronicler, a program for kids, snorkel instruction, a fitness center, Wi-Fi access, laundry service, and a global gallery. OBSERVATION DECK GYM & SPA

415

413

411

409

408

406

407

405

404

402 401

403

BRIDGE

LIBRARY 420

418

416

414

UPPER DECK

412

BRIDGE DECK

FITNESS CENTER

EXPEDITION GEAR 327 325

321

319

317

315

313

311

330 328 326 324 322

318

320

316

304

305

303

302

LOUNGE

BAR WC

LIBRARY

306

BRIDGE

422

GLOBAL GALLERY

LOUNGE

301

INTERNET

314

BRIDGE DECK

221

219

217

215

213

218

216

214

211

209 207 205 203

201

DINING ROOM 209 207

228 226 224 222

UPPER DECK

206 204 202

LEXspa

229 227 225

205 203 201

DOCTOR

210 208

DOCTOR’S OFFICE

RECEPTION

LOUNGE DECK

208 206 204 202

MAIN DECK

RECEPTION DESK

ZODIAC BOARDING

I RESTAURANT

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SHIPS GALLEY WC

WC

I

151


DECK PLANS

NATIONAL GEOGR APHIC SEA BIRD/SEA LION

SEA CLOUD

CAPACITY: 62 guests in 31 outside cabins

The Sea Cloud, a four-masted square-rigger, was built in 1931 by Wall Street businessman E. F. Hutton for his wife, Marjorie Merriweather Post. Cabins and common areas are beautifully appointed with antiques and period-style furniture. The Sea Cloud carries 30 sails measuring a total of 32,000 square feet. They are raised by hand by a spirited crew, and guests have the chance to learn about their design and function during the voyage. All meals are served in a single seating, with cuisine that features tastes of the regions we visit. Guests are welcome on the “open bridge” to learn how the Sea Cloud is navigated and sailed. While the ship is elegant, the atmosphere on board is relaxed and casual. A Lindblad–National Geographic certified photography instructor will be on board all departures.

REGISTRY: United States

CAPACITY: 58 guests in 30 cabins, including two owner’s suites

OVERALL LENGTH: 152 feet

REGISTRY: Malta

PUBLIC AREAS: A library, a gift shop, a lounge with full-service bar and audiovisual facilities, an observation deck, a partially covered sundeck with chairs and tables, and an outdoor stretching area

OVERALL LENGTH: 360 feet

Our twin sister ships, the National Geographic Sea Bird and National Geographic Sea Lion, are large enough to operate in coastal waters, yet small enough to enter narrow waterways inaccessible to bigger ships. Both ships have been recently restyled and refreshed. A fleet of kayaks and expedition landing craft provides easy access to places of interest, and plenty of public spaces allow guests to relax in comfort after a day of exploring. Meals are served in a single seating with unassigned tables and feature locally inspired fare. Our captain and officers welcome guests to the “open bridge.”

CABINS: All cabins face outside with windows, private facilities, reading lights, and individual climate controls. EXPEDITION EQUIPMENT: A bow camera; a hydrophone; kayaks; snorkeling gear; expedition landing craft; a SplashCam; stand-up paddleboards; an underwater video camera; a video microscope; and, in Baja, wet suits

PUBLIC AREAS: The outdoor lido bar, two sundecks, a first-class restaurant, and an elegant bar and lounge CABINS: The ship features 30 outside staterooms and cabins equipped with windows or portholes, private facilities, individual climate controls, and a hair dryer. The two owner’s suites, once the quarters of Hutton and Post, have sitting areas, fireplaces, and walk-in closets—and were designed by Ms. Post herself.

LEXspa

106

103

101

104

102

CPTN.

100

GYM EQUIPMENT

36 34 32

30

37 35 33

31

BRIDGE

105 SUN DECK

BRIDGE

SPECIAL FEATURES: Internet access, exercise equipment, a LEXspa, a wellness specialist, a photo instructor, and a video chronicler. A doctor is on board in Baja and Costa Rica/Panama, and an undersea specialist is on board in Baja and Alaska.

CAPTAIN’S AND LIDO DECK

BRIDGE DECK

LOUNGE

219 216

217 214

215 211 212 210

209 207 205 203 201 208 206 204 202 200

OBSERVATION DECK

28

LOUNGE RESTAURANT

29

UPPER DECK

16 17

25 23 21 19

PROMENADE DECK 305 303 301 DINING ROOM

BAR LOUNGE

304 302 300

10 9

8

6

7

5

4

2

3

1

MAIN DECK

MAIN DECK

152

24 22 20 18

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SHIPS

I


DELFIN II

HARMONY V The stylish Harmony V yacht launched in 2009 and is equipped with twin stabilizers for safe and comfortable navigation. The lounge and dining room each feature large windows that reveal sweeping views of the surrounding scenery. A partially enclosed sundeck with a bar serves as a venue for presentations and meals. Other parts of the sundeck have sun chairs and loungers. A National Geographic–Lindblad certified photography instructor will be on board all departures. CAPACITY: 44 guests in 22 outside cabins

The Delfin II is an intimate riverboat with luxurious suites that offer expansive Amazon views. Skiffs and kayaks allow guests to venture down narrow jungle waterways on day and night excursions. The onboard chef serves fine cuisine made from local, sustainable ingredients in a dining room with large windows for excellent views. All meals are served in a single seating with unassigned tables. CAPACITY: 28 guests in 14 outside suites REGISTRY: Peru OVERALL LENGTH: 120 feet

REGISTRY: Greece OVERALL LENGTH: 179 feet PUBLIC AREAS: The Harmony V has a sundeck adjacent to a partially enclosed lounge that is outfitted with a full-service bar. The ship carries a collection of books and films about Cuba. The dining room is surrounded by large windows and serves as another venue for onboard presentations. Full facilities are available for films and slide shows. Guests are welcome on the “open bridge” to meet the captain and officers and learn about navigation. CABINS: All cabins have windows with an outside view, private facilities, climate controls, a hair dryer, a television, an internal telephone, a safe, and a mini-fridge.

PUBLIC AREAS: An enclosed air-conditioned lounge; an observation deck with sofas, chairs, and a bar; a small gym and spa; a reference library; and an “open bridge” SUITES: Elegant, air-conditioned guest suites feature large windows and private facilities. Four are master suites with 90-degree panoramic windows; and four suites can be interconnected to accommodate families. EXPEDITION EQUIPMENT: Ten-person skiffs with individual seat cushions and plenty of leg room, a fleet of kayaks, rain ponchos, and rubber boots SPECIAL FEATURES: A National Geographic–Lindblad certified photography instructor and wellness specialist will be on board all departures.

EXPEDITION EQUIPMENT: Snorkeling equipment and wet suits are available. SPECIAL FEATURES: Satellite Internet access. There is a ship’s doctor on all

voyages.

BAR, LOUNGE, & DINING AREA

ENCLOSED LOUNGE

BRIDGE

202

203

205

207

204

206

208

209

211

212

210

214

213

14

16

215

216

11

13

15

UPPER DECK 103

104

106

108

2

4

6

8

1

3

5

7

DINING ROOM

105

MAIN DECK

12 DINING ROOM

UPPER DECK

LOUNGE

OPEN LOUNGE

TOP DECK

SUN DECK

201

BAR

I

107

109

MAIN DECK CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SHIPS

I

153


DECK PLANS

LORD OF THE GLENS

JAHAN

The MV Lord of the Glens is the only deluxe passenger vessel able to navigate both the Caledonian Canal and the open sea. With teak decks, hardwoodfinished interiors, and fine fabrics, this motorized yacht offers a stylish and relaxing ambience. All meals are served in a single seating with unassigned tables. Cuisine is healthy and features fresh Scottish ingredients, including poultry and seafood.

Designed in the style of colonial cruise liners of old, the elegant RV Jahan is one of the first modern boutique-style riverboats to sail the Mekong. The ship’s cabins are beautifully furnished with floor-to-ceiling windows and private balconies. The restaurant features Western and regional cuisine served in single seatings with unassigned tables. Guests are welcome on the “open bridge” to meet the captain and officers and learn about navigation.

CAPACITY: 48 guests in 26 outside cabins

CAPACITY: 48 guests in 24 outside cabins

REGISTRY: Great Britain

REGISTRY: Vietnam

OVERALL LENGTH: 150 feet

OVERALL LENGTH: 230 feet

PUBLIC AREAS: Two lounges and two open-air viewing areas, a bar, a wellstocked library, and a reading area

PUBLIC AREAS: A pool deck, a whirlpool spa, an outdoor bar, a lounge with a library, a full-service bar, audiovisual facilities, a gym, a boutique, and a spa. The ship is fully air-conditioned.

CABINS: All cabins have outside views and include a private bathroom with a shower, individual climate controls, satellite television, a music system, a hair dryer, a telephone, a safety deposit box, and bathrobes. SPECIAL FEATURES: PC with Internet access, bicycles on board, and access to kayaks at Loch Ness. A National Geographic–Lindblad certified photography instructor will be on board all departures. TERRACE

DAVID LIVINGSTONE

SIR WALTER SCOTT

LOUNGE/LIBRARY

LOUNGE

CABINS: All cabins are spacious and face outside with glass doors and private balconies. Each has private facilities and a hair dryer, individual climate controls, a music entertainment system, and a minibar. SPECIAL FEATURES: Wi-Fi Internet where available, morning tai chi classes, and DVD players and iPods® available on request. A National Geographic– Lindblad certified photography instructor will be on board all departures.

TERRACE

THOMAS TELFORD DECK RECEPTION

ROBERT LOUIS STEVENSON RESTAURANT

301 303

305

302 304

306

RESTAURANT

ALEXANDER GRAHAM BELL DECK 201

203 205

207

209 211

217

219

202

204 206

208

210 212

214 216

218

DAVID ROBERTS DECK

TERRACE DECK

106

JAMES WATT DECK

154

I

203 205

207 209

211

202

204 206

208 210

212

103 105

107 109

111

113

104 106

108 110

112

114

UPPER DECK

105

104

201 BAR LOUNGE

MAIN DECK

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/SHIPS

I


RESPONSIBILITY

National Geographic Expeditions (as defined herein) will provide educational enrichment for trips as outlined in its catalog and on its website (natgeoexpeditions.com) (each an “Expedition”) and has licensed qualified professional tour operators to organize and administer such Expeditions. The designated tour operator, in turn, acts only as an agent for any transportation carrier, hotel, ground operator, or other suppliers of services connected with specific Expeditions (“Other Providers”), and the Other Providers are solely responsible and liable for providing their respective services. The passenger tickets in use by the carriers will constitute the sole contract between the carriers and the passenger; the carriers are not responsible for any act, omission, or event during the time the participants are not aboard their conveyances. National Geographic Partners, LLC d/b/a National Geographic Expeditions, its parent, subsidiaries, and their respective employees, affiliates, officers, directors, successors, representatives, assigns (collectively “National Geographic”) and the tour operator will not be held liable for (A) any damage to, or loss of, property or injury to, or death of, persons occasioned directly or indirectly by an act or omission of any Other Provider, including but not limited to any defect in any aircraft, watercraft, or vehicle operated or

TERMS AND CONDITIONS BASIS OF RATES: All prices are per person based on two persons sharing a room or cabin. All prices and fares are quoted in U.S. dollars. The rates are based on tariffs, currency values, airfares and third-party charges as of catalog publication date and are subject to change due to unforeseen circumstances. While National Geographic will do everything possible to maintain the listed prices, if it is necessary to levy a surcharge, National Geographic reserves the right to do so, and notification will be given at the time of final invoicing. ELIGIBILITY: Anyone under 18 must be accompanied by a parent or guardian for the entire Expedition. Some itineraries have minimum age requirements—call for more information. INCLUDED IN EXPEDITION COST: Accommodations and meals as indicated in the itinerary (B = breakfast, L = lunch, D = dinner); educational materials; pre-departure information; entrance fees, excursions, and sightseeing noted as included in the itinerary; all gratuities except those for train or ship's crew, unless otherwise noted on the itinerary page; ground transportation during the Expedition; transfers to and from group flights where applicable; services of National Geographic experts and/or local guides, lecturers, Expedition leaders, and any other staff; and taxes, port charges, baggage handling, and service charges. Please note: the “B, L, D” notations apply to the period during the Expedition only and do not include any meals on flights to/from the Expedition. Internal airfare is included on some international Expeditions as indicated in the itinerary. NOT INCLUDED IN EXPEDITION COST: AAir transportation and related fees (except as indicated in the itinerary); activities noted as optional in the itinerary; gratuities for train or ship’s crew, unless otherwise noted on the itinerary page; passport, visa, and permit expenses; medical expenses and immunizations; baggage/accident/cancellation insurance; personal expenses, such as laundry, telephone calls, and alcoholic beverages; and any other items not specifically noted as included. SINGLE/SHARED ACCOMMODATIONS: A limited number of single rooms/cabins are available at an extra cost on a first-come, first-served basis. National Geographic Expeditions and/or the tour operator will assist persons requesting a roommate. The participants will be notified if a suitable roommate is not available, in which case the single rate will be charged. PAYMENTS, CANCELLATIONS, AND REFUNDS: To reserve space on an Expedition, a $500 per-person deposit is required for Expeditions that are nine days or less; a $750 per-person deposit is required for Expeditions that are ten to 15 days; and a $2,000 per-person deposit is required for Expeditions that are 16 days or more except if noted on the itinerary page. Final payment is due no later than 90 days prior to departure. Payments must be made by credit card. A participant’s reservation may be canceled if full payment has not been received by 90 days prior to departure. For reservations made within 90 days of the departure date, full payment is required when the reservation is accepted. All cancellation notices must be received in writing and will become effective as of the date of the postmark. If a participant cancels 120 days or more prior to departure, a refund less an administrative fee of 50% of the deposit will be made. Per-person charges for cancellations that occur less than 120 days prior to departure (“Cancellation Penalty Period”) are as follows: 91-119 days prior to departure: 100% of the deposit amount; 45-90 days prior to departure: 50% of the Expedition cost; 44 or fewer days prior to departure: 100% of the Expedition cost. This policy also applies to pre- and post-Expedition extensions. Any revisions made within the Cancellation Penalty Period, such as a change in departure date or choice of Expedition, are subject to this cancellation policy. Any airline tickets issued are subject to the carrier’s refund policy. Arriving late or leaving an Expedition in progress, for any reason whatsoever, will not result in a refund, and no refunds will be made for any unused portions of an Expedition. National Geographic Expeditions reserves the right to cancel any Expedition because of inadequate enrollment that makes the Expedition economically infeasible to operate or

provided by such Other Provider; and (B) any loss or damage due to delay, cancellation, or disruption in any manner caused by the laws, regulations, acts or failures to act, demands, orders, or interpositions of any government or any subdivision or agent thereof, or by acts of God, strikes, fire, flood, war, rebellion, terrorism, insurrection, sickness, quarantine, epidemics, theft, or any other cause(s) beyond their control. The participant waives any claim against National Geographic and/or the tour operator for any such loss, damage, injury, or death. By registering for an Expedition, the participant certifies that he/she does not have any mental, physical, or other condition or disability that would create a hazard for himself or herself or other participants. National Geographic Expeditions and the tour operator reserve the right in their sole discretion to accept, decline to accept, or remove any participant on an Expedition. National Geographic Expeditions and the tour operator reserve the right, without penalty, to make changes in the published itinerary whenever, in their judgment, conditions warrant or if they deem it necessary for the comfort, convenience, or safety of the participants.

because of good-faith concerns with respect to the safety, health, or welfare of the participants. If an Expedition is canceled prior to departure, the tour operator will provide the participants with a full refund of monies paid to the tour operator; except in the event that the cancellation is due to a significant event that makes it infeasible to operate the Expedition as planned, in which case the tour operator will provide the participants with a refund and/or credit toward a future Expedition equivalent to the amount paid to the tour operator. If National Geographic Expeditions cancels the Expedition in progress, the participants will receive a prorated refund based on the number of days not completed on the Expedition. Except as outlined above when National Geographic Expeditions cancels an Expedition, National Geographic and the tour operator have no responsibility for any expenses, including any non-refundable expenses, incurred by the participants in preparing for a cancelled Expedition or for any additional arrangements should the participants embark prior to the scheduled group departure date. Trip-cancellation insurance is available at an additional cost and is strongly recommended. For more information about and to enroll in an option available through Travel Insurance Services, visit the “Travel Insurance” section of our website at natgeoexpeditions.com. ITINERARY CHANGES: The itineraries and staff presented in the catalog or on the website are subject to modification and change by National Geographic Expeditions or the tour operator. Every reasonable effort will be made to operate Expeditions as planned, but alterations may still occur after final itineraries are sent. DOCUMENTATION: Participants are responsible for obtaining any documents required for their participation in the Expedition such as a valid passport, all visas, vaccination certificates, and any other documents. Failure to obtain documents does not negate the terms and conditions, and any extra costs incurred for rerouting due to travel without the necessary documents will be the participant’s responsibility. HEALTH REQUIREMENTS: Participants must be in good physical and mental health. Any physical condition, diet, or treatment requiring special attention must be reported in writing when the reservation is made. National Geographic Expeditions encourages participants to consult a doctor for specific medical advice about any activities or destinations. Certain Expeditions may require that the participant obtain medical consent prior to departure as a condition of participation. MEDICAL AUTHORIZATION AND COVERAGE: In the event the participant becomes sufficiently incapacitated as to be unable to direct his or her own care, there is no one on the Expedition who can direct participant’s care, and National Geographic Expeditions is unable or does not have time to contact participant’s emergency contact, the participant, by registering and paying a deposit for an Expedition, authorizes any medical treatment deemed necessary in the event of any injury or illness while participating in the activity including, but not limited to, X-ray, examination, anesthetic, medical or surgical diagnosis, or treatment and hospital care which is deemed advisable by, and is to be rendered under the general or specific supervision of, any physician and/or surgeon licensed in the United States, or, if in a foreign country and no physician licensed to practice in the United States is reasonably available, by a duly licensed physician deemed competent to render the necessary care. In addition, the participant certifies that they have medical insurance which will cover personal accidents, medical expenses, medical evacuation, air ambulance, loss of effects, repatriation costs and all other expenses which might arise as a result of loss, damage, injury, delay or inconvenience occurring to the participant, or that in the absence of this medical insurance coverage, the participant agrees to pay all costs of rescue and/or medical services as may be incurred on the participant’s behalf. PHOTOGRAPHY: National Geographic Expeditions and the tour operator and the Expedition leader reserve the right to take photographs or videos

© 2017 National Geographic Partners, LLC w Printed on recycled paper. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC EXPEDITIONS and the Yellow Border Design are trademarks of the National Geographic Society, used under license.

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

To learn more about our Lifelong Explorer loyalty program, visit natgeoexpeditions.com/lle Neither National Geographic, nor the tour operator, will be liable for any air carrier's cancellation penalty incurred by the purchase of a nonrefundable ticket to or from the participant's Expedition departure city. Baggage and personal effects are at all times the sole responsibility of the participant.

during the operation of any Expedition or part thereof and to use the resulting photography, videos, or recordings for promotional or commercial use. By making a reservation on an Expedition, the participant agrees to allow his/her likeness to be used by National Geographic, National Geographic-authorized third parties, and the tour operator without compensation to the participant. If the participant prefers that his/her likeness not be used, he/ she must notify National Geographic Expeditions and/or the tour operator in writing prior to departure of the Expedition. Copyright in all photographs, video, and related materials created by the participant (“Expedition Materials”) will belong to the participant upon creation. The participant grants to National Geographic a non-exclusive, worldwide, irrevocable license to use any Expedition Materials provided to National Geographic and/or the tour operator in any media for the following limited purposes: editorial use, promotion of this editorial use, promotion of National Geographic’s travel programs, or promotion of the mission of National Geographic. ASSUMPTION OF RISK: By registering for an Expedition, the participant acknowledges that he/she is aware that travel such as the Expedition he/ she is undertaking involves potentially dangerous activities, some in remote areas of the world, with a risk of illness, injury or death which may be caused by forces of nature, illness, or by willful or criminal conduct of third parties or by terrorism. The participant further acknowledges that weather conditions may be severe, adverse and/or unpleasant and that medical services or facilities may not be readily available or accessible or consistent with standards in the United States during some or all of the time during which he/she is participating on the Expedition and that when available may not be of the quality which exists in the United States. ARBITRATION AGREEMENT: Arbitration Agreement policy and process is available at natgeoexpeditions.com/terms PRIVACY POLICY: Our privacy policy can be found at nationalgeographic. com/community/privacy/ MAILING LIST: If you are receiving duplicate catalogs, have address updates, or would like to be removed from future National Geographic Expeditions mailings, please call toll-free 1-888-966-8687. OTHER: The applicable Terms and Conditions may vary from those listed above based upon the specific Expedition selected by the participant. Please see our website to review the most up-to-date Terms and Conditions for each Expedition. A copy of the final Terms and Conditions applicable to each participant will be sent in pre-Expedition communications. COMPLETE TERMS: For the most complete and up-to-date Terms and Conditions, please see natgeoexpeditions.com/terms

PHOTO CREDITS: KEY: T=TOP, C=CENTER, B=BOTTOM, L=LEFT, R=RIGHT Jacqueline Barney (19bl); Dani Bradford (18bl); Amy Cadge (63br); Adrian Cerda (91bl); Stewart Cohen (139b); Andrew Coleman (65b); Alan Copson (5br); David Cothran (149tl); Jennifer Davidson (105b); Jay Dickman (91br); Luke Dollar (19tl); Kenneth Garrett (18br); Mike Greenfelder (79bl); Eric Guth (141); Justin Hofman (8); Ralph Lee Hopkins (3tr, 43b, 106b, 134t, 135t, 135b, 136b, 137t, 138b, 139t, 148tl); Jonathan Irish (19tr, 51t); Coral Keegan (18tl, 65t); Scott Kish (122t); Eric Kruszewski (18cl); Sven Olaf-Lindblad (41t, 111b); Emily Mount (80); Sarah Muenzenmayer (19bc); Flip Nicklen (136); Michael S. Nolan (penguin front cover, 79t, 90t, 90b, 105t, 134b, 138b); Stefanie Payne (11); K Quin Paek (84); Wilderness Safaris (127b); Joel Santos (116); Susan Seubert (88); Erika Skogg (101t); Jack DeWolf Swenson (91t); Gareth Tate (18tr, 67b); Evan Thornton (19br); David Vargas (5bl, 93t, 104b, 107t, 107b)

I

155


EXPEDITIONS CALENDAR 2017 DEPA RTU RE DAT E S

PAGE

TRIP TYPE

# OF DAYS

2 0 1 8 D E PA R T U R E DAT E S

20

L

10

SWISS TRAINS AND THE ITALIAN LAKE DISTRICT

22

T

10

17

15, 29

NORWAY'S TRAINS AND FJORDS

25

T

10

17

1, 15, 29

26

L

10

2

27

11, 25

GREECE: WONDERS OF AN ANCIENT EMPIRE

28

L

11

6

17

GREEK ISLES PRIVATE EXPEDITION

31

PR

9

SAILING THE GREEK ISLES

32

S

9

UNDER SAIL: GREECE TO THE DALMATIAN COAST

33

S

12

HUMAN ORIGINS: SOUTHWEST FRANCE AND NORTHERN SPAIN

34

L

9

REMEMBERING D-DAY: LONDON TO THE NORMANDY BEACHES

36

L

8

HIKING ENGLAND COAST TO COAST

37

A

13

SCOTLAND'S HIGHLANDS AND ISLANDS

38

S

9

SCOTLAND HIKING ADVENTURE: FROM THE HIGHLANDS TO ISLANDS

39

A

8

IRELAND: TALES AND TREASURES OF THE EMERALD ISLE N E W

40

L

10

A CIRCUMNAVIGATION OF ICELAND

42

S

11

ICELAND ADVENTURE

45

A

10

46

T

16

CHINA: IMPERIAL TREASURES AND NATURAL WONDERS N E W

48

L

15

INDIA'S FABLED RAJASTHAN BY RAIL*

50

T

11

BHUTAN: KINGDOM IN THE CLOUDS*

52

L

11

TIBET & NEPAL: EXPEDITION TO THE HIGHEST HIMALAYA

54

L

15

MONGOLIA: LAND OF THE NOMAD

55

L

12

INSIDE JAPAN

56

L

11

JAPAN: WINTER FESTIVALS AND SNOW MONKEYS

58

L

11

JAPAN: HIKING AND CULTURAL ADVENTURE*

59

A

11

MYANMAR (BURMA): LAND OF THE GOLDEN PAGODAS

61

L

11

VIETNAM AND CAMBODIA: ALONG THE MEKONG RIVER

62

S

14

VIETNAM, LAOS, AND CAMBODIA ADVENTURE*

64

A

13

BORNEO PRIVATE EXPEDITION

65 PR 10

OCT.

NOV.

DEC.

JAN.

FEB.

MAR.

APR.

MAY

JUNE

9, 16

14

4

JULY

AUG.

SEPT.

OCT.

3

15

EUROPE ITALY: RENAISSANCE CITIES AND TUSCAN LIFE

NEW

SCANDINAVIA: GREAT CAPITALS OF THE BALTIC SEA

NEW

NEW

8, 22

19, 28

9, 16

22

12 23

14

Visit our website or call 1-888-732-2379 to request your preferred travel dates.

14

17

31

7

28

7

21

14

5

2

8, 22

2, 16

1, 15

27

20

17, 24

1, 15

5, 19

10, 17

22, 29

5, 12, 19, 26

26

2, 9, 16, 23

21, 28

4, 25

1, 8

18

22

31

28

3, 17, 31

7

5

2

28

6

2

7, 16 6, 27

EURASIA TRANS-SIBERIAN RAIL EXPEDITION

ASIA

A = ACTIVE

156

|

F= FAMILY

I

|

NEW

J = PRIVATE JET

|

L = LAND

|

PH = PHOTO

10

22

18

16

16 6

21

13

17

20

13 3

14

5

3

20

4

20

15

22 15

10, 17 1

20

5, 12 28

3

8

10

12

10 30

7, 13, 27

7

12, 26

23

9

19

Visit our website or call 1-888-732-2379 to request your preferred travel dates. |

PR = PRIVATE

|

S = SHIP

|

T = TRAIN

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I


2017 DEPA RTU RE DAT E S

PAGE

TRIP TYPE

# OF DAYS

2 0 1 8 D E PA R T U R E DAT E S

NEW ZEALAND FROM NORTH TO SOUTH

66

L

11

7

5

16

27

NEW ZEALAND ADVENTURE

67

A

12

6

21

8, 22

19

AUSTRALIA: TASMANIA TO THE GREAT BARRIER REEF

68

L

12

30

21

18

AUSTRALIA PRIVATE EXPEDITION

70 PR

13

Visit our website or call 1-888-732-2379 to request your preferred travel dates.

71

S

10

12, 26

OCT.

NOV.

DEC.

JAN.

FEB.

MAR.

APR.

MAY

JUNE

JULY

AUG.

SEPT.

OCT.

AUSTRALIA AND THE PACIFIC

NEW

FRENCH POLYNESIA: BEYOND THE POSTCARD

NEW

72

S

20

ISLES, ATOLLS, AND PRISTINE CORALS: SOUTHERN LINE ISLANDS N E W

74

S

10

AZURE SEAS FROM TAHITI TO THE MARQUESAS

76

S

17

77

S

17

EASTER ISLAND TO TAHITI: TALES OF THE PACIFIC

EPIC POLYNESIA: COOK ISLANDS TO FIJI

NEW

NEW

NEW

22

19

7

5, 19

2

26

30 19

3

14

12, 26

9

21

16

10, 24

NORTH AMERICA 13, 20, 27

QUEST OR SEA LION

78

S

8

80

S

6

81

L

8

YELLOWSTONE AND GRAND TETON NATIONAL PARKS

82

L

8

WINTER WILDLIFE IN YELLOWSTONE

83

L

6

GRAND CANYON, BRYCE CANYON, AND ZION NATIONAL PARKS

84

L

8

GLACIER NATIONAL PARK

85

L

7

COLUMBIA AND SNAKE RIVERS VOYAGE

86

S

7

EXPLORING BRITISH COLUMBIA AND THE SAN JUAN ISLANDS

87

S

8

CANADIAN ROCKIES BY RAIL AND TRAIL

88

T

8

BAJA CALIFORNIA AND THE SEA OF CORTEZ: AMONG THE GREAT WHALES

90

S

8

COSTA RICA AND THE PANAMA CANAL

92

S

8

COSTA RICA PRIVATE EXPEDITION

94 PR

9

REEFS AND RUINS: BELIZE TO TIKAL, GUATEMALA

96

S

9

MYSTERIES OF THE MAYA

98

L

9

SAILING THE CARIBBEAN

99

S

8

ALASKA'S INSIDE PASSAGE

3, 10, 17, 1, 8, 15, 5, 12, 19, 24 22 25 7, 14, 21, 4, 11, 18 28

VENTURE WILD ALASKA ESCAPE ALASKA: DENALI TO KENAI FJORDS

NEW

NEW

19, 24, 29

22, 30

7, 20

3, 28

7, 12, 17, 22

3, 8, 13

6, 13

1, 29

5

19

2

18, 25

8, 22

26

2

4

1, 9

4, 13

8

4, 18

7 12, 18

6

17, 23, 29 5, 11, 17

5

15, 22, 29 6, 13, 20 9 13, 20, 27 2, 9, 16, 23, 30

3, 10, 17, 24

6, 13, 20, 27

13

3, 24

3, 10 19

Visit our website or call 1-888-732-2379 to request your preferred travel dates.

9

29

18

8, 13, 18, 23, 28

5, 10

15

1 8, 15, 22

CUBA: DISCOVERING ITS PEOPLE AND CULTURE

100

L

8

6, 13, 20, 4, 11, 15, 27 28

CUBA BY LAND AND SEA: CULTURAL HERITAGE AND NATURAL WONDERS

102

S

11

6, 13, 20, 27

8, 15, 22 5, 19, 26 5, 12, 26 3, 17, 24, 31

7, 14, 21

9, 23

14, 28

11, 25

7, 14, 21

*Departure dates beyond October 2018 are listed on the itinerary pages for these trips.

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I

157


EXPEDITIONS CALENDAR # OF DAYS

TRIP TYPE

PAGE

2017 DEPA RTU RE DAT E S

2 0 1 8 D E PA R T U R E DAT E S

OCT.

NOV.

DEC.

JAN.

FEB.

MAR.

APR.

MAY

JUNE

JULY

AUG.

SEPT.

OCT.

28

4, 18, 25

2, 9, 16, 30

6, 13, 20, 27

3, 10, 17, 24

3, 10, 17, 24, 31

7, 14, 21, 28

5, 12, 19, 26

2, 9, 16, 23, 30

7, 14, 21, 28

4, 11, 18, 25

1, 8, 15, 22, 29

6

13, 20, 27

3, 10, 17

8, 15, 29

5, 12, 19, 26

2, 9, 16, 23

2, 9, 16, 23, 30

6, 13, 20, 27

4, 18, 25

15, 22, 29

6, 13, 20, 27

3, 10, 17

3, 10

3, 10, 17, 24, 31

26

30

7

18, 25

1

16

7

5

3

7

4

5, 11, 19, 25

9, 16, 23, 30

7, 13, 20, 27

5, 25

9, 30

27

SOUTH AMERICA ISLANDER

104

S

10

UPPER AMAZON*

106

S

10

PERU: AMAZON, MACHU PICCHU, AND THE SACRED VALLEY

108

L

12

PERU: LAND OF THE INCA

110

L

8

PERU: MACHU PICCHU INN TO INN TREK

112

A

10

EXPLORING PATAGONIA

114

L

11

30

116

A

13

8, 22

GALÁPAGOS ENDEAVOUR II

PATAGONIA HIKING ADVENTURE PATAGONIA PRIVATE EXPEDITION

2, 9, 16, 23

7, 21, 28

117 PR 10

NEW

5, 11, 18, 25

3, 17, 23, 31

5, 19

6, 13, 21, 27

4, 10, 18, 24

4, 10, 18, 24

30

29

12, 26

12

3, 10

7, 14

4, 11

4, 11

1, 7, 15, 21, 29

5, 13, 27

8, 22

9, 25

2, 10, 16, 8, 14, 24, 30 22, 28 23

5, 23

5, 12, 19, 26 13, 20, 27

Visit our website or call 1-888-732-2379 to request your preferred travel dates.

AFRICA MADAGASCAR WILDLIFE EXPEDITION*

118

L

13

4

ON SAFARI: TANZANIA'S GREAT MIGRATION*

120

L

9

8

TANZANIA PRIVATE EXPEDITION

123 PR

9

SOUTHERN AFRICA SAFARI BY PRIVATE AIR*

124

L

10

27

NAMIBIA AND BOTSWANA BY PRIVATE AIR*

126

L

12

2

THE GREAT APES OF UGANDA AND RWANDA*

128

L

11

27

MOROCCO PRIVATE EXPEDITION

129 PR

9

130

L

12

28

132

L

11

21

JOURNEY TO ANTARCTICA*

134

S

ANTARCTICA, SOUTH GEORGIA, AND THE FALKLANDS*

136

LAND OF THE POLAR BEARS

NEW

NEW

MOROCCO: LEGENDARY CITIES AND THE SAHARA

27, 30

21

18

2

6

10, 24

8, 22

8, 22

5

2

7

Visit our website or call 1-888-732-2379 to request your preferred travel dates. 30

18

22

20

16

17

30

10

22

19

11

1

Visit our website or call 1-888-732-2379 to request your preferred travel dates. 17

14

17

21

6, 27

MIDDLE EAST 4

30

14

26

6, 16, 17, 26, 27

S

24

6, 7, 27

138

S

11

16, 23, 30

NORWAY'S FJORDS AND ARCTIC SVALBARD

140

S

17

3

HOT SPRINGS AND ICEBERGS: ICELAND TO WEST GREENLAND

141

S

9

AROUND THE WORLD BY PRIVATE JET

142

J

24

AROUND THE WORLD BY PRIVATE JET: THE NORTHERN ROUTE

144

J

22

ASIA BY PRIVATE JET

146

J

14

THE HOLY LAND: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE*

5

6, 20

POLAR REGIONS 5, 6, 15, 16, 25

4

26

14, 15

5, 9

PRIVATE JET

A = ACTIVE

158

|

F= FAMILY

I

|

J = PRIVATE JET

|

L = LAND

|

PH = PHOTO

26

28

23

1 12 19

|

PR = PRIVATE

|

S = SHIP

|

T = TRAIN

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I


2017 DEPA RTU RE DAT E S

PAGE

TRIP TYPE

# OF DAYS

2 0 1 8 D E PA R T U R E DAT E S

INDIA BY RAIL PHOTOGRAPHY EXPEDITION

51

PH

11

BHUTAN PHOTOGRAPHY EXPEDITION

53 PH

11

TIBET AND NEPAL PHOTOGRAPHY EXPEDITION

54 PH

15

MONGOLIA PHOTOGRAPHY EXPEDITION

55 PH

12

JAPAN PHOTOGRAPHY EXPEDITION*

57 PH

11

JAPAN: WINTER FESTIVALS AND SNOW MONKEYS PHOTOGRAPHY EXPEDITION

58 PH

11

2, 24

61

PH

11

13

WINTER IN YELLOWSTONE PHOTOGRAPHY EXPEDITION

83 PH

6

CUBA AND ITS PEOPLE: A PHOTOGRAPHIC EXPLORATION

101 PH

8

CUBA BY LAND AND SEA PHOTOGRAPHY EXPEDITION

103 PH

11

GALÁPAGOS PHOTOGRAPHY EXPEDITION

105 PH 10

EPIC GALÁPAGOS PHOTOGRAPHY EXPEDITION

105 PH

UPPER AMAZON PHOTOGRAPHY EXPEDITION

107 PH 10

TANZANIA PHOTO SAFARI

121 PH

9

MOROCCO PHOTOGRAPHY EXPEDITION

131 PH

12

ITALY FAMILY EXPEDITION

24

F

10

23

14, 28

GREECE FAMILY EXPEDITION

30

F

10

16

7, 21

4

ICELAND FAMILY EXPEDITION

44

F

8

23

14, 28

4

JAPAN FAMILY EXPEDITION

60

F

9

24

8, 22

5

78

F

8

3, 10, 17, 24

1, 8, 15, 22

5, 12, 19, 25

7, 14, 21, 28

4, 11, 18

ALASKA: DENALI TO KENAI FJORDS FAMILY EXPEDITION N E W

81

F

8

4, 11

8

YELLOWSTONE AND GRAND TETON NATIONAL PARKS FAMILY EXPEDITION

82

F

8

23

7, 14, 21, 28

4

GRAND CANYON, BRYCE CANYON, AND ZION NATIONAL PARKS FAMILY EXPEDITION

84

F

8

23

7, 28

COSTA RICA FAMILY EXPEDITION*

95

F

7

9, 23

7

4

104

F

10

OCT.

NOV.

DEC.

JAN.

FEB.

MAR.

APR.

MAY

JUNE

JULY

AUG.

SEPT.

OCT.

PHOTOGRAPHY EXPEDITIONS

MYANMAR (BURMA) PHOTOGRAPHY EXPEDITION

NEW

17

12 8

15

24

6

4

22 10

27

26

29

17, 24 6

14

11

10

28

27

11

1, 8

24 20, 27

28

5

4

19 12

19 29

FAMILY EXPEDITIONS

13, 20, 27

QUEST ALASKA'S INSIDE PASSAGE† VENTURE

ISLANDER GALÁPAGOS † ENDEAVOUR II

16

24

2, 9, 16, 30

3, 10, 17, 24, 31

7, 14, 21, 28

2, 9, 16, 23, 30

7, 14, 21, 28

4, 11, 18, 25

8, 15, 29

2, 9, 16, 23, 30

6, 13, 20, 27

15, 22, 29

6, 13, 20, 27

3, 10, 17

23

14

4

24

15, 29

PERU FAMILY EXPEDITION*

113

F

7

22, 27

TANZANIA FAMILY EXPEDITION*

122

F

9

23, 27

18

*Departure dates beyond October 2018 are listed on the itinerary pages for these trips.

†While these itineraries do not have designated family departures, there are activities for children ages 7 to 17 on all departures. The dates listed are popular with families.

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I

159


1 1 4 5 1 7 T H S T R E E T N .W. , W A S H I N G T O N , D.C . 2 0 0 3 6

NEW TRIPS FOR 2018

TO RESERVE YOUR SPACE ON A NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC EXPEDITION, CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR RESERVE ONLINE AT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

79 4 7–1 7 F

IREL AND PAGE 40

ITALY

PAGE 20

CHINA PAGE 48

AL ASK A: DENALI TO KENAI FJORDS PAGE 81

SCANDINAVIA PAGE 26

SOUTH PACIFIC VOYAGES PAGES 71–77

2017-2018 National Geographic Expeditions Catalog  

Explore the world with National Geographic's experts on a variety of unique and engaging trips, from wildlife safaris and small ship voyages...

Read more
Read more
Similar to
Popular now
Just for you